AXIGEN Mail Server User Manual

Product version 4.0

®

Last update on: 6/18/2007 7:08:55 PM Document version: 1.0

AXIGEN User Manual

Copyright & trademark notices
This edition applies to version 4.0 of the licensed program AXIGEN and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions.

Notices
References in this publication to GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. products, programs, or services do not imply that GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. intends to make these available in all countries in which GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. operates. Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products, except those expressly designated by GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L., are the user's responsibility. GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. Supplying this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. marketing department, sales@AXIGEN.com.

Copyright Acknowledgement
(c) GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. 2007. All rights reserved. All rights reserved. This document is copyrighted and all rights are reserved by GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system without the permission in writing from GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the documentation, please report them to us in writing. GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. will not be responsible for any loss, costs or damages incurred due to the use of this documentation. AXIGENTM Mail Server is a SOFTWARE PRODUCT of GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. GECAD TECHNOLOGIES and AXIGENTM are trademarks of GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. 10A Dimitrie Pompei Blvd., Connect Business Center, 2nd fl., Bucharest 2, ROMANIA; phone: +40-21-303-2080; fax: +40-21-303-2081; e-mail: Sales: sales@axigen.com Technical support: support@axigen.com Website: http://www.axigen.com (c) Copyright GECAD TECHNOLOGIES S.R.L. 2007. All rights reserved.

2

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Table of Contents
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Purpose of this Document ................................................................................................................................................ 10 Structure of this document ................................................................................................................................................ 10 Audience and knowledge requirements ................................................................................................................................ 10 Related documentation .................................................................................................................................................... 11 Chapter 1. Mail Server Overview ........................................................................................................................................... 12 OS Compatibility ............................................................................................................................................................ 12 Integrated Messaging Solution ........................................................................................................................................... 12 High Configurability ........................................................................................................................................................ 12 Innovative Storage ......................................................................................................................................................... 12 Advanced Security Tools .................................................................................................................................................. 12 Automation Options ........................................................................................................................................................ 13 Clustering Support ......................................................................................................................................................... 13 Chapter 2. Getting Started with AXIGEN .................................................................................................................................. 14 2.1. Software and Hardware requirements ............................................................................................................................. 14 Software requirements .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Hardware requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 14 Supported platforms ....................................................................................................................................................... 14 Tested platforms ............................................................................................................................................................ 16 2.2. Installing on Linux ..................................................................................................................................................... 16 General installation steps ................................................................................................................................................. 16 Files Provided for Installation .......................................................................................................................................... 17 2.2.1. Installing under RHEL, Fedora Core, Mandrake and SuSE (gcc3) ...................................................................................... 18 2.2.2. Installing under Fedora Core, Mandriva and SuSE (gcc4) ................................................................................................ 19 2.2.3. Installing under Debian/Ubuntu ................................................................................................................................ 19 2.2.4. Installing under Gentoo ......................................................................................................................................... 20 2.2.5. Installing under Slackware ..................................................................................................................................... 20 2.3. Installing on BSD ...................................................................................................................................................... 21 2.3.1. Installing on FreeBSD ........................................................................................................................................... 21 2.3.2. Installing on NetBSD ............................................................................................................................................ 21 2.3.3. Installing on OpenBSD .......................................................................................................................................... 22 2.4. Installing on Solaris ................................................................................................................................................ 22 2.5. Uninstalling under Linux ............................................................................................................................................. 23 2.5.1. Uninstalling under RHEL, Fedora Core, Mandriva /Mandrake and SuSE (gcc3, gcc4) .............................................................. 23 2.5.2. Uninstalling under Debian / Ubuntu ........................................................................................................................... 24 2.5.3. Uninstalling under Gentoo ...................................................................................................................................... 24 2.5.4. Uninstalling under Slackware .................................................................................................................................. 25 2.6. Uninstalling under BSD .............................................................................................................................................. 25 2.6.1. Uninstalling under FreeBSD ................................................................................................................................... 25 2.6.2. Uninstalling under NetBSD ..................................................................................................................................... 26 2.6.3. Uninstalling under OpenBSD .................................................................................................................................. 26 2.7. Uninstalling under Solaris ........................................................................................................................................... 26 2.8. Starting / Stopping / Restarting the server ........................................................................................................................ 27 2.9. Initial Server Configuration .......................................................................................................................................... 28 2.9.1. Setting the Admin Password ................................................................................................................................... 28 2.9.2. Enabling and Logging on to the Webadmin Interface ...................................................................................................... 28 2.9.3. Creating a New Domain ........................................................................................................................................ 30 2.9.4. Adding an Account to an Existing Domain ................................................................................................................... 33 2.9.5. Automated Configuration with AXIGEN Configuration Wizard ........................................................................................... 34 Services and Modules ..................................................................................................................................................... 42 Architecture Features ...................................................................................................................................................... 42 Administration Tools ....................................................................................................................................................... 42 Security ...................................................................................................................................................................... 42 3.1. Generic Server Configuration ....................................................................................................................................... 43 3.1.1. Running Services ................................................................................................................................................ 43 3.1.2. Other Generic Server Parameters ............................................................................................................................ 44 Primary domain ............................................................................................................................................................. 44 SSL Random File........................................................................................................................................................... 44 3.1.3. DNR Settings ..................................................................................................................................................... 44 Domain Name Resolver ................................................................................................................................................... 44 DNR Attributes .............................................................................................................................................................. 44 3.2. Services and Modules ................................................................................................................................................ 45 3.2.1. SMTP Incoming .................................................................................................................................................. 45 Connection Error Control .................................................................................................................................................. 46 Connection Thread Controls .............................................................................................................................................. 46 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 47 Authentication ............................................................................................................................................................... 47 Message Acceptance Policies ........................................................................................................................................... 47 Listener Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 47 3.2.2. Processing ........................................................................................................................................................ 48 Local Mail Delivery ......................................................................................................................................................... 48 3

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Interactions with Other Modules ......................................................................................................................................... 48 AXIGEN Queue ............................................................................................................................................................. 49 Message statuses .......................................................................................................................................................... 49 Mail Scheduling ............................................................................................................................................................. 49 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 50 3.2.3. SMTP Outgoing .................................................................................................................................................. 50 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 50 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 51 3.2.4. POP3 .............................................................................................................................................................. 51 Connection Error Control .................................................................................................................................................. 52 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 53 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 53 Listener Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 53 Compatibility with various POP3 Mail Clients .......................................................................................................................... 54 3.2.5. IMAP ............................................................................................................................................................... 54 Authentication ............................................................................................................................................................... 54 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 55 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 56 Listener Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 56 3.2.6. Logging ............................................................................................................................................................ 56 Log Service Overview ..................................................................................................................................................... 56 Log types .................................................................................................................................................................... 57 AXIGEN Log levels ......................................................................................................................................................... 57 Logging format .............................................................................................................................................................. 58 Rules ......................................................................................................................................................................... 58 Attributes of the Log service .............................................................................................................................................. 59 3.2.7. Reporting .......................................................................................................................................................... 59 Description of the reporting service ..................................................................................................................................... 59 Graphics ..................................................................................................................................................................... 60 Usage ........................................................................................................................................................................ 60 3.2.8. WebMail ........................................................................................................................................................... 61 AXIGEN WebMail Features............................................................................................................................................... 61 • Complex customization ........................................................................................................................................... 61 • Easy to use, secure and user-friendly .......................................................................................................................... 61 • Server Side Scripting Language ................................................................................................................................. 61 • Listeners ............................................................................................................................................................. 62 • Personal Address Book ........................................................................................................................................... 62 • Personal Organizer ................................................................................................................................................ 62 • Public Address Book .............................................................................................................................................. 62 • Automatically set filters and replies ............................................................................................................................. 62 • Login Domain Selection ........................................................................................................................................... 62 • Internationalized search and multiple languages support ................................................................................................... 62 • Public folders ....................................................................................................................................................... 62 • Compose while attach ............................................................................................................................................. 62 • URL redirect rules and virtual host support .................................................................................................................... 63 • HTML mail filtering levels ......................................................................................................................................... 63 • Connection Thread Control ....................................................................................................................................... 63 • Log Control .......................................................................................................................................................... 63 • Webmail Connection and Session Control..................................................................................................................... 64 • HTTP Limits for Webmail ......................................................................................................................................... 64 3.2.9. Storage ............................................................................................................................................................ 64 Filling the Containers ...................................................................................................................................................... 65 3.2.10. FTP Backup Service ........................................................................................................................................... 66 Connection Error Control .................................................................................................................................................. 66 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 67 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 67 Listener Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 67 3.2.11. RPOP Service .................................................................................................................................................. 67 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 68 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 68 3.3. Connectivity and Threading ......................................................................................................................................... 69 3.3.1. Listeners........................................................................................................................................................... 69 3.3.2. Rules ............................................................................................................................................................... 70 Allow/Deny Rules........................................................................................................................................................... 70 Rule Enforcement Policy .................................................................................................................................................. 70 3.3.3. Threads ............................................................................................................................................................ 71 3.4. Clustering Support .................................................................................................................................................... 72 3.4.1. LDAP Routing .................................................................................................................................................... 72 1. Configuring OpenLDAP for AXIGEN .............................................................................................................................. 72 2. Configuring LDAP Connectors in AXIGEN ....................................................................................................................... 73 3.4.1.1. Configuring Mapping Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 74 3.4.1.2. POP3 Proxy Service ....................................................................................................................................... 75 Connection Error Control .................................................................................................................................................. 75 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 75 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 76 4

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Listener Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 76 3.4.1.3. IMAP Proxy Service ........................................................................................................................................ 76 Connection Error Control .................................................................................................................................................. 76 Connection Thread Control ............................................................................................................................................... 77 Log Control .................................................................................................................................................................. 77 Listener Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 77 3.4.2. LDAP Authentication ............................................................................................................................................ 78 4. Mail Server Security ....................................................................................................................................................... 79 4.1. Authentication and Encryption ...................................................................................................................................... 81 Secure/Plain Connections and Authentication Methods ............................................................................................................. 81 4.1.1. Kerberos Authentication within Active Directory ............................................................................................................ 82 Prerequisites and Settings for Each Active Directory User Defined for AXIGEN.............................................................................. 83 Example ................................................................................................................................................................... 83 4.2. SPF and DomainKeys ................................................................................................................................................ 84 4.2.1. AXIGEN Signing Module Usage and Configuration ........................................................................................................ 84 Command line parameters ................................................................................................................................................ 85 DomainKeys Verifier configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 85 DomainKeys Signer configuration ....................................................................................................................................... 86 Starting/Stopping/Restarting the Domain Keys Daemons ........................................................................................................... 87 4.3. Mail Filtering ........................................................................................................................................................... 88 Filter Types .................................................................................................................................................................. 88 Active Filters ................................................................................................................................................................ 89 Filtering Levels .............................................................................................................................................................. 89 4.3.1. Message Acceptance Policies ................................................................................................................................. 90 4.3.2. Routing Policies .................................................................................................................................................. 91 4.3.3. Antivirus / Antispam Filters ..................................................................................................................................... 92 4.3.4. Message Rules ................................................................................................................................................... 93 4.3.4.1. SIEVE Overview and Implementation in AXIGEN ..................................................................................................... 94 SIEVE Overview ............................................................................................................................................................ 94 The AXIGEN SIEVE interpreter .......................................................................................................................................... 95 Action interaction ........................................................................................................................................................ 96 Vacation interaction ..................................................................................................................................................... 96 Vacation Extension ...................................................................................................................................................... 97 4.3.5. The AXIGEN Filtering Module ................................................................................................................................. 98 4.3.5.1. Filtering Module Implementation in AXIGEN ........................................................................................................... 98 4.3.5.2. Configuring the AXIGEN Filtering Module .............................................................................................................. 99 AXIMilter configuration .................................................................................................................................................... 99 4.3.5.3. AXIGEN Filtering Module Commands ................................................................................................................. 100 Command line parameters .............................................................................................................................................. 100 Debian...................................................................................................................................................................... 101 Gentoo ..................................................................................................................................................................... 101 RPM-based distributions ................................................................................................................................................ 101 Slackware.................................................................................................................................................................. 101 Ubuntu ..................................................................................................................................................................... 101 4.3.6. Activating and Prioritising Filters and Rules ............................................................................................................... 102 Filter Priority ............................................................................................................................................................... 102 Activation Inheritance .................................................................................................................................................... 102 4.3.7. Language Specifications for Policy Configuration ........................................................................................................ 103 Basic structure ............................................................................................................................................................ 103 SMTP Events ............................................................................................................................................................. 103 Methods .................................................................................................................................................................... 104 Contexts ................................................................................................................................................................... 104 Variables ................................................................................................................................................................... 105 Structures .................................................................................................................................................................. 106 Conditions ................................................................................................................................................................. 106 Functions .................................................................................................................................................................. 107 4.3.7.1. SMTP Functionalities (I) ................................................................................................................................. 107 onConnect ................................................................................................................................................................. 108 onEhlo ...................................................................................................................................................................... 109 onMailFrom ................................................................................................................................................................ 115 onRcptTo .................................................................................................................................................................. 121 onDataReceived .......................................................................................................................................................... 127 4.3.7.2. SMTP Functionalities (II) ................................................................................................................................ 131 onRelay .................................................................................................................................................................... 131 onDeliveryFailure ......................................................................................................................................................... 135 onTemporaryDeliveryFailure ........................................................................................................................................... 138 4.3.7.3. Examples of Policies ..................................................................................................................................... 140 event onConnect ......................................................................................................................................................... 140 event onEhlo .............................................................................................................................................................. 141 event onRcptTo ........................................................................................................................................................... 141 event onRelay............................................................................................................................................................. 142 event onDeliveryFailure ................................................................................................................................................. 142 event onTemporaryDeliveryFailure .................................................................................................................................... 143 5. User and Domain Configuration ....................................................................................................................................... 144 5.1. Domains .............................................................................................................................................................. 144 5

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

5.2. User Accounts ....................................................................................................................................................... 146 5.3. Forwarders ........................................................................................................................................................... 147 5.4. Lists ................................................................................................................................................................... 148 Administration of the Mail List .......................................................................................................................................... 148 Templates explained ..................................................................................................................................................... 149 5.5. Public Folders ....................................................................................................................................................... 150 Configuring Public Folders .............................................................................................................................................. 150 Associating Folder Recipients to Public Folders .................................................................................................................... 151 6. Working with the WebMail Module in AXIGEN ...................................................................................................................... 153 6.1. Accessing the WebMail Interface................................................................................................................................. 154 Connecting to AXIGEN WebMail ...................................................................................................................................... 154 6.2. WebMail Features and Configuration ............................................................................................................................ 156 WebMail Account Settings .............................................................................................................................................. 162 6.2.1. Configuring Personal Data ................................................................................................................................... 163 6.2.2. Adding Contacts in Webmail ................................................................................................................................. 164 6.2.3. WebMail Data Settings ........................................................................................................................................ 166 6.2.4. Mail Filtering in WebMail ...................................................................................................................................... 168 6.2.4.1. WebMail Filters Overview ............................................................................................................................... 170 Supported Headers/Operators/Values ................................................................................................................................ 170 Action Data ................................................................................................................................................................ 171 Filter Container ........................................................................................................................................................... 171 6.2.5. Configuring WebMail RPOP Connections ................................................................................................................. 172 6.2.6. WebMail Account Information................................................................................................................................ 174 6.3. Working with the Personal Organizer in WebMail ............................................................................................................. 175 6.3.1. Working with your Calendar .................................................................................................................................. 176 6.3.2. Working with your Journal .................................................................................................................................... 183 6.3.3. Working with your Notes ...................................................................................................................................... 186 6.3.4. Working with your Tasks ...................................................................................................................................... 187 7. Administration Tools Overview......................................................................................................................................... 195 8. Configuring AXIGEN using WebAdmin ............................................................................................................................... 196 WebAdmin Overview .................................................................................................................................................... 196 WebAdmin Features ..................................................................................................................................................... 196 Connection Thread Control .......................................................................................................................................... 196 Log Control ............................................................................................................................................................. 197 WebAdmin Connection and Session Control ..................................................................................................................... 197 HTTP Limits for WebAdmin .......................................................................................................................................... 197 Secure WebAdmin Connections .................................................................................................................................... 197 Working with WebAdmin ................................................................................................................................................ 198 Updating/Committing Changes in WebAdmin .................................................................................................................... 198 Confirmation / Error Messages ...................................................................................................................................... 200 Displaying full details for a parameter / all parameters on a page ............................................................................................. 200 Resetting to default values ........................................................................................................................................... 201 8.1. Server tab ............................................................................................................................................................ 202 8.1.1. Global Settings ................................................................................................................................................. 202 8.1.2. User Maps ...................................................................................................................................................... 204 8.1.3. Filter Configuration ............................................................................................................................................ 206 8.1.3.1. Configuring Message Rules ............................................................................................................................. 206 8.1.3.2. Configuring Antivirus/Antispam Filters ................................................................................................................ 207 8.1.3.3. Configuring Active Filters ................................................................................................................................ 209 8.1.4. SMTP Filters .................................................................................................................................................... 212 8.2. DNR tab .............................................................................................................................................................. 214 8.2.1. General Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 214 8.2.2. Nameservers settings ......................................................................................................................................... 216 8.2.3. DNR Log Control Parameters................................................................................................................................ 218 8.3. Processing tab....................................................................................................................................................... 219 8.3.1. Managing Mail Scheduling ................................................................................................................................... 219 8.3.2. Managing the Queue .......................................................................................................................................... 221 8.3.3. Specifying Threads for Local Delivery ...................................................................................................................... 222 8.3.4. Configuring Mailbox Related Parameters .................................................................................................................. 223 8.3.5. Configuring Log Control Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 224 8.4. SMTP-In Tab ........................................................................................................................................................ 225 8.4.1. Configuring SMTP-In Connection Error Control Parameters ........................................................................................... 225 Specifying a Maximum Number of Errors for SMTP Incoming Connections .................................................................................... 225 Specifying a max. number of authentication errors for SMTP Incoming connections ......................................................................... 225 8.4.2. Configuring SMTP-In Connection Thread Control Parameters ......................................................................................... 226 8.4.3. Configuring SMTP-In Log Control Parameters ............................................................................................................ 227 8.4.4. Setting Further General Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 228 8.4.5. Configuring Mapping Data .................................................................................................................................... 230 8.5. SMTP-Out tab ....................................................................................................................................................... 231 8.6. POP3 tab ............................................................................................................................................................. 233 8.6.1. Configuring POP3 Connection Error Control Parameters ............................................................................................... 233 8.6.2. Configuring POP3 Connection Thread Control Parameters ............................................................................................ 234 8.6.3. Configuring POP3 Log Control Parameters ............................................................................................................... 235 8.6.4. POP3 Encryption and Authentication Parameters ........................................................................................................ 236 8.6.5. Configuring POP3 User dB Connector Parameters ...................................................................................................... 238 6

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.7. IMAP tab.............................................................................................................................................................. 239 8.7.1. Configuring IMAP Connection Error Control Parameters ............................................................................................... 239 8.7.2. Configuring IMAP Connection Thread Control Parameters ............................................................................................. 240 8.7.3. Configuring IMAP Log Control Parameters ................................................................................................................ 241 8.7.4. Configuring IMAP Encryption and Authentication Parameters ......................................................................................... 242 8.7.5. Configuring IMAP User dB Connector Parameters....................................................................................................... 244 8.8. WebMail tab.......................................................................................................................................................... 245 8.8.1. WebMail Connection Thread Control ....................................................................................................................... 246 8.8.2. WebMail Log Control .......................................................................................................................................... 247 8.8.3. WebMail Connection and Session Control ................................................................................................................ 248 8.8.4. HTTP Limits for WebMail ..................................................................................................................................... 249 8.8.5. Setting Further General Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 251 8.8.6. URL Redirects for WebMail .................................................................................................................................. 252 8.8.7. Hostname Resolver for Webmail ............................................................................................................................ 254 8.8.8. WebMail User dB Connector Parameters.................................................................................................................. 255 8.9. WebAdmin tab ....................................................................................................................................................... 256 8.9.1. WebAdmin Connection Thread Control .................................................................................................................... 256 8.9.2. WebAdmin Log Control ....................................................................................................................................... 257 8.9.3. Specifying the HSP Path ..................................................................................................................................... 258 8.9.4. WebAdmin Connection and Session Control .............................................................................................................. 258 8.9.5. HTTP Limits for WebAdmin .................................................................................................................................. 260 8.9.6. URL Redirects for WebAdmin ............................................................................................................................... 261 8.10. CLI Tab.............................................................................................................................................................. 263 8.10.1. Configuring CLI Connection Error Control Parameters ................................................................................................ 264 8.10.2. Configuring CLI Connection Thread Control Parameters .............................................................................................. 265 8.10.3. Configuring CLI Log Control Parameters ................................................................................................................. 266 8.11. Log tab .............................................................................................................................................................. 267 8.11.1. General Log Service Parameters .......................................................................................................................... 267 8.11.2. Adding and Editing Log Rules .............................................................................................................................. 268 8.11.3. Log Files Page ................................................................................................................................................ 272 8.12. FTP Backup Tab................................................................................................................................................... 273 8.12.1. Configuring FTP Backup Connection Error Control Parameters ..................................................................................... 273 8.12.2. Configuring FTP Backup Connection Thread Control Parameters ................................................................................... 274 8.12.3. Configuring FTP Backup Log Control Parameters ...................................................................................................... 275 8.13. RPOP Tab .......................................................................................................................................................... 276 8.14. UserDb Tab ........................................................................................................................................................ 278 8.14.1. UserDb Thread Control ...................................................................................................................................... 278 8.14.2. Configuring UserDb Log Control Parameters ............................................................................................................ 278 8.14.3. LDAP Connectors ............................................................................................................................................ 279 8.15. POP3 Proxy Tab................................................................................................................................................... 283 8.15.1. Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters .......................................................................................................... 283 POP3 Proxy Connection Error Control Parameters ................................................................................................................ 283 POP3 Proxy Connection Thread Control Parameters .............................................................................................................. 284 POP3 Proxy Log Control Parameters ................................................................................................................................. 284 POP3 Proxy User dB Connector Parameters........................................................................................................................ 285 Other POP3 Proxy General Parameters.............................................................................................................................. 286 8.15.2. Configuring POP3 Proxy Mapping Data .................................................................................................................. 287 8.15.3. Configuring POP3 Proxy Connection Data Parameters ............................................................................................... 288 8.16. IMAP Proxy Tab ................................................................................................................................................... 290 8.16.1. Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters ........................................................................................................... 290 IMAP Proxy Connection Error Control Parameters ................................................................................................................. 290 IMAP Proxy Connection Thread Control Parameters ....................................................................................................... 291 IMAP Proxy Log Control Parameters ................................................................................................................................. 291 IMAP Proxy User dB Connector Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 292 Other IMAP Proxy General Parameters .............................................................................................................................. 293 8.16.2. Configuring IMAP Proxy Mapping Data ................................................................................................................... 294 8.16.3. Configuring IMAP Proxy Connection Data Parameters ................................................................................................ 295 8.17. Domains tab ........................................................................................................................................................ 297 8.17.1. General Domain Configuration ............................................................................................................................. 299 8.17.2. Domain Migration Data ...................................................................................................................................... 301 8.17.3. Domain Public Folders Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 304 8.17.3.1. General Public Folders Configuration ................................................................................................................ 304 8.17.3.2. Public Folder Quota Configuration ................................................................................................................... 305 8.17.3.3. Public Folder Mbox Configuration .................................................................................................................... 306 8.17.4. Domain SPE Page ........................................................................................................................................... 308 8.17.5. Domain Filter Configuration................................................................................................................................. 310 8.17.6. Domain Info Page ............................................................................................................................................ 311 8.18. Accounts tab ....................................................................................................................................................... 312 8.18.1. General Account Configuration ............................................................................................................................ 313 8.18.2. Account WebMail Data ...................................................................................................................................... 316 8.18.3. Account Quota Parameters ................................................................................................................................. 320 8.18.4. Account Limits ................................................................................................................................................ 322 8.18.5. Account Mboxes Page....................................................................................................................................... 326 8.18.6. Account Filter Configuration ................................................................................................................................ 328 8.18.7. Account Info ................................................................................................................................................... 329 7

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.19. Lists tab ............................................................................................................................................................. 330 8.19.1. General List Configuration .................................................................................................................................. 332 8.19.2. Advanced List Settings ...................................................................................................................................... 335 8.19.3. Adding New List Users ...................................................................................................................................... 338 8.19.4. List WebMail Data ............................................................................................................................................ 340 8.19.5. List Quota Parameters....................................................................................................................................... 343 8.19.6. List Limits ...................................................................................................................................................... 345 8.19.7. Lists Mboxes .................................................................................................................................................. 349 8.19.8. List Filter Configuration ...................................................................................................................................... 351 8.19.9. Lists Info ....................................................................................................................................................... 352 8.20. Forwarders Tab ................................................................................................................................................. 353 8.20.1. Forwarders General Parameters .......................................................................................................................... 354 8.20.2. Forwarders Filter Configuration ............................................................................................................................ 356 8.20.3. Forwarders Info Tab ......................................................................................................................................... 357 8.21. Folder Recipients .................................................................................................................................................. 358 8.21.1. General Folder Recipients Parameters ................................................................................................................... 360 8.21.2. Folder Recipients Filter Configuration .................................................................................................................... 361 8.21.3. Folder Recipients Info ....................................................................................................................................... 362 8.22. Queue Tab ....................................................................................................................................................... 363 8.23. Reporting tab ....................................................................................................................................................... 365 8.23.1. General Reporting Parameters ............................................................................................................................ 366 8.23.2. Reporting Template Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 368 8.23.3. Reporting Database Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 370 8.23.4. Reporting Graphics Configuration ......................................................................................................................... 373 8.24. Graphics Tab ....................................................................................................................................................... 375 8.25. Commands tab..................................................................................................................................................... 376 8.26. Adding and Editing TCP Listeners .............................................................................................................................. 377 General Tab Parameters ................................................................................................................................................ 378 Connection parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 378 8.26.1. Adding and Editing TCP Listener Rules .................................................................................................................. 381 Connection parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 382 Deny Rules ................................................................................................................................................................ 384 8.26.2. SSL Parameters for Listeners .............................................................................................................................. 386 8.26.3. Example of Listener Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 389 Limiting the Number of Allowed Connections for a Given Listener ............................................................................................... 392 Limiting the Number of Accepted Connections for a Specific IP Address ....................................................................................... 393 Limiting the Inactivity for a Given Listener............................................................................................................................ 393 8.27. Adding and Editing UDP Listeners ............................................................................................................................. 394 9. Configuring AXIGEN using CLI ........................................................................................................................................ 396 Service Description ...................................................................................................................................................... 396 9.1. Special Contexts .................................................................................................................................................... 398 Login Context ............................................................................................................................................................. 398 Initial Context.............................................................................................................................................................. 398 Reporting Context ........................................................................................................................................................ 398 Server Context ............................................................................................................................................................ 399 Commands Context ...................................................................................................................................................... 399 Commands-Server Context ............................................................................................................................................. 400 Commands-Storage Context ........................................................................................................................................... 400 9.2. Common commands ............................................................................................................................................... 402 9.3. Connecting to CLI ................................................................................................................................................... 404 9.4. Troubleshoot the CLI Connection ................................................................................................................................ 405 9.5. Context Specific Commands ...................................................................................................................................... 406 Login Context <login> ................................................................................................................................................... 406 Initial Conext <#> ......................................................................................................................................................... 406 10. Configuring AXIGEN using the Configuration File ................................................................................................................ 425 10.1. Working with axigen.cfg .......................................................................................................................................... 426 Restrictions ................................................................................................................................................................ 426 Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................. 426 Structure of the axigen.cfg file .......................................................................................................................................... 427 10.2. Contents of the account.cfg File ................................................................................................................................ 429 10.3. Contents of the domain.cfg file .................................................................................................................................. 430 Example of a Possible Domain Configuration ....................................................................................................................... 431 11. Command Line Parameters for AXIGEN ........................................................................................................................... 432 Display version............................................................................................................................................................ 432 Run in foreground ........................................................................................................................................................ 432 Crash control .............................................................................................................................................................. 432 Process ID ................................................................................................................................................................. 432 Path to configuration file................................................................................................................................................. 432 Using mqview tool to view status for messages in the queue ..................................................................................................... 432 POP3 Authentication..................................................................................................................................................... 433 12. RFCs Currently Implemented by AXIGEN ................................................................................................................... 434 POP3 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 434 POP3 and IMAP Specifications ........................................................................................................................................ 434 SMTP specifications ..................................................................................................................................................... 434 SMTP service extensions ............................................................................................................................................... 434 8

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

...R........ 434 DNS specifications ......................................................................................................................................................................................axigen..... 435 Generic RFCs ...................................com .......................................................................AXIGEN User Manual IMAP specifications ............................ 434 HTTP specifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................. http://www.................................................................................................................L........................... 434 Sieve extensions implemented in AXIGEN ................ 435 9 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S..................................................................................................................................................................................... 434 Implementation Recommendations ........................

This document serves as User Guide for AXIGEN Mail Server version 4. a regular audience should have: • • A detailed knowledge of general mail server abilities and functions Knowledge of network protocols 10 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.cfg). extract and acquire the correct information from this manual. Full information about AXIGEN product versions and licensing options can be found on the AXIGEN website. It also maps Configuration options provided by WebAdmin to configuration parameters present in the axigen. Chapter 7 – Brief overview of all existing AXIGEN configuration tools. Chapter 11 – List of command line parameters allowing you to perform different basic administration tasks • • • • Audience and knowledge requirements The intended audience for this User Manual is represented by administrators of the mail servers in companies where the version 2. In order to build. Chapters 9 through 10 – Descriptions of the alternate configuration tools: Command Line Interface. Structure of this document This document is divided in 12 main Chapters as follows: • • • Chapter 1 .AXIGEN User Manual Introduction Purpose of this Document Congratulations on your decision to choose AXIGEN Mail Server as your messaging solution. Intended as reference guide for system administrators. They also include direct references to configuration instructions for each feature/set of parameters in Chapter 8. Chapter 8 – WebAdmin (Web configuration interface) Adminstration Guide.L. Mail Server Architecture. this manual includes full documentation on mail server architecture.axigen.0 and subsequent versions until specified otherwise. For an overview of AXIGEN Mail Server architecture and functionalities.com . security functions and user management.R. http://www. functionalities and configuration options.cfg file.0 of the product AXIGEN Mail Server is installed and evaluated. the AXIGEN text-editable configuration file. see Chapter 3. These chapters provide general information about the server capabilities and functionalities. This chapter provides detailed configuration instructions for all functionalities mentioned in Chapters 3-5. Configuration file (axigen.Brief overview of main AXIGEN features (commercial and technical differentiators) Chapter 2 –Server startup instructions (requirements / install / uninstall / initial configuration) Chapters 3 through 6 – Descriptions of architecture (modules/services).

AXIGEN Online documentation – an online version of this user manual AXIGEN Quick Installation and Configuration guide – everything you need to get your server up and running AXIGEN Knowledgebase – articles containing specific instructions in response to Support queries and troubleshooting procedures • • • 11 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L.axigen. http://www. This provides administrators with expansion capabilities for the AXIGEN Webadmin / Webmail modules.Contains detailed instructions on HSP – AXIGEN proprietary serverside scripting language information.AXIGEN User Manual Related documentation Additional information regarding AXIGEN can be found in the following sources: • AXIGEN HSP manual .com .R.

NetBSD and Solaris. Integrated Messaging Solution AXIGEN is an integrated service server. Advanced Security Tools In terms of security. an extensive security tool set is implemented.com . AXIGEN can accommodate any usage scenario . FreeBSD. For each and every AXIGEN module and feature. IMAP.L. a proprietary format that supports an effective space-saving filling procedure. truly innovative in several respects. OS Compatibility It is currently available for several Linux distributions. This innovative storage architecture. OpenBSD. High Configurability Built with administration needs in mind.main mail server. Webmail . HTML filtering level for HTML email messages etc. with index based access reduces I/O operations and disk access. a proprietary cutting-edge technology that allows porting the AXIGEN server on multiple platforms while keeping the same set of features. as it can run with any number of services inhibited. attachment size limit. if you only want to run the SMTP service. Thus. maximum number of messages sent per hour by one account. the order of applicable filters and the actions to be taken according to the results of the scanning process. POP3. domain and user level. by specifying what filters to use. Reporting and FTP Backup modules and provides various. Filtering in AXIGEN includes Antivirus/Antispam. Messages are stored in container files. This messaging solution offers the entire range of mail services -SMTP. but development roadmap includes versions for Windows. AXIGEN integrates at present connectors for Open source Antispam and Antivirus applications (SpamAssassin and ClamAV) but 12 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. client management and make advanced settings for every domain and account you are managing. Mail Server Overview AXIGEN Mail Server is a fully self developed solution. http://www. whenever their requirements change. while guaranteeing stability. Innovative Storage AXIGEN Mail Storage uses a proprietary technology which optimizes space and mail flow.includes List server. particularly scalable and configurable. Antispoofing (SPF authentication rules) Domain Keys and custom SIEVE scripts.axigen. Logging. This makes it possible to adapt the product to any demanded platform. mail relay server. allowing system administrator to specify the locations and number of directories/files allowed for message storage. backup server. which is also highly configurable. It is also modular. and makes it easier for users to switch to a different platform. doubled by a similar queue architecture. flexible administration options (including a central Web administration interface . being able to successfully replace a solution based on several Open Source solutions.R. AXIGEN can run with all other services inhibited by allocating all processing threads to SMTP. System Administrators can flexibly use the filtering rules available at server. mail size limit.Web Admin). you can fine tune connection control. Mac OS and other operating systems. AXIGEN uses MPA (Multi Platform Architecture). An example of advanced service configuration options in AXIGEN would be Webmail account and domain settings: mailbox quota.AXIGEN User Manual Chapter 1. For instance. session idle & activity timeout. AXIGEN provides System Administrators with unmatched configuration possibilities for each and every module and feature.

axigen. their configuration procedures.0. and many more facilities and configuration options provided by AXIGEN. AXIGEN allows system administrators to route SMTP.R. where you can easily set migration related parameters.to read more about them. it can integrate with virtually any AS/AV application requested by users.CLI (Command Line Interface). browse through this online documentation. These are some of the distinctive AXIGEN features . This new feature is based the integration of AXIGEN with OpenLDAP and it makes use of the SMTP In.L. CLI automates repetitive tasks. Automation Options AXIGEN addresses automation requirements of System Administrators by providing them with an alternative configuration interface . POP and IMAP connections to different machines running our messaging solutions. which can be really time-consuming when performed manually.com . http://www. Apart from providing an alternate method of performing basic configuration tasks. Clustering Support Starting with version 3. 13 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. POP3 Proxy and IMAP Proxy services..AXIGEN User Manual thanks to its script interface for external connectors. Automatic domain data migration is also available in Webadmin.

2. The actual space AXIGEN will take on your hard disk depends on the number of accounts. by outlining the software and hardware requirements your system needs to fulfill before you can install AXIGEN. http://www. domains and mailboxes and the size of messages stored on the mail server.0 OpenBSD 3.4/2.8 or OpenBSD 3.9 For Solaris requirements are as follows: • Solaris 10 For all platforms: • Internet Explorer 6 or later/ Firefox 2. kernel 2.L.93 or later libstdc++ version 3. the install and uninstall procedure for all available Linux distributions.axigen.4 NetBSD 3.R.6 glibc version 2.com . Supported platforms Linux (32-bit) RedHat Enterprise • Redhat Enterprise Linux 4 • Redhat Enterprise Linux 3 14 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 2. minimum frequency 300 MHz RAM: 128 MB. Getting Started with AXIGEN This section gets you started with AXIGEN Mail Server.0 Hardware requirements AXIGEN has the following minimal hardware requirements: • • • Processor: x86.1. BSD and Solaris platforms and initial configuration steps needed for the initial server run.AXIGEN User Manual Chapter 2. Available space on HDD: 20 MB free space for installation purposes and default configuration files.2 or later For BSD platforms requirements are as follows: • • • FreeBSD 5. Software and Hardware requirements Software requirements AXIGEN has the following minimal software requirements: • • • Linux OS.

06 Ubuntu Server 5.10 Ubuntu Server 6.1 • 2006.0 • 5.0 • Mandriva 2007.10 Debian • Debian 3.2 Slackware • 11.L.1_r1 Mandriva • Mandriva 2006.com .1 BSD (32-bit) FreeBSD • 6. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Fedora • • • Core 6 Core 5 Core 4 CentOS • 4.1 • 6.4 15 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.1 • 10.5 • 5.3 • 4.0 • 10.R.0 Gentoo • 2006.0 • Mandrake Linux 10.2 • 6.2 • 10.4 SuSE • • SuSE Linux Enterprise Server • SLES 10 • SLES 9 SUSE Linux • 10.0 Novell • OES Ubuntu • • • Ubuntu Server 6.axigen.

• 16 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.cfg (if needed). Ubuntu. please refer to the Install file included in the installation kit or read the sections corresponding to the respective Linux distribution. Install AXIGEN files.0 • 3. Debian.cfg file to your specific environment. General installation steps Here are the general steps to be taken in order to install AXIGEN. This way the changes committed in the main axigen. http://www. as explained in the Configuring AXIGEN using axigen.cfg file section in order to adjust axigen. 32-bit architecture Tested platforms AXIGEN has been tested extensively and is guaranteed to work on the following Linux distributions: Gentoo. After the installation. Installing on Linux The following section describes the general installation steps for AXIGEN on RedHat and SUSE distributions. Reconfigure axigen. Redhat/Fedora Core.R.AXIGEN User Manual OpenBSD • 4.L. Mandrake/Mandriva. no daemons or related application are started. Reload AXIGEN server.0 Solaris Solaris 10 • x86. • • • • • • • Unzip the original installation package.1 • 3.cfg file can take effect (changes to domains and accounts are made on the fly). Read the Starting/Stopping/Restarting AXIGEN section for information on how to reload AXIGEN. 2.8 NetBSD • 3. NetBSD and OpenBSD) and on Solaris 10. Read the Installing AXIGEN under RedHat and SuSE section for an example on how to install the product. For instructions related to a specific Linux distribution.9 • 3.com . SUSE. Slackware. Configure axigen. Read the Installing AXIGEN under RedHat and SuSE section for an example on how to unzip the installation files.2. AXIGEN also runs on BSD platforms (FreeBSD. Start the AXIGEN server (Read the Starting/Stopping/Restarting AXIGEN section for information on how to start AXIGEN).cfg. Create domains/accounts for your AXIGEN installation (more information can be found in the User and Domain Configuration section).axigen.

The following table shows the files and directories provided in the installation kit required for AXIGEN to run correctly: Directory/File /etc/init. This is the configuration file used by the AXIGEN initscript in the Gentoo distribution This is the main configuration file for AXIGEN. http://www.com .L. RedHat and SUSE distributions.d/rc4. The script will start the daemon for the Gentoo. Please refer to the Command Line Parameters section for instructions on using this tool. Document containing the release notes for this version of AXIGEN.d/axigen /etc/opt/ /etc/opt/axigen/ /etc/opt/axigen/axigen.d/rc3. Debian. needed to start the daemon in the respective run levels (only for RedHat and SUSE distributions). Document installation AXIGEN Document instructions AXIGEN.AXIGEN User Manual Files Provided for Installation The installation kit consists of the following files: • • • • INSTALL UNINSTALL README Distribution-specific package file(s).d/axigen Description This is the initscript for AXIGEN.axigen. This is the initscript for AXIGEN in the Slackware distribution.R. Symbolic links to the above mentioned initscript file.d/rc.d/S80axigen /etc/rc.cfg /opt/axigen/ /opt/axigen/bin/ /opt/axigen/bin/axigen /opt/axigen/bin/mqview /opt/axigen/share/ /opt/axigen/share/doc/ /opt/axigen/share/doc/README /opt/axigen/share/doc/INSTALL /opt/axigen/share/doc/UNINSTALL containing the for uninstalling /opt/axigen/share/doc/LICENSE Document containing the license 17 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen /etc/conf.d/rc5. containing instructions the for /etc/rc.d/ /etc/init.d/S80axigen /etc/rc. This is the AXIGEN daemon. This is the executable to be used for viewing the status of the queued messages.d/S80axigen /etc/rc.

AXIGEN User Manual for AXIGEN.tar. by issuing the following command in the same directory as the downloaded file: tar xzvf <install kit file> 2. 5. 18 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 2.d/axigen start The above installation steps apply for the following gcc3 distributions: Redhat Enterprise Linux 3 and 4 Fedora Core 3 or lower SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SUSE Linux 9. SuSE. from the same directory with the rpm file: rpm -ivh axigen-version-build.2-1. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file (please refer to the Initial Configuration section for more information).2. /opt/axigen/share/examples/ /opt/axigen/share/examples/axigen. Mandrake and SuSE distributions.axigen.2. 1.1. as presented in this User Manual.2 These installation instructions apply for all RPM based distros (RHEL. Default directory used for storing files pertaining to AXIGEN Webmail module.R.cfg /opt/axigen/share/examples/account. Installation In order to install the RPM package. type in the directory where the file is located: tar xzvf axigen.i386.2.3 or lower Mandrake Linux 10.i386. Installing under RHEL. no daemons or related application will be started. the corresponding command will be: rpm -ivh axigen-1. you must issue (while logged in as root) the following command. Fedora Core.gz 3.2. 4. Mandrake/Mandriva). Fedora Core. For example. Configuration Before you start AXIGEN. containing the default values for AXIGEN parameters.i386. build 1. http://www. Unzip the downloaded file. Start AXIGEN.cfg /var/opt/ /var/opt/axigen/ /var/opt/axigen/Webmail/ Sample configuration files. Fedora Core. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript.rpm After the installation.cfg /opt/axigen/share/examples/domain. you need to configure it. Mandrake and SuSE (gcc3) Here are the installation steps for RHEL.rpm. In both RedHat and SUSE.L. to unpack the AXIGEN RPM package for the i386 architecture.rpm To install AXIGEN Mail Server version 1.com . by issuing this command: /etc/init.

0 Mandriva 2007. no daemons or related application will be started. SuSE): 1. Installing under Fedora Core.2. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file (please refer to the Initial Configuration section for more information).2. More information about each configuration setting can be found in the sample configuration files installed by default.2.gcc4-build. 2. Installation In order to install the DEB package.R.i386. go through the following steps: 1. Installing under Debian/Ubuntu To install AXIGEN under Debian.rpm To install AXIGEN Mail Server version 1.2.L. you must issue (while logged in as root) the following command.2.axigen. 19 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.i386. Mandriva. Configuration Before you start AXIGEN. from the same directory with the rpm file: rpm -ivh axigen-version. the corresponding command will be: rpm -ivh axigen-1.2. by issuing this command: /etc/init.deb To install AXIGEN Mail Server version 1.2-1_i386.2. Mandriva and SuSE (gcc4) Here are the install instructions for RPM based distros with gcc4 (Fedora Core. 3. for more information about their names and locations). build 1. from the same directory with the deb file: dpkg -i axigen_version-build_i386. http://www. you need to configure it.2. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file and the other specific configuration files (please refer to the README file from the installation kit. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript.AXIGEN User Manual 2. build 1.0 2.2. as comments. 2. In both Fedora Core and Mandriva. you must issue (while logged in as root) the following command.gcc4-1. Start AXIGEN.com . the corresponding command is: dpkg -i axigen_1. you need to configure it.3.deb After the installation.d/axigen start The above installation steps apply for the following gcc4 distributions: Fedora Core 4 or higher SUSE Linux 10. Configuration Before you start AXIGEN.2. Installation In order to install the RPM package. no daemons or related application will be started.0 of higher Mandriva 2006.rpm After the installation.

2-i386-1. Start AXIGEN In Debian.d/axigen start These same instructions also apply to the Ubuntu distribution.2. Installation In order to install the ebuild package. for more information about their names and locations). from the same directory with the tgz file: installpkgaxigen-version. you must issue the following commands (while logged in as root) from the same directory as the ebuild file: . no daemons or related applications are started. by issuing: /etc/init.2.tgz To install AXIGEN version 1.2-1ubuntu1_i386.com . Installation In order to install the Slackware TGZ package. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file and the other specific configuration files (please refer to the README file from the installation kit.L. Configuration Before you start AXIGEN. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file (please refer to the Initial Configuration of AXIGEN Mail Server section in this User Manual for more information. AXIGEN can be started via its initscript. except for the install command: dpkg -i axigen_1.4. Start AXIGEN In Gentoo. http://www.2.2.deb 2.axigen. 3. More information about each configuration setting can be found in the sample configuration files installed by default.tgz After the installation. by issuing: /etc/init.5. you need to configure it. go through the following steps: 1.2.AXIGEN User Manual 3. Installing under Slackware To install AXIGEN under Slackware. no daemons or related applications are started.d/axigen 2. 20 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.d/axigen start Several settings for the AXIGEN initscript are available via the following file (please read the comments from this file for information about using them): /etc/conf. Installing under Gentoo To install AXIGEN under Gentoo. go through the following steps: 1. 2.2.R. you must issue (while logged in as root) the following command./prepare. as comments.i386-1. the corresponding command is: installpkg axigen-1. AXIGEN can be started via its initscript. 2. Configuration Before you start AXIGEN.sh emerge axigen After the installation. you need to configure it.

2_1. you need to configure it. Installing on NetBSD The instructions to install AXIGEN on NetBSD are presented below: 1. AXIGEN can be started via its initscript.L.axigen. for more information about their names and locations).axigen start In order to start AXIGEN initscript at boot time.sh start 2.AXIGEN User Manual 3.axigen 2. the corresponding command will be: pkg_add axigen-1.d/rc. from the same directory as the tgz file: pkg_add axigen-version_build. the following command. from the same directory as the tgz file: pkg_add axigen-version_build. Start AXIGEN In Slackware. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file and the other specific configuration files (please refer to the README file from the installation kit. the corresponding command will be: pkg_add axigen-1. as comments.d/rc.com .2 version.3.2_1.axigen start and set the executable bit for the script: chmod +x /etc/rc. by issuing: /usr/local/etc/rc. http://www. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript. follow these instructions: 1. build 1.2.tgz After the installation.2. you must issue (while logged in as root). for AXIGEN version 1. Installation Issue (while logged in as root). by issuing: /etc/rc. Installing on BSD AXIGEN is available for several BSD platforms: FreeBSD.tgz 21 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 3.2. More information on each configuration setting can be found in the sample configuration files installed by default.R.local file: [ -x /etc/rc. NetBSD and OpenBSD.d/rc.2. build 1. for BSD platforms.3.d/rc.3. for the 1. the install command is: pkg_add axigen-version.tgz For instance. Installing on FreeBSD In order to install the AXIGEN Mail Server on FreeBSD. For instance.d/axigen. no daemons or related application will be started. you need to add the following line in the etc/rc. Installation In order to install the NetBSD package. the following command.tgz 2. 2.1.d/rc. Start the AXIGEN server In FreeBSD.axigen ] && /etc/rc.2.2. Configure AXIGEN Before you start the AXIGEN server.tgz 2. As a general rule.

Configure AXIGEN Before you start the AXIGEN server. Installation In order to install the Solaris/SunOS package. by issuing: /usr/local/bin/axigen. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript.L. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file and the other specific configuration files (please refer to the README file from the installation kit. the following command. Configure AXIGEN Before you start the AXIGEN server.axigen. for more information about their names and locations). 3.tar.AXIGEN User Manual After the installation. as comments.gz tar xvf axigen-version. More information about each configuration setting can be found in the sample configuration files installed by default. the corresponding command will be: pkg_add axigen-1.2. 3. follow these instructions: 1.4. you need to configure it.R. Installation In order to install the OpenBSD package.tgz For instance.3. for AXIGEN version 1. the following command.sh start 2.tar pkgadd -d . you must issue (while logged in as root).2. from the same directory as the tgz file: pkg_add axigen-version_build.2. you must issue (while logged in as root). 22 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.tgz After the installation. build 1. Start the AXIGEN server In NetBSD.3. as comments. Start the AXIGEN server In OpenBSD.com .d/axigen start 2. 2. for more information about their names and locations) More information about each configuration setting. http://www. can be found in the sample configuration files installed by default. no daemons or related application will be started. by issuing: /etc/rc. from the same directory as the AXIGEN uncompressed installation kit: gunzip axigen-version. Installing on OpenBSD The instructions to install AXIGEN on OpenBSD are presented below: 1. 4. Installing on Solaris In order to install the AXIGEN Mail Server on Solaris. you need to configure it. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file and the other specific configuration files (please refer to the README file from the installation kit.2_1. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript. no daemons or related application will be started.

5. Fedora Core. Mandriva/Mandrake and SuSE: 1. All the files and/or directories that are contained in the following locations must be deleted manually: /etc/opt/axigen/ /var/opt/axigen/ The above installation steps apply for the following gcc3 distributions: Redhat Enterprise Linux 3 and 4 Fedora Core 3 or lower SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SUSE Linux 9. you need to configure it.1. 2.com .gz tar xvf axigen-2.L.d/axigen start 2. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation. Fedora Core. as comments. Mandriva /Mandrake and SuSE (gcc3. 2. Uninstalling under RHEL.R.tar pkgadd -d After the installation. More information about each configuration setting can be found in the sample configuration files installed by default. by issuing: /etc/init.0.0. you can issue the following command.tar. You can do that by modifying the main configuration file and the other specific configuration files (please refer to the README file from the installation kit.0 will be: gunzip axigen-2.AXIGEN User Manual For instance.axigen. Remove the AXIGEN RPM package In order to remove the AXIGEN package and its related files and directories. Start the AXIGEN server In Solaris/SunOS. while logged in as root: rpm -e axigen The command explained above will also stop the AXIGEN daemon. the corresponding commands for AXIGEN version number 2. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command from the first step does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files).0. 3. Configuration Before you start the AXIGEN server. gcc4) To uninstall the AXIGEN mail server under RHEL.5.0.0. for more information about their names and locations). http://www. no daemons or related application will be started. 2.2 23 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Uninstalling under Linux This section provides instructions on how to uninstall the AXIGEN Mail Server under all available Linux distributions.3 or lower Mandrake Linux 10.

2. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command in Step 1 does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files). Remove the AXIGEN package In order to remove AXIGEN package and its related files and directories.axigen. http://www. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation. Uninstalling under Debian / Ubuntu To uninstall AXIGEN under Debian or Ubuntu. 2. Uninstalling under Gentoo Here are the steps to be taken in order to uninstall AXIGEN under Gentoo. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The commands on Step 1 do not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files).5. 2. issue the command: dpkg -r AXIGEN (to "remove" the package). you can issue the following command.3.com . issue the command: dpkg -P AXIGEN (to "purge" the package this is the recommended option) o while logged in as root.5.0 of higher Mandriva 2006. go through the following steps: 1. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation.R. Remove AXIGEN ebuild package In order to remove AXIGEN package and its related files and directories. you have two options: o while logged in as root. while logged in as root: emerge --unmerge AXIGEN This command also stops the AXIGEN daemon.0 2. All the files and/or directories that are contained in the following locations must be deleted manually: /etc/opt/axigen/ /var/opt/axigen/ /opt/axigen/ 24 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 1.L. These commands also stop AXIGEN daemon.AXIGEN User Manual and the following gcc4 distributions: Fedora Core 4 or higher SUSE Linux 10. All the files and/or directories that are contained in the following locations must be deleted manually: /etc/opt/axigen/ /var/opt/axigen/ /opt/axigen/ 2.0 Mandriva 2007.

http://www.axigen.axigen stop Then remove AXIGEN package: removepkg axigen-version-i386-build For instance.2.4.axigen start 2. Uninstalling under FreeBSD To uninstall AXIGEN Mail Server. Remove the AXIGEN Slackware TGZ package In order to remove AXIGEN package and its related files and directories. stop AXIGEN’ daemon: /etc/rc.R.2.local: [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation.2. you can issue the following command. you can remove the following line from the /etc/rc. All the files and/or directories that are contained in the following locations must be deleted manually: /etc/opt/axigen/ /var/opt/axigen/ /opt/axigen/ Also.d/rc. Uninstalling under Slackware Here are the steps to be taken in order to uninstall AXIGEN under Slackware.sh stop o then remove the package pkg_delete axigen-version To uninstall version 1. the corresponding command will be: removepkg axigen-1.axigen ] && /etc/rc.5.2. stop the AXIGEN daemon /usr/local/etc/rc.6. Uninstalling under BSD The generic command used to uninstall the AXIGEN Mail Server for BSD platforms is: pkg_delete axigen-version 2.6. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command from the first step does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files). follow these instructions: 1.2._1. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation.2.d/axigen. while logged in as root: o first. while logged in as root: First. Remove the AXIGEN package In order to remove the AXIGEN package and its related files and directories. 25 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. to remove AXIGEN version 1. 1.d/rc. These files must be removed manually.1. you can issue the following command.4 build 1.4-i386-1 2.com .L. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command on Step 1 does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files).d/rc. the corresponding command is: pkg_delete axigen-1._1 2.AXIGEN User Manual 2.

while logged in as root: First.3.d/axigen stop Then remove the package: pkg_delete axigen-version For AXIGEN Mail Server version 1. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation.6.7.2_1 2. stop the AXIGEN daemon: /etc/init. 2. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation.2. These files must be removed manually. stop the AXIGEN daemon: /usr/local/bin/axigen. you can issue the following command.sh stop Then remove the package: pkg_delete axigen-version To remove AXIGEN Mail Server version 1. while logged in as root: First. Remove the AXIGEN package In order to remove the AXIGEN package and its related files and directories.2. stop the AXIGEN daemon: /etc/rc. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command from the first step does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files). you can issue the following command.2.R. 2.6. Uninstalling under Solaris Here are the steps to be taken in order to uninstall AXIGEN under Solaris: 1. while logged in as root: First.AXIGEN User Manual 2.2. Remove the AXIGEN package In order to remove the AXIGEN package and its related files and directories.d/axigen stop Then remove the package: pkgrm GCADAxigen 26 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.2_1 2.com . you can issue the following command.2. the corresponding command is: pkg_delete axigen-1. These files must be removed manually.L. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command from the first step does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files).axigen. Remove the AXIGEN package In order to remove the AXIGEN package and its related files and directories. Uninstalling under OpenBSD 1. Uninstalling under NetBSD 1.2_1.2_1 the corresponding command would be: pkg_delete axigen-1. http://www.

for instance).d/rc. by issuing: /usr/local/etc/rc. you can issue: /etc/init. the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript.axigen start 2. applied to the /etc/rc.sh start 3. you can pass the 'status' parameter: /etc/init.d/axigen start To stop the server. Starting / Stopping / Restarting the server This section lists common commands meant to start / stop / restart the server for various Linux distributions and FreeBSD.d/axigen. 2.R.com . the AXIGEN server can be started via its initscript. by issuing: /etc/init.8. you can issue: /etc/init. These files must be removed manually.d/axigen restart To view the status of the AXIGEN demon.d/axigen restart To reload the AXIGEN daemon (i.d/axigen. you can use: /etc/init.e.axigen. to start the server.d/axigen reload To view the AXIGEN daemon status. http://www. Gentoo and SUSE distributions You can start the server with the following command: /etc/init. non-empty directories and other files or directories that were not created as a result of the installation. you can pass the 'reload' parameter to the initscript: /etc/init. Optional: Remove the rest of the files/directories The command from the first step does not automatically remove the files that were modified after the installation (such as configuration files).d/axigen start To stop the server.L. FreeBSD In FreeBSD.d/axigen status 27 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.d/axigen status o In Slackware.d/rc. for new configuration settings to take effect). instead of /etc/init. For instance. you can pass the 'status' parameter: /etc/init. Solaris In Solaris/SunOS.AXIGEN User Manual 2. you can issue: /etc/rc. you can use the 'restart' parameter: /etc/init.axigen initscript. Linux o For RedHat.d/axigen stop In order to restart the AXIGEN daemon (in order to reload the new configuration settings. Debian. you can use the same commands. 1.d/axigen stop In order to restart the AXIGEN daemon.

.L.d/axigen restart Note: Currently you can use this password only with the admin username. first stop it.9. using the following command: /etc/init. Restart AXIGEN 28 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. If the AXIGEN server is running.R. Example: /opt/axigen/bin/axigen -A <password> 3. 2..1:9000 enable = yes . enabling the Web configuration interface.AXIGEN User Manual 2. listeners = ( { address = 127.0. } 3.0.axigen.1. so you can directly skip to Step 4 of this procedure..d/axigen stop 2. Add the WebAdmin service to the services {} list: Server { services = (imap log pop3 processing smtp webadmin) . configure and enable the default listener: webadmin = { .com . Setting the Admin Password Before accessing the WebAdmin interface it is mandatory to set the password for the AXIGEN admin account.9. /etc/init. To do that. the WebAdmin service is enabled by default. or if you have disabled your WebAdmin service and need to enable it again. Restart the server.cfg) and set it as instructed below: 1. see the corresponding section. 2. also described in this section. 2. the WebAdmin module listens to the 9000/tcp port and can be enabled by editing the AXIGEN configuration file (installed by default in the this location: /var/opt/axigen/run/axigen.0..9. http://www.. For details on how to set the password using the Configuration Wizard. If you’re using an older version of AXIGEN.2. steps 1-3 explain how to enable it using the configuration file. go through these steps: 1. Initial Server Configuration This section describes basic server configurations that you need to do in order to get your server up and running: setting the admin password.. Some of these actions can also be performed automatically using the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard. Run AXIGEN only with -A (or --admin-passwd) option. Enabling and Logging on to the Webadmin Interface In AXIGEN 2. creating a domain and adding accounts. By default. In the webadmin {} context.

.axigen. the listener will listen to all machine interfaces). you need to replace the 127. If you are accessing the WebAdmin from a different machine..1:9000 enable = yes Remember to reload your AXIGEN Mail Server after each change in the configuration files. The system log file should display a message similar to the one below: .1 IP from the URL with the IP address of the machine on which the AXIGEN Mail Server is installed.1.0.1. Start your favorite browser and enter the IP/port pair you have configured. When accessing the AXIGEN WebMail.1:9000/ in your browser and login using the admin username and the password you have previously set.. In the example set above.com . For example.0.1 IP address.SUCCESS: WEBADMIN: started You can now login to WebAdmin. webadmin { . Check the system log file(s) for confirmation that the Webadmin service is correctly loaded. 6.. 29 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you can set this parameter to 0..0.168.168. if the machine running AXIGEN has the 192...0 (in this case. Enter http://127.0.. address = 192. see the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard section.R.1:9000 .L. Connect to the WebAdmin interface. Or.1.168..168.1.0.INFO: WEBADMIN: listener added 192.. the default address is http://192. change the IP/port data under Server->Webadmin->Listeners->Address to match your IP/port: server { . For details on how to set the WebAdmin interface automatically.0.s listeners = ( { .1:9000.AXIGEN User Manual 4. http://www. you need to set in the listener's address parameter the IP address of the machine on which AXIGEN is installed. Login using the admin username and the password you have previously set. 5.

3. Creating a New Domain The AXIGEN mail server stores each created domain in a unique domain location.R. additional locations cannot be added. Important! When creating domains.com . The default location displayed by AXIGEN is /var/opt/axigen/domains. additional message storage locations should be created to correspond to the number of 20GB storages you need.9.L. After creating the domain.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 2. http://www. This location is specified when creating the domain and will result in an error if a second domain is created on the same location. one message storage location is recommended for each predicted 20GB of message occupied storage space. The command to create multiple message storage locations is as follows: ADD MessagesLocation <path> 30 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. You can add multiple message storage locations using CLI only within the domain creation context. For larger spaces.

a page including the default domain properties for the domain you are adding is displayed (see below). 2. 3. Click on the Domains tab.html.L. Note: AXIGEN is RFC compliant in terms of characters you can use when creating new domains and/or accounts. Internet message format. Edit the domain-specific parameters according to your preferences or keep their default values. http://www. Please refer to the relevant RFC standard.com . After pressing the Add new domain button. Specify a password to protect the selected domain in the Postmaster Password.R. The WebAdmin Domains page is displayed. please follow the steps presented below 1. 6. Press the Add new domain button. 4. To find out more about Domain configuration.org/rfcs/rfc2822. Please note the name of the domain cannot include special characters. Fill the Domain name text box with the domain name you want to create. Check if you have specified the correct domain name and if you have specified the correct location for the edited domain in the Domain location field.AXIGEN User Manual To create a new Domain. 5.axigen.faqs. available for instance on http://www. 31 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see Domains section.

To do this. You have successfully created a new domain. press the Server tab on the left and add the name of your primary domain in the primarydomain editable text box. you should also specify your primary domain.com .AXIGEN User Manual 7. 32 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Note: After defining your first domain. http://www.L. You can see the domains currently created on the server using the Domain list link in the upper right corner of the Domains tab. Press the Update (upper right corner) button and then the Commit button (upper right corner) to save and commit your changes.R. This will be considered your default domain for all incoming mail.axigen.

The existing accounts for the domain you have selected are displayed. 33 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the accounts for the example domain are displayed. needs to have at least one character). To add a new account to this domain. Adding an Account to an Existing Domain To add a new account to an existing domain: 1.L. an account named 'henry_nash' is added to the 'example' domain.4. 2. In the WebAdmin page click on Accounts tab.9.com .AXIGEN User Manual 2.R. Click on the View button corresponding to the domain for which you want to display the existing accounts or to add a new account. In this example.axigen. enter the name of the account to be created in the Account name text box and a password in the Password text (required. 3. Then press the Add new account button. In the example below. http://www.

the wizard needs to be launched by issuing one of the following commands. configure the primary domain and set up an interface for the WebAdmin management tool and also for the POP3 and IMAP services. depending on the platform you have installed the AXIGEN Mail Server on: 1. The link is available in the upper right corner of the page displaying the available accounts for the selected domain (see above). For advanced account settings. the wizard enables system administrators to instantly set the admin password. simplify and render the initial setup automatic.com . The only mandatory field is password. In eleven easy steps.AXIGEN User Manual 4. the AXIGEN Mail server includes the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard. Edit the account-specific parameters to suit your needs or leave them with their default values.0 installation packages. You can see the accounts currently associated with your domains using the Account list link. see Accounts section. Press the Update button (upper right corner) then as it the button changes to Commit. partly using the WebAdmin interface. 2. http://www. starting with version 1.2. Automated Configuration with AXIGEN Configuration Wizard Aiming to enhance.L. These actions were previously performed partly manually.axigen.9. You have successfully added the 'laura_white' account to the 'example' domain.5. Firstly. On Solaris and all Linux platforms: /opt/axigen/bin/axigen-cfg-wizard 34 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.6.R. press it again to save and commit your changes. The AXIGEN Configuration Wizard is provided as part of all the AXIGEN Mail Server 4. After pressing on the Add new account button. a page presenting the default account properties for the account you are creating is displayed (see below). 5. available for download on the AXIGEN site.

please use the Tab or Enter keys. 2. the default ‘localdomain’ will be displayed.R. press the Enter key. The wizard will automatically detect the machine’s FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name) and based on it will propose the domain name as primary. If no domain can be detected. To proceed to the next step.axigen.com . On NetBSD: /usr/pkg/bin/axigen-cfg-wizard 1. The password is required and therefore system administrators must type at least one character. http://www. 35 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. On OpenBSD and FreeBSD: /usr/local/bin/axigen-cfg-wizard 3. when located on the Next button. Use the Pasword field to type your password and the Validate field to retype it for validation. System Administrators can edit the fields of this tab at any time. Configuring your Primary Domain The next stage of running the wizard consists in configuring AXIGEN’s primary domain.AXIGEN User Manual 2. To move from one field to another. the first step you are prompted to take is specify the admin password.L. Configuring the Admin Password After launching the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard.

There are three available options: • • • Redirect all mails for root account to postmaster Add the 'localhost' alias to this domain Add the 'localhost. use the Postmaster account password field.R.com . To move from one field to another.AXIGEN User Manual In the Primary Domain field. /var/opt/axigen/domains.axigen. http://www. this steps allows system administrators to select the alias they would like to configure for the primary domain defined at the previous step. the wizard will display the automatically detected domain.localdomain' alias to this domains To select or deselect one of the listed options. press Enter. press the Enter key. 36 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 3.L. Alias Configuration When running the wizard. To configure the primary domain password for the account postmaster. Use the Domain Location field to edit the default storage path for the primary domain. please use the Tab or Enter keys. To proceed to the next step. when located on the Next button.

enabling system administrators to select a listener for WebAdmin. all the listed interfaces will be used as listeners for the WebAdmin management tool. Select one of the listed interfaces. http://127. then move to the OK button (using the Tab or Enter keys) and then press Enter again. 37 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen. In the previous versions. Configuring the WebAdmin Interface This following step performed by the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard is to select the WebAdmin Interface. If you choose a different interface. 5. http://www. If you choose the first option. you will be prompted to confirm the choice you have made.com . all.1:9000/.L. The wizard will list all the existing interfaces with their respective IP addresses and ports. The wizard will list all the existing interfaces with their respective IP addresses and ports.0.0. enabling system administrators to select a listener for SMTP. the WebAdmin was initially accessed on its default listener.R. Configuring the SMTP Interface The next step performed by the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard is to select the SMTP Interface.AXIGEN User Manual 4.

Services Selection The sixth step of the automatic configuration process allows system administrators to select the active services for the AXIGEN server. 7. If you choose the first option. all the listed interfaces will be used as listeners for the SMTP service. IMAP or WebMail. further settings are available within the following steps. press Enter.axigen. you will be prompted to confirm the choice you have made. enabling system administrators to select a listener for the POP3 service. To select or deselect one of the listed options.L. 38 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. then move to the OK button (using the Tab or Enter keys) and then press Enter again. 6. all. the wizard will skip directly to step 10 of the configuration. For each of the selected services. The wizard will list all the existing interfaces with their respective IP addresses and ports. Configuring the POP 3 Interface The next step performed by the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard is to select the POP3 Interface. POP3.AXIGEN User Manual Select one of the listed interfaces. http://www.R. If you choose a different interface.com . If none of the three services is enabled.

all the listed interfaces will be used as listeners for the POP3 service. 9. then move to the OK button (using the Tab or Enter keys) and then press Enter again. If you choose a different interface. you will be prompted to confirm the choice you have made. enabling system administrators to select a listener for the POP3 service. all. all. all the listed interfaces will be used as listeners for the POP3 service. The wizard will list all the existing interfaces with their respective IP addresses and ports.com . Select one of the listed interfaces. then move to the OK button (using the Tab or Enter keys) and then press Enter again. If you choose the first option. 8.axigen. you will be prompted to confirm the choice you have made. If you choose a different interface. enabling system administrators to select a listener for the WebMail service. Configuring the WebMail Interface For the next step. Configuring the IMAP Interface Step 8 performed by the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard is to select the IMAP Interface.R.L. http://www. The wizard will list all the existing interfaces with their respective IP addresses and ports. the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard will allow system administrators to select the WebMail Interface.AXIGEN User Manual Select one of the listed interfaces. 39 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. If you choose the first option.

then move to the OK button (using the Tab or Enter keys) and then press Enter again. If you choose a different interface. When one of the available networks is selected. 11.com . The AXIGEN Configuration Wizard will then prompt system administrators to select the networks allowed to relay emails through the AXIGEN server without prior authentication. a script configuring a Relay Policy is automatically created. Sendmail Wrapper Configuration This configuration steps is required if system administrators want command line applications such as mailix to be able to send emails via AXIGEN. Configuring Relay Policies. If you choose the first option. To select or deselect one of the listed options.AXIGEN User Manual Select one of the listed interfaces. 10. 40 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. all the listed interfaces will be used as listeners for the WebMail service.R. press Enter.axigen. please see the corresponding section of the online documentation. you will be prompted to confirm the choice you have made. http://www. Such applications use the Sendmail Wrapper which thus needs to be configured to work correctly with AXIGEN. For details on Relay Polices. all.L.

41 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. if any other message except the successful one is displayed by the wizard after taking the configuration steps.axigen. It will also instruct system administrators to start the AXIGEN service and then access the WebAdmin interface on the selected IP-port combination. The Wizard will initially display a message prompting you to wait for the changes to be applied to your existing configuration and will then respond with a successful operation message.L. After completing these steps. please consult this knowledgebase article. For troubleshooting.R. http://www. Troubleshooting Firstly.com.AXIGEN User Manual The Wizard describes in detail the actions taken when selecting "Yes" at this step. the wizard will display a message summarizing the steps just taken. Secondly. on some distributions.com . Thus all the wizard’s messages would be displayed incorrectly. please contact the AXIGEN Support team at support@axigen. the operating system sets the console display encoding to UTF-8.

configuration options are available in each of these tools (WebAdmin. the Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and WebMail. Highly configurable logging and reporting services are also available. CLI and the configuration file. AXIGEN Mail Storage integrates a proprietary technology that allows storing messages in a special directory structure. Antispoofing . Mail Server Architecture AXIGEN is an integrated service SMTP.R. etc. http://www. SSL/TLS authentication). and an FTP Backup service allowing you to securely backup and restore your domain and user configuration. IMAP. Administration Tools The administration tools enable both centralized configuration (WebAdmin and Command Line Interface) and manual configuration (configuration file).AXIGEN User Manual Chapter 3. Running services can be configured at service. guaranteeing an effective. AntiSpam. Architecture Features AXIGEN incorporates a multi-threaded engine. POP. 42 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. AXIGEN Mail Server sends mail messages using the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Security AXIGEN incorporates an advanced filtering system and other innovative security tools (Antivirus. IMAP. This enables system administrators to allocate a certain number of processing threads to specific modules (SMTP incoming / SMTP outgoing / WebMail / IMAP. fast mail flow and optimizing space-saving. POP.L.com . WebMail and list server.cfg). integrating advanced technologies and messaging services. which can break server activity into multiple parallel processing threads.SPF Authentication. domain and account level.axigen. SMTP Outgoing. Most AXIGEN services (SMTP Incoming. WebMail) make use of configurable listeners to define rules for accepting or denying connections. axigen. The messages can be retrieved using the Post Office Protocol version 3 (POP3). secured SSL/TLS. Services and Modules AXIGEN Mail Server is an Internet-based mail server that provides messaging services over the Internet via connections using a Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) network. For each service described in the Architecture chapter.

there are a number of generic server settings referring to overall server behavior and functionalities. it is recommended to run all services provided by AXIGEN . SMTP Outgoing.axigen. IMAP. such as Running services. A similar option is available in WebAdmin at domain and account / mail list level. SSL and DNR related settings. FTP Backup . IMAP. 3. SMTP Outgoing and Processing. POP3. WebMail. 3. Generic Server Configuration In AXIGEN.1. http://www. CLI. WebAdmin.AXIGEN User Manual Below you can find a schema illustrating all AXIGEN components.L. see Server tab. Running Services Running services AXIGEN is a modular server. When using AXIGEN as main mail server.1. WebMail and WebAdmin. the following services will be running: SMTP.see the Domains tab and Accounts tab sections for configuration options.in order to take full benefit of functionalities offered by the server.Processing. To see configuration options on this parameter. when installing mail services. SMTP stands for all AXIGEN SMTP services: SMTP Incoming. 43 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.1. By default. running either as integrated service server.R. POP3. with relevant choices for the respective level . Report. Log. or with certain services inhibited.com . SMTP Incoming.

a file containing entropy data is used for generating random numbers. the name server still returns an error. The path to this file needs to be defined in the Server Global settings. 44 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For more information on SSL in AXIGEN. SSL Random File In order to establish SSL connections. which can be subsequently user-defined.com . DNR sends queries to the first IP and in case of error it will send the same query to the same IP address after an interval specified in seconds by the timeout parameter. see Authentication and Encryption. AXIGEN indexes automatically the DNS specified in the operating system.AXIGEN User Manual 3.1. The primary domain is the default domain for your mail server. 3.3. SSL parameters are also provided when defining listeners (see corresponding section).2.1. http://www. DNR Settings Domain Name Resolver AXIGEN includes a Domain Name Resolver (DNR) module used to extract information from domain servers. The module implements the specifications from RFC1034 and RFC1035. which is the current domain name (local domain). by assigning them levels of priority according to the order in which they are found in the OS.axigen. Other Generic Server Parameters Primary domain In AXIGEN Mail Server you can specify a primary domain name. It communicates with domain name servers using UDP sockets on port 53. For more information on how to set generic server parameters using WebAdmin.R.L. AXIGEN services using DNR: • • The SMTP Incoming service uses DNR for performing the SPF tests (this action involves PTR and TXT queries). and than add as many domains (secondary domains) as your license type allows. The SMTP outgoing service queries DNR for MX and A information about the domain where to relay the mail messages. see Server Tab. DNR Attributes DNR needs to be initialized with a list of name server IP addresses which will be used as base for executing the DNS queries if the DNR's internal cache does not contain information about name servers of the domain searched. This means that email sent to "user_name" will automatically be transmitted to "user_name@primarydomain". The primary domain default value is the result of the 'getdomainname' function. If after a number of retries specified using the retries parameter. Name servers are identified by an IP and are assigned a set of parameter values.

The SMTP Incoming module is compliant with ESMTP RFCs. 15.1. thread and client management. 3.2. AXIGEN SMTP Incoming establishes the dialogue.axigen. MX. if you wish to set different values for a particular name server. 10. 3. and at name server level. http://www. TXT) it caches cacheSize number of responses. NS.com . By default. the server will assign values incremeted by 5 units (5. For information on how to configure these parameters. for all name servers defined. The module queries name servers for information of type A. receives the mail message if all conditions set by the System Administrator are fulfilled and forwards the mail message to the Processing module. MX. The retries and timeout parameters can be defined both at service level. NS. For each query type (A. You can however assign different priority values and define a different order in which you wish to query nameservers (the servers with the higher priority are queried first).AXIGEN User Manual AIXGEN goes on to the next name server IP. Services and Modules This section includes brief overviews of all services and modules included in AXIGEN Mail Server. PTR and TXT and it can maintain a cache with this information in order to limit the bandwidth and time consumed with DNS traffic. etc) according to the order defined in the operating system. user authentication and a built-in SPF authentication procedure. The same procedure is applied until the end of the list is reached. SMTP Incoming The AXIGEN SMTP Incoming module is responsible with accepting connections initiated by other entities via SMTP/ESMTP protocols. If the end of the list is reached without obtaining an appropriate response. but also to protect the Mail Server against attacks and ensure a good functionality adjusted to the processing 45 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. a general DNR TIMEOUT error is returned. Each nameserver IP has an associated level of priority (specified using the priority parameter). PTR. therefore implementing all the corresponding features.2.R. This module has not only the role of receiving the mail messages from other entities. This module includes functions such as configurable listeners.L. please see DNR tab.

SPF tests are being performed. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. a burst of new messages. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). In order to ensure this. receives the message. the system administrator can limit the number of failed/wrong commands that can be received from SMTP clients during one session. a large workload.axigen. it is placed in the Queue. clients (using listeners) and client authentication. It also provides numerous logging options and advanced parameters to manage them. The SMTP Incoming module accepts connections as specified by the SMTP listeners defined in configuration file. the module has a number of attributes managing connectivity. thus ready to process the message "burst" in good conditions. http://www. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. 46 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. performs the SPF test and if the message passes the test.com . in networks with very different traffic loads. etc. i. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. see Configuring Connection Error Control Parameters. without delays. You can limit the number of authentication errors allowed for one SMTP client per session by using the maxAuthErrors parameter. You can limit the number of errors allowed for one SMTP client per session by using the maxErrors parameter.1:25.0. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for SMTP-In using WebAdmin. security risks may arise. If this limit is exceeded. user rights. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. thus freeing important bandwidth. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that SMTP client. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. Important: If you do not specify a limit for the maximum number of (authentication) errors allowed for a SMTP client's session.R. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN SMTP Incoming module. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. thus ensuring basic email sorting before they reach the queue. Connection Thread Controls AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. the bandwidth. and other factors. see Configuring Connection Thread Control Parameters.0. In AXIGEN.L.e. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that SMTP client. structures. incomplete connections or connections that are not RFC compliant are dropped and the corresponding messages are not accepted. By default the server accepts connections on 127. authorization procedures. at SMTP Incoming level. This way. At that time. For information on how to configure connection error control parameters for SMTP-In using WebAdmin. Connection Error Control In order to protect the server. If this limit is exceeded.AXIGEN User Manual power of the hardware. can arrive at any moment. domain configurations.

meaning it can be instructed to accept only connections/messages from authenticated entities. In case the CRAM-MD5 or LOGIN method is selected. Listener Control AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its SMTP Incoming service.com . see the Message acceptance policies section.axigen. However. the server only accepts users correctly defined in account storage and that supply the corresponding passwords) or using CRAM MD5 (same data is provided. they allow adding headers. see SMTP Filters. if an error after the AUTH command occurs. Message Acceptance Policies AXIGEN 4. the SMTP Incoming module can log different types of events. not all mail clients support this feature. From the list of authentication methods supplied by the client as answer to EHLO command. one of the CRAM-MD5. http://www. changing addresses and other such actions. The system administrator can configure and implement message acceptance policies and adjust them to best suit their security requirements.R. If your mail client does not support SMTP authentication. For information on how to configure authentication parameters for SMTP-In using the SMTP filtering system. The system administrator can specify what events are logged.AXIGEN User Manual Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. please see Listeners. Moreover. The SMTP Incoming's Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. For more details. Note: AXIGEN server supports authentication. where and how they are logged. Below you can find a short explanation on the procedure for choosing the authentication method in AXIGEN's SMTP Incoming. this feature will not be available. For additional information on listeners and their use in AXIGEN. this time using the MD5 coding format). Authentication Authentication is a method for preventing non-desirable actions and granting access to AXIGEN server's SMTP Incoming features only for authenticated users. For information on how to configure log control parameters for SMTP-In using WebAdmin. LOGIN and PLAIN methods is chosen (in this order). The usage of listeners is helpful for defining and applying different apply/deny rules for AXIGEN services you are using. The SMTP Incoming authentication process can be executed over secure connections (TLS enabled). The SMTP Incoming authentication process can also be executed in plain text (the username and password are sent to AXIGEN server in "base64" format. see Configuring Log Control Parameters. Incoming connections established via SMTP and the message flow can be easily managed using the established policies. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. 47 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. AXIGEN tries to use one of Authentication parameters in SMTP-in are secureConnAuthTypes and plainConnAuthTypes which allow you to specify allowed authentication types for secure and respectively plain connections. logType and logHost.L.0 implements a set of message acceptance policies at SMTP-connection level.

2. offering the system administrator information about mail message status. Local Mail Delivery The Local Mail Delivery module ensures the placement of mail messages in the Message Storage.2.axigen. 48 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.cfg). the AXIGEN IMAP module uses the AXIGEN Processing module for Append operations executed on mailboxes.AXIGEN User Manual For information on adding and editing listeners in SMTP-In using WebAdmin. it is placed in AXIGEN Queue). The directories are created automatically when the AXIGEN server is started. the server will give up on delivering the message and will send a failure notification to the sender. the SMTP Outgoing module is called).R. and the messageStorages and accountStorages parameters are automatically generated when a domain is created. the delivery module will re-schedule the mail for later delivery. 3. the AXIGEN WebMail module uses the AXIGEN Processing module for Compose operations (after the message is composed. Interactions with Other Modules AXIGEN Processing module interacts with AXIGEN IMAP and WebMail modules: 1. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners. The Processing module decides if the mail message will be stored locally or will be sent for external delivery (in the latter case. http://www. If there are too many delivery failures (default value is 20).L. you can use the directories specified by messageStorages and accountStorages parameters from the domain configuration (domain. 2. Processing The Processing module manages the mail messages in AXIGEN Queue. If there are any delivery errors.com . This module receives mail messages from the SMTP Incoming and WebMail modules and delivers them to AXIGEN Storage (for local delivery) and to the SMTP Outgoing module (for external delivery). To test the Local Mail Delivery module.

the message remains in Processed status. The system administrator can execute different operations on this queue. Sending: The process of sending the message is underway. If the message is successfully processed.axigen.L. 49 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the next specific action (for instance delivery) specified for the message is carried out. The mqview tool can be used to inspect the status of the files currently stored in AXIGEN queue. it can be re-scheduled.R. Processing policies The Processing policies correspond to the SMTP Processing module and enable administrators to define the NDR (Non-Delivery Receipt) text and the conditions when such a message is returned. such as inspecting the queue. The queue is stored physically on several sub-folders. Processed: The message processing ended. No action has been taken on it yet. http://www. The message processing could end successfully or not successfully. Sent: The message has been sent. Processing: Message processing is underway. If the message processing ends unsuccessfully. For information on how to manage queues management parameters using WebAdmin. Note: Currently any change in the parameters specific to the Processing module requires a sever restart to become effective. You can adjust AXIGEN server's mail scheduling feature using the following three parameters: schedInterval. It has not been treated in either way by AXIGEN. Received: The message has been received. modifying the number of subdirectories in the internal queue. For further information.AXIGEN User Manual AXIGEN Queue The messages received from SMTP clients are stored in a queue that is processed by AXIGEN server according to specific rules. Message statuses A message in a queue can have one of the following statuses: • Incoming: The message is currently being received. maxSchedInterval and maxRetryCount. The schedule interval is calculated using a formula detailed in Managing Mail Scheduling section.com . Please refer to the Command Line Parameters for details on using this tool. see Managing the Queue. meaning AXIGEN server can try to re-send after some time interval is elapsed. The numbers of these subfolders is specified in the configuration file using the queueEntryCount parameter. etc. see the dedicated section in the Mail Server Security chapter. • • • • • Mail Scheduling When a message can not be delivered by AXIGEN SMTP service for some non-critical reason. specifying/modifying the path where the queue is stored.

If AXIGEN fails to send messages to a specific domain because this domain was down for some time. structures. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. authorization procedures. http://www. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). AXIGEN is configured not to allow open relaying. This means that the server does not automatically relay mail that is neither for nor from a local user. SMTP Outgoing The SMTP Outgoing module is responsible for delivering mail messages to remote hosts. The Processing Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel.com . Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. see the dedicated section in the Mail Server Security chapter. etc. domain configurations. For further information. Relay Policies Configuring Relay Policies allows system administrator to customize SMTP Outgoing actions for all or part of the relayed email comunication.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. 3. when the domain is up again. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. user rights. where and how they are logged. the first message that goes successfully to that domain will also queue the rest of the pending messages from the queue and will force delivery of all messages. By using client management. SMTP Outgoing is the AXIGEN module taking care of sending messages directly to message recipients.3. in networks with very different traffic loads. By default. SMTP Out blocks spammers' attempts to relay large quantities of mail through AXIGEN Mail Server.2. see Configuring Log Control Parameters. For information on how to configure log control parameters for Processing using WebAdmin. These two complementary parameters define the lower and 50 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. AXIGEN SMTP Outgoing is using DNR (Domain Name Resolver) for mapping domain names to IP addresses and includes complete rescheduling procedures.L. the Processing module can log different types of events.R. logType and logHost.

The system administrator can specify what events are logged. For information on how to configure log control parameters for SMTP-Out using WebAdmin. see Configuring Connection Thread Control Parameters. see Configuring SMTP-Out Log Control Parameters. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. Different error and thread control.R.2. where and how they are logged. POP3 AXIGEN POP3 module establishes connection with POP clients and retrieves mail messages from AXIGEN Storage. The SMTP Outgoing Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel.axigen. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload.e. without delays.4. a large workload. can arrive at any moment. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. thus ready to process the message "burst" in good conditions. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for SMTP-Out using WebAdmin. At that time. AXIGEN POP3 module allows usage of different allow/deny rules via listeners. logType and logHost. 51 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. http://www. plus log procedures are available. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN.com .AXIGEN User Manual upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN SMTP Outgoing module. a burst of new messages. i. 3. the SMTP Outgoing module can log different types of events.

incomplete connections or connections that are not RFC compliant are dropped and the corresponding email messages are not accepted. Connection Error Control In order to protect the server.com . For more information on this format. • The POP3 module sends logs according to the log level set in the configuration file.axigen. please consult the AXIGEN Storage section.L. For primary domain and its aliases the POP3 clients may use both the local part from a user mail address or the entire mail address in order to access a mailbox. If this limit is exceeded. You can limit the number of authentication errors allowed for one POP client per session by using the maxAuthErrors parameter. In AXIGEN. http://www. see Configuring POP3 Connection Error Control Parameters. You can limit the number of errors allowed for one POP3 client per session by using the maxErrors parameter. and the module reports an error when a client application tries to retrieve a deleted message messages are retrieved using the RETR command and the message is marked with the "Seen" flag (you can view this flag when using an IMAP or WebMail client).0. If this limit is exceeded. By default the server accepts connections on 127. Note: The server only manages mail messages in AXIGEN Storage format.AXIGEN User Manual The server accepts connections as specified by the POP3 listeners defined in the configuration file. the system administrator can limit the number of failed/wrong commands that can be received from POP3 clients during one session. the POP3 module works as follows: • • shows only the messages that existed in the mailbox when the mailbox was opened keeps zombie copies for the messages deleted during the current session. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that POP3 client.1:110.R. Important: If you do not specify a limit for the maximum number of (authentication) errors allowed for a POP3 client's session.0. the module shows them as messages of a zero size. This way. security risks may arise. thus freeing important bandwidth. For information on how to configure connection error control parameters for POP3 using WebAdmin. 52 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that POP3 client.

Secure (TLS enabled) connections can be established with POP3 clients by using the allowStartTLS parameter. logType and logHost. structures. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners.L. domain configurations.R. see Configuring POP3 Connection Thread Control Parameters. 53 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. in networks with very different traffic loads.com . in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). Listener Control AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its POP3 service. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN POP3 module. authorization procedures. For additional information on listeners and their use in AXIGEN. The POP3 Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. the POP3 module can log different types of events. please see Listeners. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. http://www. where and how they are logged. user rights. The usage of listeners is helpful for defining and applying different apply/deny rules for AXIGEN services you are using.AXIGEN User Manual Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. etc. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for POP3 using WebAdmin. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. See POP3 Secure Connections for details on how to configure this parameter. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment.axigen. see Configuring POP3 Log Control Parameters. without delays. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. For information on adding and editing TCP listeners using WebAdmin. At that time. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. For information on how to configure log control parameters for POP using WebAdmin.

. secure (encrypted) connections or both. 54 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. So far. QUOTA. http://www. be it plain or secure. The BAT!. Authentication The communication between AXIGEN IMAP module and the clients can be executed via secured or non-secured connections. AXIGEN IMAP module can be configured to accept plain connections. you can configure the IMAP module to authenticate incoming clients using: . The IMAP module now implements a new extension.an authentication method (plain. as described by the RFC 2087 standard. AXIGEN IMAP module supports secure connections and allows usage of different allow/deny rules via listeners. .2. see the corresponding section of the AXIGEN website. cram-md5).or both.plain text login (this option should be disabled for plain connections). For information on how to set up your POP3 account. IMAP AXIGEN IMAP module establishes connection with IMAP clients and retrieves mail messages from AXIGEN Storage.R. Outlook Express. IMAP clients implementing the QUOTA extension can display mail box quota for a specific user account. error control. Outlook. Eudora.L. ThunderBird.5.AXIGEN User Manual Compatibility with various POP3 Mail Clients AXIGEN has been thoroughly tested and it is proven to work with Mozilla.com . users were able to find out what their current mailbox quota was (space occupied/total space) only via WebMail. Different authentication.axigen. For each connection type. login. thread control and log procedures are also available. 3.

axigen. etc.com . user rights. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server.AXIGEN User Manual See Configuring IMAP Encryption and Authentication Parameters for details on configuring these parameters. Public folders Users may now share email messages by simply copying and/or moving them to a public folder. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. in networks with very different traffic loads. If this limit is exceeded.L. Important: If you do not specify a limit for the maximum number of (authentication) errors allowed for a IMAP client's session.e. authorization procedures. Thus. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that IMAP client.R. You can limit the number of errors allowed for one IMAP client per session by using the maxErrors parameter. Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. System administrator can also associate a certain email address with a public folder. structures. the system administrator can limit the number of failed/wrong commands that can be received from IMAP clients during one session. At that time. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. archiving options being also available. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. If this limit is exceeded. the search text may contain language-specific characters (i. emails can be sent directly to the public folder. Internationalized Search When running an IMAP search for any IMAP client. 55 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. using diacritics). without delays. security risks may arise. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. Connection Error Control In order to protect the server. see Configuring IMAP Connection Error Control Parameters. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that IMAP client. http://www. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN IMAP module. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). incomplete connections or connections that are not RFC compliant are dropped and the corresponding email messages are not accepted. domain configurations. This way. thus freeing important bandwidth. You can limit the number of authentication errors allowed for one IMAP client per session by using the maxAuthErrors parameter. For information on how to configure connection error control parameters for IMAP using WebAdmin.

Eudora. please see Listeners. For information on adding and editing TCP listeners using WebAdmin. Outlook. The usage of listeners is helpful for defining and applying different apply/deny rules for AXIGEN services you are using. remotely or using the system log) the activity of all services available in AXIGEN. 3. see Configuring IMAP Connection Thread Control Parameters. This data can be logged in the same location or in different locations for separate services. http://www. For information on how to set up your IMAP account. 56 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see Configuring IMAP Log Control Parameters. AXIGEN Log Service can log internal data coming from other AXIGEN modules/services or data coming from the UDP port 2000 (default option).R. The IMAP Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. Logging Log Service Overview AXIGEN offers an extremely flexible logging service. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. You can log (internally. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners.6. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services.axigen. You can set all these options for each AXIGEN TCP service and for the Log Service itself. depending on the configuration applied by the system administrator. allowing you to select among different logging levels (how detailed the information logged should be). logging types (internal. The BAT!. logType and logHost.2. The Log Service is responsible with collecting events relevant for the System Administrator.com . For additional information on listeners and their use in AXIGEN. For information on how to configure log control parameters for IMAP using Webadmin. see the corresponding section of the AXIGEN website. Listener Control AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its IMAP service. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. Compatibility with various IMAP Mail Clients AXIGEN has been thoroughly tested and it is proven to work with Mozilla. external and system services are available) and where to store the information logged. the IMAP module can log different types of events. where and how they are logged. Outlook Express.AXIGEN User Manual For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for IMAP using WebAdmin.L. ThunderBird.

"system" log. a priority and an enable/disable switch). .com .R. which can have any single values from the following three: . The log levels in AXIGEN Mail Server are: • • • • • • 0: no messages are logged 1: log critical messages 2: log errors 4: log warnings 8: log informative messages 16: log protocol communication and the corresponding one-time combinations. Use the "system" option to send events to the syslog (for instance sysklogd) with facility "LOG_MAIL" and levels mapped as: • 0 .LOG_DEBUG AXIGEN Log levels In AXIGEN the events are organized in 6 categories and you can select which category of events to collect.no message sent • 1 . at the address specified using the "hostname" attribute. AXIGEN modules must define the "loglevel" parameter.AXIGEN User Manual For AXIGEN Log service. 57 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. what hosts should be rejected by the Log service (using the listener denyRules.LOG_CRIT • 2 .LOG_ERR • 4 . This AXIGEN Server must have the Log service activated. a priority and an enable/disable switch).axigen. Use the "internal" option to send events to the Log Service running on the same AXIGEN server. what hosts should be accepted by the Log service (using the listener allowRules.LOG_WARNING • 8 .LOG_INFO • 16 . In order to specify the desired sets of events to log you have to specify the correspondent log levels or a combination of thereof. remotely. you can also specify the following information: • • • on what address the Log listener should be listening (see the Log Listener section for more information). Therefore the accepted values for the loglevel parameter are from 0 to 31."internal"."remote" or . Log types AXIGEN modules should define the log type using the "logtype" parameter. Use the "remote" option to send events to a Log Service running in another AXIGEN server. The Server should have the Log Service activated.L. http://www.

a rule can be defined in order to specify the size.g. Rules can be associated with host names. the value is currently 0. Logging format The format used for data logging is the following: 'date hostname modulename:sessionId: user_message\n' AXIGEN Log service then transforms this data in a format similar to the one described below: 'date loglevel hostname modulename:sessionId: user_message\n' 05-19 17:08:01 0300 08 johnd-l SMTP:00000005: connection accepted from [127. so if you set loglevel = 0 in the IMAP log service section. http://www. However. /// errors LOG_err = 0x02. For the processing module. IMAP. according to the Log Service configuration. SMTP In). the Log server will continue logging other AXIGEN Mail Server services according to the settings defined for logging the respective services. module names or both. For instance. • PROCESSING) (this is an UINT value written in hexa incremented separately for each connection of a protocol.L. Rules Log Rules are used to define circumstances under which certain restrictions will be imposed on log files and the log level. /// critical LOG_crit = 0x01.R. 58 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. /// warnings LOG_warn = 0x04. no data for that specific service will be logged by the Log Server for the AXIGEN IMAP service.com . WEBMAIL. duration and number of old files kept for logs generated on a certain host.com' (this is the result of the standard 'hostname' command) modulename = 'SMTP' (other accepted values are: POP3.1] Example of log service configuration using the axigen. /// information LOG_info = 0x08.Combining log levels in AXIGEN Mail Server: If you set loglevel=15 = 1+2+4+8 AXIGEN Mail Server will log the following information: critical errors and errors and warnings and information. future versions will provide however as value the ID of the message in the working queue. loglevel is a 5 bits mask for the following values: sessionId LOG_none = 0x00. An ordered list is created with all log rules configurations using the 'priority' parameters as ordering key. in the corresponding sections of the configuration file. You can define the Log rules at the AXIGEN main module's level.cfg file: • • • • loglevel = 01-31 hostname = 'yourcompany.0. The Log Service will check if the information sent by the modules is the information that is supposed to receive. POP3. /// log protocol communication LOG_proto = 0x10.AXIGEN User Manual Example 1 .0. as there is no relevant protocol.axigen. SMTP Incoming). for a certain module (e. Example 2 Disabling the log service for one AXIGEN service: Remember the log service is configured separately for AXIGEN Mail Server main services (IMAP. RELAY.

on the global traffic level and by module. remote" or "system" log. the Reporting feature includes three passive elements. depending on the configuration applied by system administrator. this reporting-specific information will be lost in case of a fatal error (resetting the machine.AXIGEN User Manual A log rule set includes the following information: • • • • • • • • • the rule's priority ("1" means the rule has the highest priority possible) the hostname of the user of this rule the module of the user of this rule the level of log generated by the user of this log the name of the destination file the maximum size of the destination file in KB the maximum duration the destination file is used in seconds the maximum number of old files (saved) to be kept the rotate period (how often a new log file is created . This data can be logged in the same location or in different locations for separate services. 3. The definition is executed via the "logtype" parameter that can have any of the following three values: "internal". Reporting Description of the reporting service This additional service can help you check server activity. Therefore if: • clientlevel = 15 (the log level specified in the SMTP-In service page in WebAdmin for instance) and • rulelevel = 9 (the log level specified in the rule defined for the SMTP-In module) the Log service will only log the lines on level 9 (critical information). one active element and a graphic library: • passive element 1 (PE1): a dedicated tree in the machine's memory. The value for the loglevel parameter from the log service's rule specifies the log levels accepted by the service from clients. yearly) Attributes of the Log service AXIGEN Log service can log internal data coming from other modules/services or data coming from the UDP port 2000 (default value). AXIGEN main modules must define the log type to be used by that specific module.R. From an architectural point of view. 59 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . for instance).daily. where all the other services of AXIGEN are writing information about their activity. even if the information retrieved from client also contains errors and warnings (this information is ignored).axigen. The value for the loglevel parameter from the log clients (the services sending information for logging to AXIGEN Log service) specifies for themselves the log levels sent to the Log service.7. see Adding and Editing Log Rules. The storage of the information is the fastest possible.L. the Reporting module generating in this case a minimum burden on the machine's resources. However. For information on how to configure log rules using WebAdmin. http://www.2. monthly.

60 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. passive element 3 (PE3): a group of files where the information pertaining to the Reporting module is written. outlineColor. only the data you previously chosen using templates and databases defined in WebAdmin is actually sampled and written to PE3. average). graphic library: a set of functions used by the WebAdmin service to draw the gathered data diagrams.). active element (AE. when the value set for the sampleInterval parameter is reached. At each syncTime. Usage For information on how to modify reporting settings as well as to define your own set of reporting data and graphics. When the Reporting service is enabled (by adding the "report" object in the "services" parameter from the configuration file). POP3 and WebMail. sampleInterval and rotateCount. Data is written to the database until a specific number of values is reached (rotateCount). see Reporting tab. using a specific graphic type.L. a sample is computed from PE2 and dumped to PE3. see Graphics tab. monthly.AXIGEN User Manual • • • • passive element 2 (PE2): items (called report buffers) used for temporary data storage used for sample computation. a sampling function and a reporting parameter. yearly etc. max. the machine allows for a specific period of time (defined by the syncTime value. Each file from PE3 corresponds to a database defined by a specific template. when rotation occurs (round-robin manner). weekly. the scheduling is cancelled and rescheduled after the new syncTime value (in seconds). which is in turn written to the database. specific colors and page.axigen. These are used by the graphics library to render a set of reporting data. fillColor. defined by a databaseName and parameters like type. At that specific moment data from that buffer is transformed into a sample (using the specified sampling function: min. The Monitor collects information delivered by a set of probes placed in the all modules responsible with communication: SMTP. IMAP. This round-robin manner of dumping report data guaranties fixed size databases and fixed periods of time for each database (daily. until sampleInterval is reached. There is a set of templates defined by three parameters: name. total. page. In case of a reconfiguration (assuming the value for syncTime is changed). Then the Reporting module starts the AE1. the launching of the service after another syncTime seconds is scheduled and AE1 is executed. Although data is gathered in the PE1 for all AXIGEN's services. data is gathered and placed in a report buffer corresponding to a database.R. in seconds) to be elapsed. Graphics The last set of objects under the reporting tab are the graphics objects. acts as a synchronizer and a dumper): a thread that moves the information from PE1 to PE2 and resets PE1. For details on graphics view in WebAdmin.com . http://www. When doing that.

secure and user-friendly Features like tree structure for folders view. move. sends mail messages to AXIGEN Storage and retrieves mail messages from it. etc. common actions applied on folders (rename. For more information about how you can change the look and feel of your Web interface. With this module the users can securely access their mailboxes from Internet browsers. • Server Side Scripting Language The WebMail module implements a proprietary server side scripting language (called HSP) and it is used to generate HTML code.8. WebMail AXIGEN WebMail establishes connection with the corresponding mail client via Web browsers. • Easy to use. secure and userfriendly. You can specify the location where these HSP files are stored using the path parameter.L. please consult the WebMail Tab section. 61 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. please refer to the HSP manual.R.2. delete. create). as described in the Path section of this User Manual.com .AXIGEN User Manual 3. functionality and look of the web pages. AXIGEN WebMail Features • Complex customization You can easily change the skin and behavior of AXIGEN WebMail module. AXIGEN WebMail works with major web browsers such as Internet Explorer and Mozilla. built in HTTP server. http://www. For more information about the HSP language structure.axigen. while the system administrators are in complete control of the content. make AXIGEN WebMail easy to use.

journal. Users can select the domain from a drop-down list and then login with their username and password only. language-specific characters can now be used when running a search.axigen. System administrator can also associate a certain email address with a public folder. emails can be sent directly to the public folder. • Public folders Users may now share email messages by simply copying and/or moving them to a public folder. AXIGEN 4. • Public Address Book WebMail users have access to a Public Address Book. 62 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. containing contacts set at domain level. The vacation/ out-of-office messages are also based on message rules. Through the AXIGEN Outlook Connector.AXIGEN User Manual • Listeners In the corresponding configuration section you can activate different listeners for AXIGEN WebMail service. • Internationalized search and multiple languages support The Search function has also been enhanced by adding internationalized searches.com . when receiving new emails. AXIGEN server's WebMail service allows users to continue the Compose action while attaching files to their messages. Having this new feature. • Login Domain Selection To facilitate login procedures for multi-domain environments. When not available. • Automatically set filters and replies As an improvement to message rules usage. New addresses can be added to the existing address book either manually or automatically. • Compose while attach Using IFrame technology.L. archiving options being also available. • Personal Organizer The Personal Organizer comprises tools such as calendar. notes and collaborative support. These contact details are also available when composing an email. Thus.0 implements login domain selection. the Personal Organizer is synchronized between the email client Outlook and AXiGEN's WebMail. Read more about listener control in the Listeners section. tasks. • Personal Address Book The WebMail Contacts give users the possibility to select recipients from their personal contact list when composing new email messages. they can define and enable messages to be sent automatically as a response to all received emails. http://www. AXIGEN allows this type of rules to be configured via the WebMail interface wizards.

logType and logHost. redirects can be used to redirect connections from a specified listener to a virtual host. Also. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN WebMail module. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. see WebMail Features and Configuration. where and how they are logged. removes possibly unsafe scripts) and cleaner (i.L. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time.axigen. • HTML mail filtering levels WebMail implements a HTML Generator internal extension that parses the HTML code from the emails and generates a safer (i. For information on different HTML filtering levels available and how to select them. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. see WebMail Connection Thread Control. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. domain configurations. http://www. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. in networks with very different traffic loads. for instance.com . user rights. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment. This is useful. • Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines.e.e. This way. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. etc. see Configuring WebMail Log Control Parameters. you can define several domain names for the same IP address and host several domains on one single IP. the WebMail module can log different types of events.AXIGEN User Manual • URL redirect rules and virtual host support AXIGEN server's WebMail service allows users to implement URL redirect rules. when you wish to have two different webmail login pages for two different local domains hosted at the same IP. authorization procedures. The WebMail Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. This provides WebMail account users with the ability to set the HTML filtering level to be applied to all mail in HTML format. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads).R. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. For information on how to configure log control parameters for WebMail using WebAdmin. structures. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for WebMail using WebAdmin. converts to XHTML-like) HTML code. 63 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. without delays. At that time. • Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. URL redirect rules can be used for redirecting plain connections established on one listener towards a secure domain:port location.

e. http://www. either active or idle. 3.2. the default values for the maxFileSize and maxFiles parameters cannot be altered. The default value is 128 files. Each AXIGEN storage is defined by three elements: • storage directory: the directory where all storage file will be created • max file size: maximum size of a data file (Storage Container).g. The default value is 256 MB.hsf -.AXIGEN User Manual • Webmail Connection and Session Control In WebMail. see HTTP Limits for WebMail. so that some critical operations of domain configuration changes are made safely. Thus. This information is usefull in case some of the storage directories are moved to other locations.com . the default maximum capacity of each storage is 32 GB. Storage AXIGEN Storage is a specific file structure with index based access allowing fast mail delivery. you can either allow or disallow persistent connections to WebMail and impose time limits on sessions. For information on how to configure HTTP limits for Webmail. Therefore the maximum capacity of each storage is maxFileSize * maxFiles. 2A.dat which contains an unique id of the storage and the relation with other storages of the same domain. retrieve and query. There is also a file named hsf. This prevents you from automatically accepting excessive amounts of data (HTTP headers.are created. 64 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. a list of files. Inside storage directory. • HTTP Limits for Webmail WebMail allows you to set HTTP limits for any request made to the Webmail service. • max files: maximum number of files. For information on how to configure connection and session control parameters for WebMail. At this time.axigen.R.L. named with 2 hexa digits followed by the .9. HTTP body and upload data). All domain and user configuration along with user messages are stored in AXIGEN specific storage. By doing this. Another feature of AXIGEN storage is that it supports transactions. see WebMail Connection and Session Control.hsf extension -. you can better manage security and resource related issues. AXIGEN Mail Storage checks the consistency of the messages placed in the storage and empties the queue only if the mail message is correctly stored.

The actual maximum capacity in terms of total message count and size depends on the specific messages in the storage.axigen. for message parts smaller than 4KB. and the maximum theoretical file size is 64GB (some limitations might apply. http://www. Smaller blocks of memory are also available. and one domain can have over 4 billion message storages defined. For more details. depending on your system configuration. currently axigen limits this maximum size to 2GB). etc) are stored.R. Each message in a storage file is identified by a pointerID (type UINT). the public folder and the list of domain objects (users. The usage of the free space is also enhanced by message deletion. where all domain objects configurations and folders are stored. forwarders. where all mails and other data associated with mails are stored. These smaller blocks are called formatted nodes.com . see Domains section. (defined by the maxFileSize parameter).L. If the number of Storage Containers reaches the maximum value (defined by the maxFiles parameter) and all of them have reached the maximum size. Space saving filling procedure The storage files with more free space have a priority when it comes to selecting the files in which a new message is added. There can be maximum 128 files in one storage.AXIGEN User Manual Filling the Containers When a Storage Container approches its maximum size. These memory blocks are called nodes. where all domain specific configuration. Each storage file can contain a maximum of 16 millions messages. at least three storages are used: • one storage for domain configuration. the storage is considered full and no more messages will be inserted. The data in the Storage Containers is written in blocks of 4KB. theferore usually the files size is a multiple of 4KB. another Storage Container will be created and the new messages will be stored herein. it is recommended to define each message storage on a different physical disk. 65 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. • one or more storages for messages. since Axigen will use these storages in parallel. • one storage for domain objects configuration. For each domain. The information related to these pointers-to-messages is stored in the same storage file. maillist.

66 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. security risks may arise. For information on how to configure connection error control parameters for FTP Backup using WebAdmin.cfg -> domain config file (text) |-users -> users root directory |-postmaster -> user directory |-Registry. http://www.. / domains -> domains root director |-example.cfg -> user config file (text) |-folders -> user folders root directory |-INBOX -> user folder |-.bin -> user config file (binary) |-CoreConfig. This way. the system administrator can limit the number of failed/wrong commands that can be received from FTP clients during one session.axigen. -> same folder structure as for `users' |-publicFolder -> domain public folder root Connection Error Control In order to protect the server. Important: If you do not specify a limit for the maximum number of (authentication) errors allowed for a FTP client's session.10.L. -> same folder structure as for `users |-forwarders -> forwarders root directory |-. from which you can retrieve files whenever you need them. lists forwarders. see Configuring FTP Connection Error Control Parameters. You can limit the number of authentication errors allowed for one POP client per session by using the maxAuthErrors parameter... AXIGEN FTPBackup service allows using any FTP client (including standard Web browsers) in order to connect to the backup machine using the admin user name and password. folder recipients) folder structure on the backup machine. standard RFC 959).com . thus freeing important bandwidth. -> other user folders |-maillists -> maillists root directory |-. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that FTP client. If this limit is exceeded.bin -> domain config file (binary) |-domainCoreConfig. If this limit is exceeded.AXIGEN User Manual 3. The directory structure created by the FTP service is similar to the one given below. The FTP service generates a virtual structure. You can limit the number of errors allowed for one FTP client per session by using the maxErrors parameter... This service is based on FTP (File Transfer Protocol. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that FTP client. You can replicate the entire domain and user (accounts.. FTP Backup Service AXIGEN Mail Server provides a FTP backup/restore service meant to enable regular backup operations for your entire domain and user configuration.org -> domain name directory |-domainRegistry.2.R. incomplete connections or connections that are not RFC compliant are dropped and the corresponding messages are not accepted.

For information on adding and editing TCP listeners using WebAdmin. Listener Control AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its FTP Backup service. Users can choose the folder to which the retrieved emails will be directed. see Configuring FTP Backup Log Control Parameters. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners.AXIGEN User Manual Connection Thread Control Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for FTP Backup using WebAdmin. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. 67 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The usage of listeners is helpful for defining and applying different apply/deny rules for AXIGEN services you are using.L. Thus. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. The FTP Backup Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. the FTP Backup service module can log different types of events. In order to establish such a connection. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. the user must specify the hostname and port for the existing email account and the username and password required to login. Each user of an AXIGEN account can configure and add RPOP connections when connected to WebMail. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. For information on how to configure log control parameters for POP using WebAdmin.axigen. RPOP Service The AXIGEN RPOP module establishes remote POP connections to already existing email accounts and retrieve all incoming traffic.R. where and how they are logged. without delays. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment. http://www. logType and logHost. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time.2. 3. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN FTP Backup module. At that time. For additional information on listeners and their use in AXIGEN. Encryption options are also available. the time interval between subsequent retrievals and if the email are deleted from the remote account or not after being transferred.11.com . see Configuring FTP Backup Connection Thread Control Parameters. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). all incoming emails will be displayed in the AXIGEN account. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. please see Listeners.

where and how they are logged. Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. logType and logHost.R. the RPOP module can log different types of events. user rights. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. The RPOP Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. 68 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. etc. see RPOP Tab. authorization procedures. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. without delays. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. domain configurations. as further described below. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by the AXIGEN RPOP module. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment. At that time. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions.AXIGEN User Manual For more details about adding and configuring RPOP connections. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for RPOP using WebAdmin. structures. in networks with very different traffic loads. Connection thread control and log control procedures are available for the AXIGEN RPOP module.L. see RPOP tab.com . http://www. see Configuring WebMail RPOP Connections. For information on how to configure log control parameters for RPOP using WebAdmin.

as they can be used to grant differentiated access to the same services for different categories of users (e. The same definition parameters are available through WebAdmin. using various parameters.parameters specifying limitations for network connections from the same IP address accepted for this listener TCP listeners can also be set to support SSL connections. POP3.specifies whether the listener is enabled or not (this way you won't have to delete the listener from the configuration file when you want to discontinue its use) • maxConnections. Further SSL parameters are available for TCP listeners in AXIGEN: • • • • • • • allowedVersions certFile dhParamFile maxChainDepth cipherSuite useEphemeralKey requestClientAuth Below you can find a scheme for a quick understanding of the Log listeners: (here ':' can be translated by 'of type'): TCP service: • 'listeners' : 'TcpListener' OBJECT-SET • 'allowRules' : 'TcpAllowRule' OBJECT-SET • 'denyRules' : 'IpRule' OBJECT-SET 69 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. IMAP.R. Connectivity and Threading All AXIGEN modules implement a set of connectivity and threading functionalities and features that make it faster and easier to manage. maxIntervalConnections. listeners can be associated with a variety of rules that allow defining specific limitations for connections coming from IPs within specified IP sets. peerMaxIntervalConnections.axigen. peerTimeInterval .L. CLI and FTP Backup) and for its Log service (its single UDP service). Webmail. Listeners AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its TCP services (SMTP Incoming. Listeners are network points of entry. WebMail.1.3. as connection related parameters do not apply to them. The following attributes are available for each listener: • address . 3. WebAdmin.g users within a specific domain). timeInterval .the "point of entry" address and port number • enable .3.parameters specifying limitations for network connections accepted for this listener • peerMaxConnections. CLI and WebAdmin) are defined in the section from the configuration file corresponding to that TCP service as of type "TcpListener" OBJECT-SET. POP3. associated with an interface address and port number that grant access to a specific TCP or UDP service. UDP service listeners (Log service listeners) have fewer parameters associated.AXIGEN User Manual 3. Moreover. IMAP. The Listeners for each TCP service (SMTP Incoming. Listeners add extra flexibility and configurability to each AXIGEN service.com . the web configuration interface. http://www.

meant to sort connections based on various parameters. the deny rule with the highest priority (meaning LOWEST value for the priority attribute) is applied. If the rule with the highest priority is a deny rule. if yes. you can automatically accept/deny connections from specific IP addresses. the limitations (if any) for the specified connections from the allow rule are applied. and to reject (deny rules) or accept (allow rules) them accordingly. see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI. timeInterval . 3. the accept rule with the highest priority (meaning LOWEST value for priority attribute) is applied. the connection is denied (closed). 4. You can then impose further connection limitations using the parameters described below: • maxConnections. http://www.axigen. The IP address from which the connection has been initiated is exposed. AXIGEN verifies if this IP address is part of a set of IP addresses associated to one or more deny rules. 2.AXIGEN User Manual UDP service: • 'listeners' : 'IpListener' OBJECT-SET For more information about the usage of these parameters in WebAdmin and specific details on their values and how to set them.these parameters impose limitations on the number of connections initiated by any address within the rule IP set • peerMaxConnections.3. peerTimeInterval .these parameters impose limitations on the number of connections initiated by the same address within the rule IP set Rule Enforcement Policy The policy for applying accept and deny rules for connections to listeners is described below: 1. peerMaxIntervalConnections. the rule with the highest priority is applied. if yes. AXIGEN verifies if this IP address is part of a set of IP addresses associated to one or more accept rules. the connection is denied (closed) 5.R. If the IP address from which the connection has been initiated is associated only with a deny rule. 'enable' specifies if the rule is enabled or not 'priority' specifies a priority when applying the rule.L. 3. If the allow rule and the deny rule have the same priority. maxIntervalConnections.2. the connection is accepted. 70 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Allow/Deny Rules are defined using the following general attributes: • • • 'ipSet' specifies a set of IP addresses for which the reject/allow rule is applied. You can also configure listeners using the CLI tool. Rules Different rules can be associated with listeners. If the IP address from which the connection has been initiated is associated with both a deny AND an allow rule. Using deny and allow rules.com . If the rule with the highest priority is an allow rule. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners and Adding and Editing UDP Listeners. Allow/Deny Rules Allow/Deny rules enable you to specify the rules for accepting/rejecting connections when these connections follow the limitations imposed by the listener.

These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by a AXIGEN module. Only then the connection is accepted (and the respective service protocol is applied on the accepted connection). then the connection is considered as fulfilling the rules and the verifications defined globally (if any) for the current listener are applied.AXIGEN User Manual 6.) resource (memory/CPU) distribution is adapted to usage scenario (main mail server / backup server / gateway mail server) and hardware resources. For details on how to configure rules using WebAdmin. (SMTP incoming / SMTP outgoing / Web Mail / IMAP. Threads AXIGEN has a multi-threaded engine which allows for separate module thread allocation. Thread allocation is performed using the connection thread control parameters available for most AXIGEN modules. You can also configure Rules using CLI (see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI). 3. For information on how to set connection thread control using WebAdmin. You can also configure connection thread parameters in each service context from CLI. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). the connection is accepted.3.com . the verifications defined for connections in the accept rule are applied. etc. see Adding and Editing TCP Rules. see: Configuring SMTP-In Connection Thread Control Parameters Configuring SMTP-Out Connection Thread Control Parameters Configuring POP3 Connection Thread Control Parameters Configuring IMAP Connection Thread Control Parameters Configuring WebMail Connection Thread Control Parameters Configuring WebAdmin Connection Thread Control Parameters Configuring CLI Connection Thread Control Parameters These parameters are also accessible for configuration. If no allow rule is defined for the IP address from which the connection has been initiated. If the IP address from which the connection has been initiated is associated only with an accept rule. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. By allocating a number of threads to certain modules. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. 71 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the multi-threaded engine can break server activity into multiple parallel processing threads. After applying the limitations imposed by the rules.3. and if fulfilled. http://www.R. Combined with Linux OS multi processor capabilities.L. the global limitations defined at listener level are applied. in each service section from axigen.cfg (see Configuring AXIGEN using the Configuration File). see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI.axigen.

Please remember to edit it accordingly.L.4. http://www.test address is used as an example.dc=test" -W dn: dc=localdomain. It is a model for Directory Services that provides a data/namespace model for both the directory and a specific protocol. Integrating OpenLDAP with AXIGEN is a two-step process. Clustering support is based on OpenLDAP integration with AXIGEN and allows routing for the SMTP Incoming.axigen. POP3 Proxy and IMAP Proxy. Another important feature of the OpenLDAP integration with the AXIGEN Mail Server is the LDAP Authentication mechanism.0.dc=test objectClass: inetOrgPerson objectClass: inetLocalMailRecipient cn: user1 sn: user1 mail: user1@localdomain userPassword: user1 mailHost: 127. • please run the following command and then place the following text: # ldapadd -D "cn=admin. Clustering Support Having the system administrators' needs in mind. You may add as many users as you want in this file: dn: cn=user1. Directories are easily replicated to increase availability and reliability. A directory is a specialized database with a hierarchical structure designed for frequent queries but infrequent updates. LDAP Routing The AXIGEN Mail Server provides routing options at SMTP In. WebMail. AXIGEN provides Clustering Support starting with version 3.1. This new feature enables system administrators to spread mailboxes on several AXIGEN servers and have a separate machine that routes POP3/IMAP connections to the appropriate mailbox server. This new method is available for all the AXIGEN services that require authentication: SMTP In.dc=localdomain. depending on your preferred operating system. POP3 Proxy and IMAP Proxy level through its integration with OpenLDAP.R.4.dc=test objectClass: dcObject objectClass: organization dc: localdomain o: test • In order to add users to the LDAP directory.AXIGEN User Manual 3.1 72 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Unlike general databases they don't contain transaction support or roll-back functionality.dc=localdomain. IMAP. LDAP stands for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. OpenLDAP installations may very. 3. add the following into a file. OpenLDAP has to already be set up. In order to be configured for use within AXIGEN. Configuring OpenLDAP for AXIGEN Note: In this document the localdomain.com . POP3.0. POP3 Proxy and IMAP proxy services. as described below: 1.0.

com .dc=localdomain.the name of this connector hosturl .dc=test'. 'userPassword') axigenHostField .the password set in your /etc/openldap/slapd. http://www. dc=test" # ldapsearch -b "dc=localdomain.the search pattern (e.the search base (e. 'dc=localdomain.the name of the field containing the mail host. Press 'Add new ldapconn' and fill in the fields: • • • • • • • • • • name .dc=localdomain.g.dc=test" -W dn: cn=user5.) searchPattern .g. see LDAP Connectors.dc=localdomain.L.dc=test changetype:modify mailHost:10. 73 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. as it is the expanded domain name. press the 'UserDb' tab and go to the 'LDAP Connectors' section.dc=test • # # # # # To edit an LDAP entry.g.dc=localdomain. 'mailHost') useFirst .dc=test" -W # cn=user7. for use in the 'dc' style LDAP base.AXIGEN User Manual • Then run the following command: # ldapadd -D "cn=admin.conf file (e.dc=test" -W • In order to delete an entry. defined in your user file created above (e.247.dc=localdomain. defined in your user file created above (e. 'secret') searchBase .conf file (in our example. but using '%s' is recommended.dc=localdomain.5 Note that you must press another <Enter> after the modified field.axigen. dc=test" -D "cn=admin.the ldap host (e. Configuring LDAP Connectors in AXIGEN Login to WebAdmin using your preferred browser. 'cn=admin.R.the DN of the admin account (e.dc=test') bindPass .should the first returned field be used if more are found ('yes' or 'no') For more details on setting the above parameters in WebAdmin.10. 'mail=%e') passwordField .the name of the field containing the password. 'secret').g.mm You can test if the user was added using the following command (the second version of the command includes authentication: • # ldapsearch -b "dc=localdomain.g. 2. just use: ldapmodify -D "cn=admin. 'ldap://localhost:389') bindDN .g.g.dc=test" -W -f file. use the command: # ldapdelete -D "cn=admin.txt • You will be asked for the password you set up in the /etc/openldap/slapd.dc=localdomain.

SMTP. These parameters are first set at server level. the following parameters are available: name. 74 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For each new user map. AXIGEN's web-based administration interface.L. For details on how to set these parameters.com . and then for each of the services handling routing actions.1. Configuring Mapping Parameters In order to sucessfully route connection on either of the supported protocols. http://www. see User Maps.axigen. system administrators should access the Server > User Maps page and hit the "Add new usermap button".AXIGEN User Manual 3. type. POP or IMAP. In order to do so. The easiest and most intuitive way of setting mapping parameters is through WebAdmin. Configuring Mapping Data Parameters Mapping data parameters are available in separate pages for the SMTP In.4. userddbConnectorType and userdbConnectorName. localFile. POP3 Proxy and IMAP Proxy services.1. Configuring the User Maps List The firs configuration stage refers to adding and configuring a list of User Maps at server level.R. system administrators need to set mapping parameters.

By default the server accepts connections on 127. If this limit is exceeded. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN POP3 Proxy module. Alternatively.com . This way. the system administrator can limit the number of failed/wrong commands that can be received from POP3 clients during one session. etc. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power. domain configurations.4. user rights. see Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters. http://www.1:110.2.AXIGEN User Manual The Mapping Data page allows system administrators to select one of the user maps defined at server level for each of the above mentioned services.Configuring Mapping Data Configuring POP3 Proxy Mapping Data Configuring IMAP Proxy Mapping Data 3. meaning that no such maps are to be used. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that POP3 client. POP3 Proxy Service The AXIGEN POP3 Proxy module allow routing connection with POP clients. Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). in networks with very different traffic loads. The server accepts connections as specified by the POP3 Proxy listeners defined in the configuration file.axigen. For more details on how to configure mapping parameters. thus freeing important bandwidth. 75 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. plus log procedures are available. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. AXIGEN POP3 module allows usage of different allow/deny rules via listeners.0. If this limit is exceeded. You can limit the number of authentication errors allowed for one POP client per session by using the maxAuthErrors parameter. Important: If you do not specify a limit for the maximum number of (authentication) errors allowed for a POP3 client's session.1. Connection Error Control In order to protect the server.L. You can limit the number of errors allowed per session by using the maxErrors parameter. see: • • • SMTP In . structures. if the userMap parameter is set to none. incomplete connections or connections that are not RFC compliant are dropped and the corresponding email messages are not accepted. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload.R.0. security risks may arise. For information on how to configure connection error control parameters for POP3 using WebAdmin. authorization procedures. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that POP3 client. Different error and thread control. they can specify a mapping host and port for a preferred AXIGEN machine.

see Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters. where and how they are logged. You can limit the number of authentication errors allowed for one IMAP client per session by using the maxAuthErrors parameter. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment. See Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters for details on how to configure this parameter. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that IMAP client. Listener Control AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its POP3 Proxy service. thread control and log procedures are also available. 76 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The AXIGEN IMAP Proxy module supports secure connections and allows usage of different allow/deny rules via listeners. the POP3 Proxy module can log different types of events. without delays. logType and logHost. 3. For information on how to configure log control parameters for POP using WebAdmin. incomplete connections or connections that are not RFC compliant are dropped and the corresponding email messages are not accepted. please see Listeners. http://www.3. IMAP Proxy Service The AXIGEN IMAP Proxy module allows the server to route connection with IMAP clients according to their defined routing parameters.4. see Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters. Connection Error Control In order to protect the server. The usage of listeners is helpful for defining and applying different apply/deny rules for AXIGEN services you are using. Different authentication. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. For information on adding and editing TCP listeners using WebAdmin. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. If this limit is exceeded. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for POP3 Proxy using WebAdmin. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN.1.axigen. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services.L. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners. This way. the system administrator can limit the number of failed/wrong commands that can be received from IMAP clients during one session. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status.R. At that time. thus freeing important bandwidth. The POP3 Proxy Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. error control. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. Secure (TLS enabled) connections can be established with POP3 clients by using the allowStartTLS parameter.com .AXIGEN User Manual With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. For additional information on listeners and their use in AXIGEN.

This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by AXIGEN IMAP module. please see Listeners. 77 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters.L. For information on how to configure log control parameters for IMAP Proxy using Webadmin. the IMAP Proxy module can log different types of events. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment.axigen. user rights. security risks may arise. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. structures. For additional information on listeners and their use in AXIGEN.R.AXIGEN User Manual You can limit the number of errors allowed for one IMAP client per session by using the maxErrors parameter. see Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. For information on how to configure connection error control parameters for IMAP Proxy using WebAdmin. AXIGEN server drops the connection with that IMAP client. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for IMAP Proxy using WebAdmin. in networks with very different traffic loads. Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. authorization procedures. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. Important: If you do not specify a limit for the maximum number of (authentication) errors allowed for a IMAP client's session.com . The system administrator can specify what events are logged. The usage of listeners is helpful for defining and applying different apply/deny rules for AXIGEN services you are using. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. At that time. For information on adding and editing TCP listeners using WebAdmin. http://www. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. without delays. If this limit is exceeded. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time. see Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters. logType and logHost. where and how they are logged. The IMAP Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. etc. domain configurations. Listener Control AXIGEN Mail Server can use different Listeners for its IMAP Proxy service. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power.

R. The above described parameters are available on the General page of the tab corresponding to each service.com .OU=USERS.OU=Technologies.AXIGEN User Manual Secure (TLS enabled) connections can be established with IMAP clients by using the allowStartTLS parameter.OU=Gecad. The connectors can be configured via WebAdmin. system administrators need to first add and define a list LDAP Connectors. on the UserDb tab.DC=gecadco. 78 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For detailed instructions on configuring these parameters using WebAdmin. For each of these services.4. The new authentication engine adds two new authentication methods for both plain and secure connections. WebMail UserDb Connector Parameters. For more details on the new methods. POP3 Proxy and IMAP Proxy. A new section of corresponding to the UserDb tab has been added to the configuration file. WebMail. Below you will find an example of how this section should be configured: userDb = { logType = internal logLevel = 15 logHost = 127. please see the corresponding section. In order to enable LDAP authentication.L. DC=gecadco. namely DIGEST-MD5 and GSSAPI. the user database parameters can easily be configured using WebAdmin.0. See Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters for details on how to configure this parameter. The services requiring authentication are SMTP In. LDAP Authentication Aiming to provide its users with a relatively simple way of adding new user database sources.DC=local" searchPattern = "(sAMAccountName=%u)" passwordField = "givenName" axigenHostField = "" useFirst = yes } ) } Two new parameters are also added for all services needing authentication: userDbConnectorType (with three available values: ldap | ldapbind | local) and userDbConnectorName.1:2000 maxThreads = 5 ldapConnectors = ( { name = "ldap1" hosturl = "ldap://gecad01:389" bindDN = "CN=Valentin Palade.0.axigen. see Authentication and Encryption.2. see SMTP In . 3. http://www. Configuring POP3 UserDb Connector Parameters.DC=local" bindPass = "qwe123" searchBase = "OU=USERS.0.OU=Gecad.Setting Further General Parameters. OU=Companies.OU=Companies. POP3. AXIGEN implements LDAP authentication methods. IMAP. Configuring IMAP UserDb Connector Parameters. Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters. For details on how to add new LDAP Connectors. starting with version 3. Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters.OU=Technologies.

LOGIN. Built In Firewall (application level) Stopping spammers and preventing DOS attacks is one of the most important tasks of a mail server and the sooner the problem is identified in the mail stream . DomainKeys is an e-mail authentication system designed to verify both the DNS domain of an email sender and the message integrity.R. transit and delivery of email and protection for your confidential data. This encryption method guarantees secure data transmission over networks. Mail Server Security AXIGEN Mail Server comes with a full security feature set. the better. 79 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. reducing the risk of unauthorized connections.com . that is. Authentication AXIGEN server supports authentication. PLAIN. applied with different priorities or IP sets whose connections are denied. or assuming a fake identity when sending an email. unauthorized attempts to gain server access. DIGEST-MD5 and GSSAPI methods (in this order) are available for client authentication. For more details see Listener Rules.AXIGEN User Manual 4. Encryption (SSL/TLS) All AXIGEN communication protocols can benefit from SSL/TLS technology which allows sending encrypted messages across networks and preventing plain text messages to be intercepted on the way from sender to recipient. Administrators may define IP sets that have specific sets of such rules.maximum connections to be accepted during a time interval . meaning it can be instructed to accept only connections/messages from authenticated entities. CRAMMD5. like the following listener rules: .maximum simultaneous connections . Anti-spoofing (SPF and DomainKeys Compliant) SPF authentication is used by the SMTP Incoming module in AXIGEN to determine whether the mail message comes from an authorized source.axigen.maximum simultaneous connections accepted from a single host (that may be an attacker). http://www. Furthermore. This is why Axigen has a built in Firewall at the application (TCP listener) level that allows Administrator to control connectivity parameters. guaranteeing secure reception. This additional authentication method significantly reduces spoofing attempts.L.

L. AVG. they allow system administrator to customize SMTP Outgoing actions for all or part of the relayed email communication. either commercial. McAfee. Kaspersky Anti-Spam. On the other hand. Symantec Brightmail AntiSpam. Available Antispam applications: SpamAssasin.R. Routing Policies The Processing policies correspond to the SMTP Processing and SMTP Outgoing modules. Norman. Incoming connections established via SMTP and the message flow can be easily managed using the established policies. Available Antivirus applications: ClamAv. 80 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Antivirus / Antispam The AXIGEN Mail Server can easily integrate with a large number of antivirus/antispam applications. Avast. Sophos. or open source. http://www. KAV(Kaspersky) for Mail Servers. BitDefender. On one hand. Avira MailGate. Panda. DrWeb.AXIGEN User Manual Message Acceptance Policies The system administrator can configure and implement message acceptance policies and adjust them to best suit their security requirements. eTrust. they enable administrators to define the NDR (Non-Delivery Receipt) text and the conditions when such a message is returned.axigen. Message rules Message rules instruct the AXIGEN Mail Server to take certain actions on processed email messages based on pieces of information contained by the message headers.com . F-Prot. BitDefender Mail Protection for Enterprises. Symantec. F-Secure.

LOGIN. GSSAPI is the Generic Security Services Application Programing Interface. Authentication methods are available both for TLS-enabled connections and plain connections (non TLS-enabled).R. POP3) provide an AllowStartTLS parameter that you can enable and have the server advertise TLS capability.axigen. For information on configuring TLS and authentication methods related parameters. it is safer than PLAIN. CRAM-MD5. The LOGIN mechanism is a non-standard mechanism.com . For information on these parameters.AXIGEN User Manual 4. and used for general communication authentication and encryption over TCP/IP networks. 81 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. POP3 and IMAP. a standard providing encryption and authentication service that can be negotiated during the startup phase of many Internet protocols. The LDAP server then decrypts and verifies the client's response. in which the client sends the authorization identity (identity to login as). The response is encrypted in such a way that proves that the client knows its password. see: Configuring IMAP Authentication and Encryption Parameters and Secure POP3 Connections. the authorization identity is the same as the authentication identity. TLS-enabled connections are connections that support the Transport Layer Security. Secure/Plain Connections and Authentication Methods AXIGEN supports TLS enabled connections.g. including SMTP. when TLS is not used). if on attempting to connect. http://www. for all AXIGEN services. If left empty. see the Connection Error Control sections for each module in Configuring AXIGEN using Webadmin. The DIGEST-MD5 is the required authentication mechanism for LDAP v3 servers . The PLAIN authentication mechanism is not recommended for use over an unencrypted network connection. Also. authentication error control parameters are available.. The methods supported by AXIGEN are: PLAIN. clients fail to authenticate correctly a number of times. In Digest-MD5. The Digest-MD5 is based on the HTTP Digest Authentication. and is similar to the PLAIN mechanism except that this mechanism lacks the support for authorization identities. All AXIGEN mail services (SMTP. For insecure channels (e.1. The PLAIN mechanism consists of a single message from the client to the server. the authentication identity (identity whose password will be used) and the clear-text password. IMAP. the connection is dropped. the LDAP server sends data that includes various authentication options that it is willing to support plus a special token to the LDAP client. The client responds by sending an encrypted response that indicates the authentication options that it has selected. Its primary use today is with Kerberos authentication. DIGEST-MD5 and GSSAPI. Kerberos is the primary authentication mechanism in Windows Active Directory.L. That is. The CRAM-MD5 is a challenge-response mechanism that transfers hashed passwords instead of clear text passwords. Authentication and Encryption AXIGEN Mail Server provides a variety of security options related to authentication and encryption for all connections established by/with the mail server.

Webmail. See SSL Parameters for Listeners for information on these parameters and how to configure them using WebAdmin. Please note that the AXIGEN Mail Server IP address must reverse point to the same hostname you have specified above as "axigen. Generate a key for the SMTP service: ktpass -princ smtp/axigen.with the password for the corresponding "axigen_SERVICE" account. enabling you to redirect plain connections to these modules on secure sockets. Generate a key for the IMAP service: ktpass -princ imap/axigen.keytab In all commands shown above you must replace: axigen.keytab 2. axigen_imap. POP3. In order to enable Kerberos authentication for your installed AXIGEN Mail Server. please follow the steps described below. Create an account named "axigen_SERVICE" in Active Directory corresponding to each service you want to authenticate on from AXIGEN. 2.with the Kerberos realm. 4. See Server Global Settings for information on how to configure SSL parameters at server level using WebAdmin.hostname@REALM -mapuser axigen_smtp -pass PASSWORD -out axigen-smtp. Export the keys using the KTPASS utility: 1.axigen. http://www. Within the AXIGEN Mail Server. particularly for Active Directory.com .1. Generate keys for the POP3 service: ktpass -princ pop/axigen.AXIGEN User Manual SSL parameters AXIGEN supports SSL-enabled connections. CLI and Webadmin).L. and axigen_pop.hostname@REALM -mapuser axigen_pop -pass PASSWORD -out axigen-pop. it is used as an authentication method through GSSAPI (Generic Security Services Application Programing Interface).hostname@REALM -mapuser axigen_imap -pass PASSWORD -out axigen-imap.keytab 3.hostname". which you have previously created. see: URL Redirect Rules for WebMail and URL Redirect Rules for WebAdmin Using Listeners and SSL redirect rules. Kerberos Authentication within Active Directory Kerberos is the primary authentication mechanism in Windows Active Directory.with the domain AXIGEN users should use to login to REALM . 1.hostname . providing advanced SSL parameters for TCP Listener configuration available for all its TCP Services (SMTP. For WebMail and WebAdmin. with the domain name for which you want to authenticate PASSWORD . 82 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For information on how to configure SSL redirect rules using WebAdmin. you can effectively create and manage differentiated security policies for certain clients.R. Three accounts will be used for all AXIGEN supported services: axigen_smtp. you can configure SSL redirect rules. IMAP.1. The path to the SSL certificate file used can be specified at server level. for all SSL enabled connections.

Open the 'Account Settings' window from 'Tools' -> 'Account Settings. 6. In the last screen. 7. Also.keytab rkt /etc/axigen-pop.keytab rkt /etc/axigen-imap. Set the 'incoming server' box to AXIGEN's fully qualified host name or the AXIGEN machine IP address. add the AXIGEN hostname in the 'Outgoing server (SMTP)' section. Simply type 'ktutil' and issue the following commands in the application's subshell: • load the needed keytab files.. then press 'Next'. In the next screen. Press 'Next' and fill in the user account name as stored in AXIGEN.L.keytab file. the accounts for which you want to use Kerberos authentication must be created within the AXIGEN Mail Server.R. Also. http://www.keytab • • write the new /etc/krb5. Go to the 'Server settings' section of the newly created account and check the 'Use secure authentication' option. select 'IMAP' or 'POP' incoming server types. according to your network policy. selecting the 'Username and password' checkbox from the 'Security and authentication' section. 3. Select 'Email account' as the type of account to be created. review the settings and press 'Finish'. Fill in your name and e-mail address and press 'Next'. Prerequisites and Settings for Each Active Directory User Defined for AXIGEN The AXIGEN Mail Server domain name must be the same as the full Active Directory domain name. 5. 2. according to the services you want to use GSSAPI authentication with: rkt /etc/axigen-smtp.'. Example The example below shows how to set up the Windows version of the Mozilla Thunderbird email client to use Kerberos authentication with in an Active Directory environment: 1.. This will open the 'Account Wizard'. 8.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 3.keytab exit the ktutil shell: quit At this moment. all necessary keys will be saved in the /etc/krb5. then press 'Next'.keytab file: wkt /etc/krb5. Click the 'OK' button from the 'Account settings' window. if AXIGEN is configured to relay emails from authenticated users only and if you have created a keytab corresponding to the 'smtp' service (as shown above).com . 4. 83 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Click 'Add Account'. Copy the exported key files on the AXIGEN machine in the /etc directory and merge them using the 'ktutil' application. fill in the account name.

For the AXIGEN . use the Message Acceptance Policies. DomainKeys is an e-mail authentication system designed to verify both the DNS domain of an email sender and the message integrity.L. The query may have one of the following seven possible results: • pass: meaning the message meets the domain's definition for legitimate messages.R. This mechanism consists in making a DNS request in order to determine whether the mail message comes from an authorized source. registered on the DNS. The signer's role is to sign emails that come from AXIGEN and the verifier’s role is to verify the mail which applies only if the mails were previously signed. the AXIGEN returns an error message to the sending party. DomainKeys (both signer and verifier) must be configured first. It does not work within free of evaluation versions.AXIGEN User Manual 4.2. which is described in a SPF record. If a temporary error is generated. The AXIGEN Signing Module is only available for the commercial versions of the AXIGEN Mail Server. the AXIGEN Mail Server is also DomainKeys compliant. to know on which address and port it listens for connections from AXIGEN. It implements the Yahoo DomainKeys concept that basically works by signing the contents of an email and allows mail servers to verify that signature. SPF and DomainKeys SPF (Sender Policy Framework) is a sender authentication method developed in order to ensure mail server's security by applying different anti-spoofing mechanisms. In all other cases the mail message is accepted. The DomainKeys module is composed of two daemons that run independently of AXIGEN and of each other: the DomainKeys Signer and the DomainKeys Verifier.DomainKeys integration.0. • neutral • none • soft fail • fail: meaning the message does not meet the domain's definition for legitimate messages. DomainKeys Compliance Starting with version 2. SPF records contain domain attributes that uniquely describe mail messages. To enable SPF in AXIGEN or to add a SPF header to emails. When these parameters are correctly defined in the configuration file. ebedded in the AXIGEN Signing Module.axigen. • temp error • permanent error In case of permanent error. Each of them has a configuration file and communicates with AXIGEN using an AFSL connector. To test this specific feature. you have to set up two Antivirus/Antispam 84 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. please contact our sales department.2.com . 4. AXIGEN Signing Module Usage and Configuration AXIGEN Signing Module is a module that provides AXIGEN with a tool to prevent forgery and possible repudiation. http://www. The DomainKeys specification has adopted aspects of Identified Internet Mail to create an enhanced protocol called DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM). AXIGEN rejects the mail message generating the respective error.1.

DEFAULT: "match" 85 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. DEFAULT: 'AXIGEN' <group> run as group.AXIGEN User Manual filters in AXIGEN. "file" that they will be logged in a file and "stdout" that messages will be logged at standard output.conf for DomainKeys Signer -h -v -f -u -g DomainKeys Verifier configuration • • • bindIp <ip> .The address used to listen for connections from AXIGEN. .The level at which messages will be logged. Besides defining the AV/AS filters. DEFAULT: 'AXIGEN' -c -c <path>: path to the configuration file. WARNING: if "file" is selected for this property.DEFAULT: 1982 logType <type> . DEFAULT: "match" actionOnSoftFail .only error messages will be logged o 1 . For details on how to create AV/AS Filters. the logFile must also be set. We strongly recommend that the DomainKeys Verifier AV/AS configuration filter to be activated with the highest priority and the signer with the lowest. see Configuring Active Filters. DEFAULT: "pass" actionOnFail ."file" • • • • • • or "stdout". • • • • • • displays this help message displays the version run in foreground <user> run as user. Possible values: pass|match|discard|error.axigen. Command line parameters The below listed command line parameters are to be used both for the signer and the verifier.This options enables/disables adding the "Authentication-Results" header to the message after verification.all messages will be logged o DEFAULT: 2 addAuthHeader . the AFSL file can be found in /var/opt/AXIGEN/filters/. Possible values are: pass|match|discard|error. It can be "system". you must also activate them. For information on how to activate filters in AXIGEN.In case that logType has the value "file". .This option specifies what action should be sent to AXIGEN when the domainkeys verification yelds a fail action.This option specifies what action should be sent to AXIGEN when the domainkeys verification yields a pass action (details on the actions that can be sent to AXIGEN in the AFSL documentation).This option specifies what action should be sent to AXIGEN when the domainkeys verification yelds a softfail action.DEFAULT: "none" logLevel <level> . specifying the AFSL file for protocol communication and the address and port to connect to DomainKeys. . .DEFAULT: "yes" actionOnPass . see Configuring Antivirus/Antispam Filters. Possible values are: o 0 .The port used for connections from AXIGEN.This parameter defines where to log messages.DEFAULT "system" logFile <file> . bindPort <port> .R. the default paths are as follows: • /etc/opt/AXIGEN/axidkd. The "system" value means that messages will be logged to the system log.conf for DomainKeys Verifier • /etc/opt/AXIGEN/axidksd. The possible values are pass|match|discard|error. this defines the file where messages are logged. http://www. After installing the DomainKeys package.error and warning message will be logged o 2 . It can take the values: yes or no.com .

http://www. DEFAULT: "nofws" removeHeaders .The number of processing threads which also reflects the maximum number of connections made to the milter implementation. The "system" value means that messages will be logged to the system log.The canonicalization algorithm type.DEFAULT: 1982 logType <type> . The range for this value is 1 . This parameter is required canonicalization . the logFile must also be set.This option.The address used to listen for connections from AXIGEN. if yes removes duplicate headers from the signature.DEFAULT: 16 86 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Possible values: pass|match|discard|error.65535.This option specifies the timeout used when communicating with AXIGEN and with the Milter Implementation (in milliseconds).DEFAULT: 16 actionOnNeutral DomainKeys Signer configuration • • • bindIp <ip> . "file" that they will be logged in a file and "stdout" that messages will be logged at standard output. .DEFAULT: "no" processingThreads <threads> .com .L. This parameter is required. DEFAULT: "error" actionOnPermError . bindPort <port> . DEFAULT: 400 processingThreads <threads> .AXIGEN User Manual • • • • • .This parameter defines where to log messages. .This option specifies what action should be sent to AXIGEN when the domainkeys verification yelds a permerror action.This option specifies what action should be sent to AXIGEN when the domainkeys verification yelds a temperror action.DEFAULT: "none" logLevel <level> . Possible values: pass|match|discard|error. .The selector used to form the query for the public-key.128. Possible values are: o 0 .The level at which messages will be logged. selector .axigen. The range for this value is 1 . DEFAULT: "pass" actionOnTempError . Possible values: pass|match|discard|error. Possible values: simple|nofws.only error messages will be logged o 1 . DEFAULT: "match" rwTimeout <value> . DEFAULT: 400 privateKeyPath .all messages will be logged o DEFAULT: 2 rwTimeout <value> . . .This path to the private key used for signing. It can be "system".The port used for connections from AXIGEN.R.This option specifies the timeout used when communicating with AXIGEN and with the Milter Implementation (in milisecconds).DEFAULT "system" logFile <file> .This option specifies what action should be sent to AXIGEN when the domainkeys verification yelds a neutral action. Possible values: yes|no.error and warning message will be logged o 2 . The range for this value is 1 .In case that logType has the value "file".65535. this defines the file where messages are logged. The range for this value is 1 .The number of processing threads which also reflects the maximum number of connections made to the milter implementation. ."file" • • • • • • • • or "stdout".128. WARNING: if "file" is selected for this property.

axigendk stop In order to restart the deamons.axigendk start • • To stop the deamons. http://www. issue the following command: /etc/init. issue the following command: /etc/rc.com . you can issue: /etc/init.d/rc.d/axigendk start • • To stop the deamons.d/axigendk stop In order to restart the deamons. you can issue: /etc/rc.d/axigendk restart 87 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.d/rc.R. Gentoo. Debian) • To start the deamons.axigen.L. issue the command: /etc/init. Ubuntu.d/rc. issue the command: /etc/rc.AXIGEN User Manual Starting/Stopping/Restarting the Domain Keys Daemons Slackware: • To start the deamons.axigendk restart Others (rmp-based.

the order in which these filters are applied and the actions taken according to the results of the scanning process. see the corresponding section of the current chapter.com . The filters can be applied both for incoming and for outgoing email traffic. The system administrator can also customize SMTP Outgoing actions for all or part of the relayed email communication. Antivirus / Antispam Filters Antivirus / Antispam Filters can be easily used with the AXIGEN Mail Server to ensure a high security level for email communication. changing addresses and other such actions. 88 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. The Routing policies correspond to the SMTP Processing and SMTP Outgoing modules and enable administrators to define the NDR (Non-Delivery Receipt) text and the conditions when such a message is returned.for Message rules type socket .0 implements Routing policies.0 implements a set of message acceptance policies at SMTP-connection level. Incoming connections established via SMTP and the message flow can be easily managed using the established policies. see the Message acceptance policies section. Commercial Antivirus applications can communicate with AXIGEN either directly (using the AXIMilter module) or through AMAVIS.AXIGEN User Manual 4. Filter Types 1. Message rules Message rules instruct the AXIGEN Mail Server to take certain actions on processed email messages based on pieces of information contained by the message headers. 4. Moreover. Routing Policies To further fin-tune email communication management at SMTP level. see the dedicated section in this chapter.R. For more details. 2.for Antivirus/Antispam rules 3. The filtering system in AXIGEN is highly effective and allows maximum flexibility in defining what email messages should be scanned. The system administrator can configure and implement message acceptance policies and adjust them to best suit their security requirements. See the Message rules section for further details. Mail Filtering AXIGEN provides various types of filters at each level of mail processing that allow you to increase mail traffic security and block any type of unwanted mail messages from reaching their intended recipient mailbox. http://www. Message Acceptance Policies AXIGEN 2. what filters should be used.3. For more details. they allow adding headers.axigen. Important! The following filter types are have the following filter types defined in the WebAdmin interface and in the configuration file: type script . For further information. Using Message rules is safe since they do not operate on the mail content but only extract information from the mail header and take actions according to the pre-defined rules. AXIGEN 4.

Panda and McAfee.L. Moreover.R. F-Prot. including Antivirus and Antispam applications. a generic interface used to connect a mail server to twelve different Antivirus applications: KAV(Kaspersky) for Mail Servers. Currently. Filtering Levels In AXIGEN. DrWeb. you can apply filters at three levels: • server level (these filters are applied to all emails directed to any account / mail list from the server) • domain level (these filters are applied to all emails directed to the domain to which the account / mail list belongs) • account / mail list level (these filters are applied only to the account / mail list for which the filters have been created) 89 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the Active Filters designation is used to refer to filters currently enabled in AXIGEN. Avast. you simply need to install the application. For SpamAssassin. This designation is particularly useful when enabling filters. see the dedicated article on the AXIGEN site. AXIGEN supports integration with Amavis. Although not a distinct filter category. connectors for ClamAv Antivirus and SpamAssassin Anti-spam application (both open source) are implemented ensuring effective virus and spam protection for all mail traffic managed by AXIGEN Mail Server. For instructions on setting up the AXIGEN Mail Server integration with Amavis. eTrust.com . To see instructiuns on how to make AXIGEN work with ClamAV. Norman. also involves the notion of Active Filters. Active Filters Filter configuration in AXIGEN. see the corresponding AXIGEN forum posting.axigen. http://www. At this time the integration has been tested for Kaspersky and BitDefender but the procedure is similar for any of the products supported by Amavis. A sample setup procedure for connecting these two applications to AXIGEN is also given in the AXIGEN Install and Config Guide. Sophos. Symantec. F-Secure. no further configurations are necessary. BitDefender.AXIGEN User Manual This type of filtering allows integration with virtually any third party applications.

envelopes and peer information. they allow adding headers. the email is rejected. They will also be created automatically via the WebAdmin Wizard which will be available in the next AXIGEN version.1. Examples of message acceptance rules: • allow incoming messages from a specific domain • deny incoming messages with attachments exceeding 3 MB • allow authenticated users only • accept secured connections only • deny looping emails (when the number of Received headers exceeds 20) The message acceptance policies can consist in any number of such rules applied following a given priority. These rules can be set at SMTP Incoming level and help save space and resources for email processing. is based on their level and on their priority. AFSL or any type of error). the email being processed is kept in the processing queue and it will go through the filtering chain all over again. applied on different levels.axigen.0 implements a set of message acceptance policies at SMTP-connection level.R. The order in which these filters will be applied. http://www. Moreover. the server calls certain methods which can have a configurable or predefined behavior. For more details on SDK delivery. at a later time until all the filters in the chain can be applied. changing addresses and other such actions. If one of the filters in the filtering chain yields an error (internal error. The policies are defined using an AXIGEN proprietary scripting language and are at this time contained. For each event.L. 90 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Incoming connections established via SMTP and the message flow can be easily managed using the established policies. The events are predefined blocks within the script that will be executed at specific moments by the server. AXIGEN Mail Servers can easily integrate with other third party applications through a simple interface which is made available as part of SDK (Software Development Kit).AXIGEN User Manual Thus. message headers. If all the filters in the filtering chain yield a PASS action. 4. The system administrator can configure and implement message acceptance policies and adjust them to best suit their security requirements. In case one of the filters situated in the middle of the chain triggers a REJECT or DISCARD action. Message Acceptance Policies AXIGEN 4.3. and the last one yields REJECT.com . along with the Processing and Relay policy scripts in a single file per installed server. the email will go through the filtering chain again. a wide range of event handlers associated with the SMTP events are available. along with various methods. See Activating Filters for details on activation inheritance and priority levels. please contact the AXIGEN Sales Department. a typical filtering chain in AXIGEN will contain different types of filters. Through the Message acceptance policy.

R. see the section presenting the Server tab. Routing Policies also allow system administrator to customize SMTP Outgoing actions for all or part of the relayed email communication. A wide range of event handlers associated with the SMTP events are available. For details on the options available in the WebAdmin Wizard. Routing Policies To further fin-tune email communication management at SMTP level. 91 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual The available events at SMTP Incoming level are: • onConnect • onEhlo • onMailFrom • onRcptTo • onDataReceived Message acceptance policies are based on a proprietary scripting language. http://www. envelopes and peer information are available when defining Routing policies. For details on how to access the configuration file via WebAdmin. thus being easily adapted to various security requirements.L. along with the Messace acceptance policy scripts in a single file per installed server. The events defined for the Routing policies and their contexts are as follows: Event onRelay onDeliveryFailure Context SMTPOut SMTPProc onTemporaryDeliveryFailure SMTPProc For a detailed description of the scripting language the policies are based on. The policies will be soon created using a WebAdmin Wizard.axigen. For example. Routing policies can contain any number of predefined rules. They can also be created automatically via the WebAdmin Wizard. 4. but presently they are configured within the server context using WebAdmin. please see the Language Specifications section. NDR responses are sent when the specified recipient of an email message is invalid. The Routing correspond to the SMTP Processing and SMTP Outgoing modules and enable administrators to define the NDR (Non-Delivery Receipt) text and the conditions when such a message is returned. along with various methods.2. please see the Language Specifications section.0 implements Routing Policies. message headers.3. The policies are defined using an AXIGEN proprietary scripting language and are at this time contained. AXIGEN 3. or • specify a username/password authentication before relaying emails to a certain address. please see the corresponding section. For an overview of this language. they can • establish a certain address where all emails from a certain domain are relayed.com . As an example.

BitDefender. The AXIMilter module can communicate with any Antivirus application that has milter support. no further configurations are necessary. see the corresponding AXIGEN forum posting. eTrust. A sample setup procedure for connecting these two applications to AXIGEN is also given in the AXIGEN Install and Config Guide. 3. Norman. F-Prot. Norman. F-Prot. DrWeb. Symantec Brightmail AntiSpam. F-Secure. please see the related Knowledgebase articles: How to enable spam protection in AXIGEN using AVG How to enable anti-spam filtering in AXIGEN using the milter implementation of Kaspersky Anti-Spam How to enable anti-spam filtering in AXIGEN using the milter implementation of Avira MailGate How to enable anti-spam filtering in AXIGEN using the milter implementation of BitDefender Mail Protection for Enterprises How to enable anti-spam filtering in AXIGEN using the milter implementation of Symantec Brightmail AntiSpam Antivirus / Antispam Filters are dynamic filters executed by external processes. McAfee. Avast. Sophos. see the dedicated article on the AXIGEN site. For instructions on how to integrate AXIGEN with AVG.axigen. Symantec Brightmail AntiSpam. Avira MailGate. F-Secure.and 6 antispam applications . Kaspersky Anti-Spam. Panda.SpamAssassin. 92 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. Kaspersky Anti-Spam. Integration with Commercial Antivirus Applications Commercial Antivirus applications can communicate with AXIGEN either directly (using the AXIMilter module) or through AMAVIS. For instructions on setting up AXIMilter. For SpamAssassin. Sophos.3. Integration with commercial Antispam applications.3. For instructions on setting up the AXIGEN Mail Server integration with Amavis. McAfee. BitDefender Mail Protection for Enterprises. 2.L. ClamAV .AXIGEN User Manual 4. see the AXIMilter section. Avira MailGate. IMPORTANT! The AXIGEN Mail Server can integrate with more than 14 antivirus applications KAV(Kaspersky) for Mail Servers. eTrust. These types of filters are based on a file defining the communication protocol between AXIGEN and the external process executing the filter. you simply need to install the application. 1. AVG. Simple Integration with ClamAV and SpamAssassin To see instructiuns on how to make AXIGEN work with ClamAV. while AMAVIS provides support for the following security solutions: KAV(Kaspersky) for Mail Servers. Panda. Antivirus / Antispam Filters Antivirus / Antispam Filters can be easily used with the AXIGEN Mail Server to ensure a high security level for email communication. Symantec.R. DrWeb. Avast. Symantec. BitDefender Mail Protection for Enterprises. BitDefender.com .

which allows pinging the filter regularly until the connection is reestablished. At that moment. please see Mail Filtering in WebMail.AXIGEN User Manual Antivirus/Antispam Filters can also interact with Message rules. please contact the AXIGEN Sales Department. for instance moving email messages above a certain level to a specified Quarantine folder. In AXIGEN. Using Message rules is safe since they do not operate on the mail content but only extract information from the mail header and take actions according to the pre-defined rules. For information on how to configure Antivirus/Antispam filters at different levels using WebAdmin. 4. the email message filtering chain is resumed.L.3.this means that filters can be applied on several emails at the same time. improving thus service availability and processing speed.R. • all messages reply with "Out-of-office" message. Message rules are easily created using the provided Web Wizard by each individual user via the WebMail module of AXIGEN.com move to folder Jokes.4. This guarantees that every message goes through the entire filtering chain. For information on how to use the Command Line Interface. These headers contain a spam or virus level value which actually indicates the likelihood of that particular email message being virus or spam. If one of the filters in the filtering chain does not respond.axigen. • messages from jokes@domain. More complex message rules can be created by the system administrator using a simple scripting language called SIEVE. For more details on Wizard usage. see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI. This means system administrators can define and use as many Antivirus/Antispam Filters and Message rules as required by their security policies. Message Rules Message rules instruct the AXIGEN Mail Server to take certain actions on processed email messages based on pieces of information contained by the message headers. antispam/antivirus filters calls are multithreaded .com copy to alex@localdomain. For more details on SDK delivery. They work 93 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. AXIGEN supports creating customized filter chain. via two headers appended to email messages. Antivirus/Antispam filters can also be configured using the CLI Filters context.com . actions imposed by the message rules can be taken. Thus you can create rules like: • messages from john@example. AXIGEN provides a failsafe mode. The same language is used by the WebMail Wizard when defining message rules automatically. see: Configuring Antivirus/Antispam Filters Domain Filter Configuration Account Filter Configuration List Filter Configuration. Based on these levels. AXIGEN Mail Servers can easily integrate with other third party applications through a simple interface which is made available as part of SDK (Software Development Kit).

Antivirus/Antispam Filters can also interact with Message rules. The vacation extension is an extra functionality also available via script files. Thus. Different userdefined scripts can be included in any AXIGEN Filtering System. redirect. These headers contain a spam or virus level value which actually indicates the likelihood of that particular email message being virus or spam. The structure of Sieve as described in the RFC 3028 is: SIEVE defines 5 actions: keep. for instance moving email messages above a certain level to a specified Quarantine folder.axigen. reject. Based on the result of the comparison. actions imposed by the message rules can be taken. discard. out of office or in general away for an extended period of time. see the SIEVE Language section.e. like reject. you can apply different actions to the corresponding mail message. no variables (in the basic form) it has only an if control structure. auto-generated messages can be sent when the user of the account for which the vacation applies. This means that message rules can be created and applied for generating out-of-office type automatic replies. discard. For information on how to configure script filters at different levels using WebAdmin. is on vacation. SIEVE Overview and Implementation in AXIGEN SIEVE Overview Sieve is a language created and used for mail filtering either on the server or on the client. For a complete description of message rules implementation in AXIGEN. reject. redirect. i.L. AXIGEN also implements the vacation extension. AXIGEN supports creating customized filter chain.4. against headers of a mail message and based on the result applies actions to the message. The supported language provides an extremely flexible filtering methodology. http://www. redirect which are self-explanatory. This means system administrators can define and use as many Antivirus/Antispam Filters and Message rules as required by their security policies. Based on these levels. etc. against headers of a mail message. see: Configuring Message Rules Domain Filter Configuration Account Filter Configuration Filters can also be configured using the CLI Filters context (see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI) and by editing the configuration file (see Configuring AXIGEN using the Configuration File) 4. as users can define any number of script filters according to their needs. where the filter itself is contained in a separate file.com . Sieve is an interpreted language that can be described as relatively simple. The language is completely described in the RFC 3028. fileinto. Message rules are static filters. It has no loop structures.AXIGEN User Manual basically by comparing different keys using different comparators and comparison methods. 94 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see RFC 3028. Sieve works basically by comparing different keys using different comparators and comparison methods.R. via two headers appended to email messages. For a complete description of this language.3. discard.1.

several actions can result which may interact. it allows part of addresses put in the values list) it allows only the: "From". "Resent-To" headers to appear in the address test and only "To".R.which stops the processing to that point <if elsif else> structure require command . The AXIGEN SIEVE interpreter The interpreter uses the following restrictions and constrains in implementing the RFC 3028: • • • • • • it implements the extensions described in the rfcs: fileinto. cannot be used.asciinumeric" comparator. Error otherwise. envelope. copy. subaddress the relational test :count can only be used with the i. "Resent-From". reject. Error otherwise.ascii-ccasemap" and "i.e. "To".tests a set of the headers against a set of keys using different comparison methods: • • • • • • true. copy. spamtest.ascii-numeric comparator and when there are more then one strings in the second string list. address .test if a set of headers exist size . Several constrains are defined regarding action interaction which will be explained in the next paragraph. reject.optional test 3.com . After parsing a script against a mail message.AXIGEN User Manual It also defines 3 control commands: • • • <stop> . It tells the interpreter that the respective extension will be used in the script The if structure has the form: if <test> <block> elsif <test> <block> else <block> A block is a block of commands (actions and control commands .test against the size of a message A test can take 2 values: true or false.logic or between several tests not <test> . or an error occurs.constants allof <other tests> . gives an error message otherwise allows address and envelope test with the second string list (the values list) not tested for valid addresses (i. If no action is to be taken after a complete parse of the script. it allows only require with (fileinto. envelope. 95 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. header .ascii-numeric" comparators for the "i. vacation) arguments.L.negation of a test exists . "Sender".logic and between several tests anyof <other tests> .which defines an extension of the language. relational. "From" headers in the envelope test. an implicit keep will ensure delivery of the message to the inbox.axigen. only the first will be considered it implements the "i.octet". the :matches and :contains tags. virustest. false .including other ifs) and a test can be one of the following: 1. "Bcc". "i.tests a set of the address headers against a set of keys using different comparison methods 2. envelope . http://www. "CC".

• • • Action interaction General action interaction: the following constrains apply (error otherwise): • reject can only be by itself and only once (eventually with stop) • keep can appear with any action (except reject) several times. the following constrains appear: Spamtest • a separate tool will be implemented that will map vendor specific information from antispam tool and • a new header named "X-AxigenSpam-Level" will be added which can have the following values: 96 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 2. address-part. 3. match-type tags in the address.a warning will be issued • any action except stop. http://www.axigen. or it exceeds 2^32-1. vacation and redirect used with the :copy tag will cancel the implicit keep Vacation interaction • • vacation can appear once per script and all other appearances will be disregarded. error otherwise numbers when using the i. 4. If a string used with this comparator starts with something other than a digit.ascii-numeric comparator cannot exceed 2^32-1 and cannot be negative. Leading whitespace (SP. redirect. and a move to Inbox (or similar) will be executed once • discard can appear with any action (except reject) several times and the result will be a discard only when solely discard actions are present or there is an implicit keep by using the :copy tag • fileinto can appear several times with any action (except reject) and a move to the specified folder will be executed (if a move to the same folder is specified. fileinto. fileinto or explicit keep will not be an error and will not be considered to break the respective actions interaction rules Spamtest and Virustest Extension This implementation supports the spamtest and virustest extensions as described in the RFC 3685. the result consisting in redirecting to the specified address only once (without giving an error if a duplicate reject with the same address appears) .com . but in each case.R. or is negative.a warning will be issued) • redirect can appear several times and with any action (except reject).CRLF) is ignored it does not allow two or more comparator.AXIGEN User Manual • • • the require group of commands must appear first and must contain only required commands. 1. or is null. 5. hearer and envelope tests. error otherwise there is one type of warning and five types of error messages: "[Syntax Error]: given if there is a syntax error in the script "[Parse Error]: if a semantic error appears "[Semantic Error]: similar to parse error "[Validation Error]: if the script is not compliant to this document "[Run-time Error]: if something is wrong during a message parse numbers in the size test cannot be negative and cannot exceed 2^32-1. vacation used with discard.L. it is treated as an error but a duplicate move will not be performed .HTAB. it gets the value 2^32. Error otherwise. elsif and else must appear only after an if or an elsif. Error otherwise.

6 of the draft) was implemented considering the same cases as in the draft. There may be maximum one header of each type at a given moment. it will assign it only if it is greater than the value already contained in the header. The Previous Response Tracking feature (section 4. If the value given to the days argument is less that 1 it will be considered 1 and if greater that 45.R. Vacation Extension The vacation extension is implemented using the draft: draft-ietf-sieve-vacation-04. in general away for an extended period of time. and in general issues that appear in the draft with SHOULD or MAY. under Action Interaction.L.message was tested and contains no known viruses 2 . Implementation specific issues like restrictions and constrains. The minimum value for the vacation: days argument is 1 and the maximum is 45. http://www. it will be considered 45. For a description of the syntax of this extension. and when the tool has a value to assign to the header. The vacation response message is generated with all the features defined in the Section 5 of the draft except the References field that is not generated in this version of the implementation. out of office. The interaction between vacation and other actions is described above.2 of the draft) is implemented using a CRC32 hash and the date when the response was sent. This means that there may be cases when a second response will be generated even though it was not supposed to.message was tested and contained a known virus which was "cured" such that it is now harmless 4 . are defined below.message was tested and contained a known virus which was replaced with harmless content 3 .message was tested and has a varying likelihood of containing spam in increasing order 10.com . The Limiting Replies to Personal Messages feature (section 4.message was tested and possibly contains a known virus 5 . 97 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.message was tested and definitely contains a known virus The possible values of the header SHOULD be only numbers and if so MUST be only the above numbers but may also have leading and trailing spaces and may contain alphanumeric characters after the numbers. but this will change in a way to allow the administrator to define custom rules for recognizing auto-generated mails.message was tested and definitely contains spam Virustest • a separate tool will be implemented that will map vendor specific information from antivirus tool and • a new header named "X-AxigenVirus-Level" will be added which can have the following values: 1. but the chances of that is negligible Compared to the speed gain. please consult the SIEVE related documents and the draft this implementation is based of. is in vacation. The default value if the days parameter is omitted is 7.AXIGEN User Manual 1. The vacation extension is used to send auto-generated messages when the user of the account for which the vacation applies.axigen.message was tested and is clear of spam 2 -9.

Through this socket AXIGEN will connect to the milter interface and give instructions (formatted by the filter file) to the third party application at the other end. This is an inet (TCP) type of socket. based on the information received. This communication is negotiated using the standard milter protocol. Any results passed on by the milter to the filter are interpreted and formatted by it and passed down the chain to AXIGEN. It can be configured through its configuration file.3. The configuration file can be specified using the command line arguments.com . This connection is also used to receive any results from the milter back to AXIGEN.1.R.3.axigen. When the third party milter responds. When the filter is defined and activated in the AXIGEN configuration you have to set the socket used for communications between AXIGEN and the milter extension. located by default in /etc/opt/axigen/aximilter. The filter takes care of the communications and translations between the two parties. http://www. Only then.conf. This protocol can be used to enable third party applications like anti-virus or anti-spam software to integrate with different MTAs supporting this milter module. Through AXIMilter. AXIGEN is able to 98 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. AXIMilter is a daemon that runs separately from AXIGEN. the AXIGEN Filtering Module (AXIMilter) provides an interface for third-party software (such as antivirus/antispam) to validate and modify messages as they pass through AXIGEN Mail Server. information is again passed through the TCP socket and interpreted by the filter. The AXIGEN Filtering Module Based on the Sendmail's Content Management Protocol (Milter). Symantec Brightmail.5. It makes decisions and takes actions during the SMTP sessions.5.L. At this time.afsl" filter and the inet socket. 4. AXIGEN can be integrated with various Antivirus and Antispam applications. Avast and Avira. The milter uses a communication protocol based on sockets. Filtering Module Implementation in AXIGEN A "milter" is a module used by a mail transfer agent (MTA) that allows the addition of very efficient Antivirus/Antispam filters in the mail processing chain. Filter file purpose: • Parse the information received • Interpret and check the information • Translate information • Pass information Socket purpose: • Establish a communications channel • Transfer information • Maintain the integrity of the information The milter extension takes the requests received from AXIGEN and passes them to the milter counterpart of the third party application. The AXIGEN MTA communicates with the milter extension using the "aximilter. the AXIGEN Messaging Solution integration with AXIMilter has been sucessfully tested for Kaspersky (kavmilter).AXIGEN User Manual 4. if one wants to use configuration located elsewhere.

When the AXIGEN MTA receives the information. AXIMilter then connects through a socket to the third party milter implementation and sends the request to make a decision about the fate of the particular email. For details on how to activate filters in AXIGEN.L. AXIMilter sends the results back to AXIGEN through the socket defined in the filter setup and it is again translated.3. All the information is translated by the filter file and fed to the AXIMilter (AXIGEN's milter extension).0.AXIMilter integration.axigen. After defining the Antivirus/Antispam filter you must then activate this filter. see Configuring Antivirus/Antispam Filters. The whole process chain can be described as follows. Configuring the AXIGEN Filtering Module For the AXIGEN . After these parameter were correctly defined in the configuration file. Example of an AV/AS filter: name: AxiMilter address: inet://127. you have to set up an AV/AS filter in AXIGEN. AXIMilter must be configured first. Below you can find explanations for the available configuration options: • bindIp <ip> is the variable that sets the interface AXIMilter will use to listen for connections from AXIGEN. There are some other options you should consider like the number of threads and/or connections you want to allow at any given time. If the machine running AXIMilter has more than one interface you should change this variable to the IP of the interface available to the AXIGEN server.afsl idleTimeout: 60 actionOnMatch: reject maxConnections: 10 For information on how to define Antivirus/Antispam Filtesrs in AXIGEN. The AXIGEN MTA receives an email and the processing chain begins.com . You can also use the same machine.2. 4. it takes the necessary steps to deliver or discard the message. http://www. When AXIGEN reaches the filter designated for the milter extension it passes the necessary information through the socket.AXIGEN User Manual determine what action to take. AXIMilter configuration The milter configuration resides in the /etc/opt/axigen/aximilter.0. 99 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. After deciding the action to be taken on the respective email (to accept it or not and why) the information is again passed to AXIMilter through the socket between the two milter implementations.R. If you run AXImilter and AXIGEN on the same machine you can leave this option unchanged. This should be set to a LAN IP address ensuring that the traffic between your MTA and AXIMilter is not visible to anyone else.1:1981 protocolFile: /var/opt/axigen/filters/aximilter. see Configuring Active Filters. the AFSL file can be found in /var/opt/axigen/filters/. This can have serious productivity and security implications. to know on which address and port it listens for connections from AXIGEN.5. Due to the TCP style of sockets used you can decide you want to use one machine as mail server and another one on the network as mail scanner. specifying the AFSL file for protocol communication and the address and port to connect to AXIMilter.conf file. Depending on the setup you want to achieve there are multiple options to consider. Afer installing the AXIMilter package.

thus only the fate of 3 emails can be decided. When AXIGEN initiates the connection to the socket. WARNING: if "file" is selected for this property.128. . DEFAULT: 'AXIGEN' -c <path>: path to the configuration file DEFAULT: /etc/opt/AXIGEN/aximilter.conf 100 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. . Make sure you balance this value so that you don't overload the server and at the same time you don't keep too many emails waiting if you have a lot of traffic. the logFile must also be set. you have to change it here too. Setting this value too high on a high traffic server might saturate all the available connections. DEFAULT: 'AXIGEN' -g <group> run as group. The range for this value is 1 . The default value should be sufficient for most modern computers and at the same time should be reasonable enough on a medium-sized server. The range for this value is 1 .The level at which messages will be logged.1" milterPort <port> is the port number AXIMilter connects to when establishing a connection with the third party milter implementation."file" or "stdout".axigen.com .0. DEFAULT: 1990 logType <type> . Possible values are: o 0 . This port must be used when creating the filter in the AXIGEN configuration. DEFAULT: 1981 rwTimeout <value> is the maximum amount of time allocated to a connection session.only error messages will be logged o 1 . As with the "bindIp" variable this should be set to the local IP address of that particular machine or left unchanged if the other milter runs locally. You can set this port to whatever you like as long as the port is not already bind by another process. If you change the port in the configuration of your software.5. this defines the file where messages are logged. This number also limits the maximum connections that can be established to the AXIMilter extension. . This means that if for example you set this value to 3.3. Setting this too low on a slow machine might interfere with the communications transmitted.DEFAULT "system" logFile <file> .DEFAULT: 16 4.AXIGEN User Manual • • • • • • • • bindPort <port> is the port that AXIGEN connects to when establishing a connection to the AXImilter extension. This port is crucial in setting up a working milter implementation.R.DEFAULT: 400 milterIp <ip> is the IP address of the machine running the third party milter implementation. It is expressed in milliseconds.0. AXIMilter has to be listening for connections. Most anti-virus scanners use different ports so make sure to check which port you have to set here before testing your implementation.3. only a maximum 3 requests can be sent at any given time. The "system" value means that messages will be logged to the system log.65535.DEFAULT: "none" logLevel <level> . http://www. AXIGEN Filtering Module Commands Command line parameters • • • • • • -h displays this help message -v displays the version -f run in foreground -u <user> run as user.error and warning message will be logged o 2 .all messages will be logged o DEFAULT: 2 processingThreads <threads> is the number of threads ready to process requests. This port has to be the same as the one specified in the configuration file of the third party software.If logType has the value "file".This parameter defines where to log messages.L. "file" that they will be logged in a file and "stdout" that messages will be logged at standard output. It can be "system". . DEFAULT: "127. If the port is not used by another process you can leave this option unchanged. When one of these connections is closed a new one can be opened.

d/rc. you can pass the 'status' parameter: /etc/rc. restart the AXIMilter daemon or to check its status. you can issue: /etc/init. http://www. you can issue: sudo /etc/init. you can issue: /etc/init. you need to set the executable bit for the script: chmod +x /etc/rc.d/aximilter status RPM-based distributions • • • • In RedHat.d/aximilter start To stop the server.d/aximilter status Gentoo • • • • In Gentoo.com .aximilter status Ubuntu • • • • In Ubuntu.d/aximilter status Slackware • • • • • In Slackware. Fedora Core. you can use: sudo /etc/init.d/aximilter restart To view the AXIGEN daemon status.d/aximilter stop In order to restart AXIGEN daemon.d/aximilter status 101 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.d/aximilter restart To view the AXIGEN daemon status. you can pass the 'status' parameter: sudo /etc/init. you can pass the 'status' parameter: /etc/init.d/aximilter stop In order to restart AXIGEN daemon. the daemon can be started via its initscript.d/aximilter restart To view the AXIGEN daemon status. by issuing: sudo /etc/init.aximilter To stop the server. you can issue: /etc/rc.aximilter start In order for the initscript to start at boot time.R. the daemon can be started via its initscript. the daemon can be started via its initscript. you can pass the 'status' parameter: /etc/init.d/aximilter start To stop the server. you can pass the 'status' parameter: /etc/init. you can use: /etc/init. The commands are distribution-specific. by issuing: /etc/init.d/aximilter stop In order to restart AXIGEN daemon. you can use the initscript to start the daemon(s).d/rc.AXIGEN User Manual Below you will find a list of the commands needed to start.L. by issuing: /etc/rc.aximilter stop In order to restart AXIGEN daemon. you can use: /etc/rc. stop. Debian • • • • In Debian.d/rc. the daemon can be started via its initscript.aximilter restart To view the AXIGEN daemon status. SUSE.d/aximilter restart To view the AXIGEN daemon status. you can issue: /etc/init. by issuing: /etc/init.d/rc. and Mandrake/Mandriva distributions. you can use: /etc/init.d/aximilter start To stop the server. by issuing: /etc/init.d/aximilter start To stop the server.d/aximilter stop In order to restart AXIGEN daemon. you can use: /etc/init.axigen.d/rc.

according to their respective priority levels.3.L. but merely a way of selecting among the available filters the ones you wish to apply at server level.6. Active Filters are not a separate filter category. will automatically be applied at all filtering levels. Filters activated at domain level. are applied to all accounts belonging to the respective domain. available in the Active Filter tabs in WebAdmin. Available priority values vary according to the filter level: • server level: 1-500 • domain level: 100-400 • account / mail list level: 200-300 Note: Although not similar in terms of functionality. which is as follows: 1. When filters on different levels have the same priority. Important . the filter with priority 1 will always have the highest priority over filters with higher priority values. each filter is assigned a priority value. This means that filters with higher priority will be applied first. which can be activated at account / mail list level. server level filter 2. accounts and mail lists are considered similar (same level) entities when applying filters. you can activate Antivirus / Antispam filters and Message rules by adding them in the Active filters lists.AXIGEN User Manual 4.axigen. Filter Priority When being activated.A lower priority value stands for an actual higher priority. Thus. domain level or user level. Filters activated only at account level. The same is true for domain level filters. domain level filter 3. The notion of priority is used to define the order of filters in the filtering chain. will only be applied to that specific account. Activating and Prioritising Filters and Rules In AXIGEN Mail Server.com . account / mail list level filter Activation Inheritance All filters activated at server level.R. For information on how to activate filters using WebAdmin see the following pages: Configuring Active Filters Domain Filter Configuration Account Filter Configuration List Filter Configuration 102 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. these filters will be applied in decreasing order of importance.

see the section presenting the Server tab.axigen. This parameter can be configured within the server context using either CLI or WebAdmin. For details using CLI for this configuration. The Policy system contains Message Acceptance Policies and Processing and Relay Policies.L. The file is known by the server by the means of smtpFiltersFile parameter. Outgoing and Processing stages of a mail life cycle.com .3.AXIGEN User Manual 4. Basic structure The language is structured in blocks of two types: events and methods. . } Comments inside the script file are allowed using the syntax: #comment until the end of line. The events are predefined blocks that will be executed at specific moments by the server. For details on how to access the file via WebAdmin.R. The methods are custom defined blocks that will be called from the language. please see the Configuring AXIGEN using CLI section.7. http://www. SMTP Events The events defined for the SMTP filters and their contexts are as follows: Event onConnect onEhlo onMailFrom onRcptTo onDataReceived onRelay onDeliveryFailure Context SMTPIn SMTPIn SMTPIn SMTPIn SMTPIn SMTPOut SMTPProc onTemporaryDeliveryFailure SMTPProc 103 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Thus the basic structure of a language file is: event event1 { event event2 { . Language Specifications for Policy Configuration The AXIGEN SMTP Policy system is defined in a single file per installed AXIGEN Mail Server and has events for the SMTP Incoming.

axigen. code } Methods Beside the custom methods. They are called in the same way and have a predefined behavior. } method Ionel { . call(checkSpf).AXIGEN User Manual Thus. can be: event onHelo { call(heloEvent). http://www. . } #the event called when smtp receives EHLO event onEhlo { . } method heloEvent { .L. Thus the behavior of the same filter differs depending on the context to which it is applied. For example the SMTPIn events are triggered only within the SMTP Incoming context. call(Ionel). Outgoing and Processing. The SMPT process has three different contexts: Incoming. The currently available predefined methods are: • checkSPF • checkReverseDNS • addHeader • addIfNotExistsHeader • removeFirstHeader • removeHeader • modifyHeader • modifyIfExistsHeader • addRcpt • discardRcpt A more comprehensive example of a script defined until now. the structure of the script file is: #Sample AXIGEN SMTP Filter #the event called when a connection is made to SMTP event onConnect { .com . a number of predefined methods are also available. The same applies to context dependent variables which will be detailed below.R. call(addHeader). 104 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. code . } Contexts This language defines a scripting language to be used especially for SMTP filtering.

They act as input and output to functions and also act as actions to be taken by the SMTP engine. "%aVariable% This is my AXIGEN server"). http://www. "Hello. the export function is used: export(aVariable) The lifetime of a filter with its contexts is per email message so the export function can be used to preserve the value of a variable specific to one email message through different stages of SMTP. a variable will be set only after that variable's value is known. at the SMTP Outgoing context. To define a variable you just set its value: set(aVariable. it usually sets one or more variables as its output and usually requires setting one or more variable as its input. For example. its name must appear between "%" characters. the value of MailFromDomain is not set but can be. action variables . The previous function defines a variable named aVariable and sets its value to "aValue". Within the SMTP Filter Language. Furthermore. read-write variables (input/output variables). custom variables also exist and they can be used later in the code. the function set is used: set(SPFResult. a variable name may appear and at runtime the name will be replaced by the variable's value.these variables can be either read-only or read-write but they are in this category because they can cause the SMTP engine to take an action or are involved in an action. All variables are considered to be string or numbers and can be of three types: • • • read-only variables (input variables). "aValue"). "some value"). the next as level of importance are the variables. the MailFromDomain variable will be "" in the onConnect and onEhlo events and will be set only in onMailFrom event. This is done using test functions that form the test block of a conditional block. If a variable is an input variable for the SMTP Incoming context it will be set only in that context and will be "" in the SMTP Outgoing context."). A custom defined variable has lifetime that lasts until the end of a block. Variable behavior is context-dependent. if in one of the SMTP Incoming events. Apart from the predefined variables.axigen.com .L. set(SMTPGreeting. } 105 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For example. To preserve a variable across blocks and across contexts. Some variables are set/read by the engine but there are methods for reading/writing them from the code.AXIGEN User Manual Variables After methods and events. an export(MailFromDomain) was made. The reading of a variable implies the comparing of the variable's value with another value or variable. An example of variable expanding is: event onConnect { set(aVariable. When a predefined method is called. within a string. In order for a variable to be expanded.R. the concept of variable expanding means that. To set a variable.

number comparison greaterThen(variable.R. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual When you connect on the SMTP port. isCase(variable.regexp) . that means that if a case is matched. The ‘if’ structure has the following form: if (conditions) { } else { } The sub-blocks mentioned above are part of the ‘if’ and ‘switch’ structure and as in the case of blocks. The case statements are exclusive. value) . if and switch structures. match(variable.com . sub-block.number comparison lessOrEqual(variable.matches for equality and if strings. the match is case insensitive. the switch structure is exited."reject"). The switch structure has the following form: switch (variable) { case <value>: { } case <value>: { } default: { } } Both the ‘if’ and the ‘switch’ structures can imbricate a maximum of 16 levels of imbrication. Conditions The conditions are Boolean functions that are used in the ‘if’ and ‘switch’ tests.value) .number comparison greaterOrEqual(variable. set(bVariable. after the execution of the block. start with a "{" and end with a "}"."%bVariable%) { set(SMTPAction.number comparison 106 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.matches for equality. This is my AXIGEN server" This expanding mechanism also works for comparing two variables: event onConnect { set(aVariable. the greeting will be: "Hello. "value").axigen. } } Structures Condition blocks There are only block. value) . The block structures were defined above.value) .value) . The single conditions are as follows: • • • • • • • is(variable.regular expression match lessThen(variable. if (is(aVariable. "value"). They split into 2 types: single conditions and logical groups.L.value) .

1/255.255.condition..168.axigen. the function returns false.) . 107 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. setting them will have no effect..read only. Emample of how to define IP ranges: o 192.1.. http://www.168. They are the building blocks of the language and their behavior is hard-coded.1.similar to an OR between conditions The logical groups allow a maximum of 16 levels of imbrication.255. Functions The functions can be looked at as keywords from other languages.. it must be defined in the same script file as the call.1/24 (cidr) o 192. If the method is custom defined. SMTP Functionalities (I) A list of all events and all variables and methods that can be used by each event is presented below.L. export (variable) .this function exports a variable name and value to be used in another context. The reason is they can be marked as RW for other events of the same context.negation of a condition allof(condition.AXIGEN User Manual • iprange(variable. range) .com .7.. This is also applicable to predefined methods.this executes a predefined of custom defined method.1. WO . 4.this function ends the current event or method execution.0 (netmask) The logical groups are: • • • not(condition) . return . However.1-192.condition. The type (IN or OUT) and the access method (RO .) .168.. Important! Certain variables are only interpreted within some events. RW . If the variable is not an ipAddress.this sets the value of a RW variable.read write. while the remaining events ignore them.R.1. If the variable is custom defined it must be defined in the same script file. The functions available are: • • • • • all the Boolean functions described above.3.similar to an AND between conditions anyof(condition.write only) will be specified for each variable. set (variable. call (method) .matches if the variable's value is in range. value) . Not all variables marked as RO or not presented for a certain event will generate an error if set.1.10 (range) o 192.168. Therefore setting such a variable for an event that will ignore it will take no effect.

WO Determine what action the smtp engine shoud take for the current command.the server rejects the current command and returns a temporary error Takes an action conforming with the internal policies 108 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.the server accepts the current command reject .RO Not Applicable isSSLConnection choice IN. IP smtpIp ip IN. it can be a static string only).the connection is not encrypted Axigen specific greeting text smtpGreeting text OUT.AXIGEN User Manual onConnect Called when a new client is connected. no if it is not. Choice: • smtpAction choice • • accept .RO Not Applicable remoteSmtpPort numeric IN.RO Not Applicable remoteSmtpIp ip IN.65535 established through The remote IP the connection was established from 'yes' if the connection is encrypted (socket ssl).WO The initial message Text string sent to the client (for the moment.the server rejects the current command and returns a permanent error tmpreject .RO Value set Default Not Applicable The local listener Range: port the client used 0 . http://www.65535 to connect The local interface IP IP the client used to connect The remote port the Range: connection was 0 .com . Access Variable Type Explanation Method smtpPort numeric IN.L.RO Choice: • Not Applicable • yes .the connection is encrypted (socket ssl) no . OUT.R.axigen.

the ssl).WO The message sent Text string to the client in case of a reject or tmpreject action.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set Default A default error message smtpExplanation text OUT.RO The local interface IP IP the client used to connect The remote port the connection was established through Range: 0 .RO Not Applicable Not Applicable yes .RO The local listener port the client used to connect Value set Range: 0 .RO choice IN.com .the connection is not encrypted The hostname the Hostname client declares 'yes' if the client used EHLO. no if it is not. onEhlo Called after receiving the EHLO message sent by the client.axigen. 'no' for HELO Choice: • • ehloHost isESMTP hostname IN.RO Name of Text string sucessfully authenticated user Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO Not 'yes' if the Choice: Applicable connection is encrypted (socket • yes .the client used EHLO no .R.RO The remote IP the IP connection was established from Not Applicable isSSLConnection choice IN.65535 Default Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable smtpIp ip IN.65535 remoteSmtpPort numeric IN. connection is encrypted (socket ssl) • no .RO remoteSmtpIp ip IN.L. Access Variable Type Explanation Method smtpPort numeric IN. http://www.the client used HELO Not Applicable 109 authUser text IN.

no clients can send remote messages • auth .R. • all .WO Verifies if the Choice: yes sender address corresponds to the • yes .AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation ('' if the Auth command was incorrectly used) Value set Default authMatchFrom choice OUT.RO Total size of email Range: messages sent in the respective session (in octets).RW Specifies which Choice: auth clients can send remote messages.all clients can send 110 localDelivery choice Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO totalMailSize numeric IN.the sender address does not correspond to the one used to authenticate Number of succesfully sent mails during this session.L. http://www.the one used to sender authenticate.RW Specifies which Choice: clients can send messages locally.all clients can send remote messages • none .only authenticated clients can send remote messages all IN/OUT.axigen. • all . Range: Not Applicable mailCount numeric IN. address corresponds to the one used to authenticate • no . Not Applicable remoteDelivery choice IN/OUT.com .

R. Choice: • 10240 maxReceivedHeaders numeric 30 allowStartTLS choice yes • yes STARTTLS extension is allowed no STARTTLS extension is not allowed yes allowPipelining choice IN/OUT.4294967295 of 'Received' headers after which the email is considered to be looping.4294967295 (KB).RW The maximum size Range: 0 .no clients can send messages locally auth . 'no' if otherwise. Choice: • • yes PIPELINING extension is allowed no PIPELINING extension is not allowed 111 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RW 'yes' if the STARTTLS extension is allowed.RW The maximum size Range: of a mail message 0 .only authenticated clients can send messages locally Default • • maxRcptCount numeric IN/OUT. Range: 0 .RW 'yes' if the PIPELINING extension is allowed.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set messages locally none .L. IN/OUT.com . IN/OUT. 'no' if otherwise.1000 1000 maxDataSize numeric IN/OUT.RW The maximum number of recipients for an email.axigen. http://www.

'login'.No authentication type is allowed for plain connections plain .8BIT extension is allowed no .RW 'yes' if the 8BIT extension is allowed.LOGIN authentication is allowed for plain connections cram-md5 CRAM-MD5 authentication is allowed for plain connections digest-md5 DIGEST-MD5 112 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. 'cram-md5'.L.RW Allowed authentication types for a plain connection (possible values: 'all'.PLAIN authentication is allowed for plain connections login . 'none' or a 'plain'. 'digest-md5' and 'gssapi' combination).RW 'yes' if the BINARY Choice: yes extension is allowed.BINARY extension is not allowed IN/OUT. Values: • plainConnAuthTypes multival all • • • • • all .All authentication types are allowed for plain connections none .com .axigen. • yes . http://www. 'no' if otherwise.AXIGEN User Manual Variable allow8BitMime Type choice Access Method Explanation Value set Choice: • Default yes IN/OUT. 'no' if • yes . extension is allowed • no .R.8BIT extension is not allowed allowBinaryData choice IN/OUT.BINARY otherwise.

LOGIN authentication is allowed for secure connections cram-md5 CRAM-MD5 authentication is allowed for secure connections digest-md5 DIGEST-MD5 authentication is allowed for secure connections gssapi GSSAPI authentication is allowed for 113 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.No authentication type is allowed for secure connections plain .axigen. 'login'. 'cram-md5' and 'gssapi' combination). Values: • all • • • • • • all .R.PLAIN authentication is allowed for secure connections login .L.All authentication types are allowed for secure connections none .com . http://www.RW Allowed authentication types for a SSL connection (possible values: 'all'.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set authentication is allowed for plain connections gssapi GSSAPI authentication is allowed for plain connections Default • secureConnAuthTypes multival IN/OUT. 'none' or a 'plain'.

• Pass .the server rejects the current command and returns a permanent Not Applicable Takes an action conforming with the internal policies smtpAction choice 114 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Text string Not Applicable SPFHeader text SPFExplanation text IN/OUT. • None .The 'TempError'.the for the current server command.TBD 'Neutral'. OUT.axigen. 'Pass'. if it's set to ''.The subsequent 'MAIL message FROM' commands does not meet will fail.com .RW Result of the SPF Choice: None check (possible values: 'None'. can meets the be set manually or domain's by calling the definition for 'checkSPF' legitimate method. the • Fail . the domain's definition for legitimate messages • SoftFail .RW The 'ReceivedSPF' header value.WO Choice: Determine what action the smtp engine shoud take • accept .L. • Neutral . the header will no longer be added. message 'PermError'. accepts the current command • reject .R.TBD • TemprError TBD • PermError TBD IN/OUT. if the messages result is 'Fail'.RW The explanation Text string associated with the SPF response.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set secure connections Default SPFResult choice IN/OUT. http://www.TBD 'Fail'. 'SoftFail'.

Access Explanation Value set Variable Type Method smtpPort numeric IN. Methods Name Explanation Input Parameters Output Parameters • • checkSPF Calls the SPF module and the results are stored in the 'SPFResult'.65535 to connect The local interface IP IP the client used to connect The remote port Range: the connection was 0 . http://www.L.RO remoteSmtpIp ip IN.axigen. 'SPFHeader' and 'SPFExplanation' variables • SPFResult-Result of the SPF check SPFHeader-Value of the ReceivedSPF header value SPFExplanationExplanation associated with the SPF response onMailFrom Called as a result of the 'MAIL FROM' command issued by the client.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set • Default error tmpreject .65535 established through The remote IP the IP Default Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable smtpIp ip IN.RO Not 115 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.the server rejects the current command and returns a temporary error A default error message smtpExplanation text OUT.RO remoteSmtpPort numeric IN.R.com .WO The message sent Text string to the client in case of a reject or tmpreject action.RO the local listener Range: port the client used 0 .

the connection is not encrypted Not Applicable Not Applicable ehloHost isESMTP hostname IN.L. address corresponds to the one used to authenticate • no .The sender address does not correspond to the one used to authenticate Range: Verifies if the sender address corresponds to the one used to authenticate.WO Choice: Verifies if the yes sender address corresponds to the • yes . Choice: • Not Applicable • yes .the connection is encrypted (socket ssl) no .the client used EHLO no .axigen. http://www.RO The hostname the Hostname client declares 'yes' if the client used EHLO.RO 116 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO 'yes' if the connection is encrypted (socket ssl).R.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation connection was established from Value set Default Applicable isSSLConnection choice IN.the client used HELO Not Applicable authUser text IN. Not Applicable mailCount numeric IN.RO Text string Name of sucessfully authenticated user ('' if the Auth command was incorrectly used) authMatchFrom choice OUT.RO choice IN. 'no' for HELO Choice: • • yes . no if it is not.com .The one used to sender authenticate.

com .RO Explanation Value set Default Not Applicable Total size of email Range: messages sent in the respective session (in octets).all clients can send remote messages • none .L.1000 maxDataSize numeric IN/OUT.4294967295 (KB).only authenticated clients can send remote messages IN/OUT.AXIGEN User Manual Variable totalMailSize Type numeric Access Method IN.RW Specifies which clients can send messages locally. remoteDelivery choice IN/OUT.RW The maximum number of recipients for an email.no clients can send messages locally auth . Choice: • auth localDelivery choice all • • all .all clients can send messages locally none .RW The maximum size Range: of a mail message 0 . Range: 0 .no clients can send remote messages • auth .4294967295 of 'Received' headers after which the email is 10240 maxReceivedHeaders numeric 30 117 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RW Specifies which Choice: clients can send remote messages.only authenticated clients can send messages locally 1000 maxRcptCount numeric IN/OUT.R.RW The maximum size Range: 0 . IN/OUT. http://www.axigen. • all .

TBD 'Fail'. • None . can be meets the set manually or by domain's calling the definition for 'checkSPF' legitimate method.the subsequent 'MAIL message does FROM' commands not meet the will fail. Value set Default SPFResult choice IN/OUT.RW The address specified in mail from.axigen. if it's set to ''. the new address will be used. • Pass . 'Pass'.RO Not Applicable 118 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Text string IN/OUT. message 'PermError'.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation considered to be looping.com .TBD • TemprError TBD • PermError TBD IN/OUT.the 'TempError'.L. The domain of the Text string mail from address. if set manually.RW Result of the SPF Choice: None check (possible values: 'None'. http://www. IN. the header will no longer be added.RW The 'ReceivedText string SPF' header value. the • Fail . 'SoftFail'.RO Text string The local part of the address specified in mail from. modified automatically along with the 'mailFrom' Not Applicable SPFHeader text mailFrom text Not Applicable mailFromLocalPart text Not Applicable mailFromDomain text IN. domain's definition for legitimate messages • SoftFail .TBD 'Neutral'.R. if the messages result is 'Fail'. modified automatically along with the 'mailFrom' value. • Neutral .

WO See header usage Text string methods. See header usage Text string methods. the current command • reject .WO A default error message Methods Name checkSPF Explanation Calls the SPF module and the results are stored in the 'SPFResult'.RO Range: Not Applicable HeaderName HeaderValue smtpAction text text choice OUT.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method IN.the server rejects the current command and returns a temporary error The message sent Text string to the client in case of a reject or tmpreject action. Not Applicable Not Applicable Takes an action conforming with the internal policies smtpExplanation text OUT. 'SPFHeader' and 'SPFExplanation' variables Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.com Input Parameters Output Parameters • • SPFResultResult of the SPF check SPFHeaderValue of the Received-SPF 119 .L.axigen. The email size specified in the mail from command.WO OUT.RO Explanation value.R.the for the current server accepts command.the server rejects the current command and returns a permanent error • tmpreject . Text string Not Applicable mailFromSize numeric IN. Value set Default mailFromAuthUser text The authenticated user specified in the mail from command.WO OUT. Choice: Determine what action the smtp engine shoud take • accept .

axigen. http://www.R.com .L.AXIGEN User Manual Name Explanation Input Parameters Output Parameters • header value SPFExplanationExplanation associated with the SPF response addHeader Adds the specified header through the 'HeaderName' and 'HeaderValue' variables • • HeaderNameName of the header field to be added HeaderValueValue of the added field HeaderNameName of the header field to be added HeaderValueValue of the added field HeaderNameName of the header field to be removed HeaderNameName of the header field to be removed HeaderNameName of the header field to be modified (or added if not exists) HeaderValueThe new field value HeaderNameName of the header field to be modified 120 addIfNotExistsHeader Adds the heather only if no other field with the same name exists • • removeFirstHeader Deletes the first instance of a field with the 'HeaderName' name from the header • removeHeader Deletes all instances of the field named 'HeaderName' from the header • modifyHeader Modifies or adds a header • • modifyIfExistsHeader Modifies a header • Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

RO remoteSmtpPort choice IN.65535 to connect The local interface IP IP the client used to connect Choice: The remote port 0 .RO remoteSmtpIp ip IN.RO Text string Name of sucessfully authenticated user ('' if the Auth command was incorrectly used) 121 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO The hostname the Hostname client declares 'yes' if the client used EHLO.RO Choice: • • yes .the connection is not encrypted Not Applicable Not Applicable ehloHost isESMTP hostname IN.axigen.65535 the connection was established through The remote IP the connection was established from 'yes' if the connection is encrypted (socket ssl).L.the client used HELO Not Applicable authUser text IN. http://www. IP Default Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable smtpIp ip IN.AXIGEN User Manual Name Explanation Input Parameters • Output Parameters HeaderValueThe new field value onRcptTo Called as a result of the 'RCPT TO' command issued by the client Access Variable Type Explanation Value set Method smtpPort numeric IN.R. 'no' for HELO Choice: • • yes .RO The local listener Range: port the client used 0 . no if it is not.RO Not Applicable Not Applicable isSSLConnection choice IN.the client used EHLO no .the connection is encrypted (socket ssl) no .com .RO choice IN.

RW The maximum size Range: of a mail message 0 .RW The maximum number of recipients for an email. Choice: • auth localDelivery choice all • • all .no clients can send messages locally auth .AXIGEN User Manual Variable mailCount Type numeric Access Method IN.only authenticated clients can send messages locally 1000 maxRcptCount numeric IN/OUT.RO Explanation Value set Default Not Applicable Range: Verifies if the sender address corresponds to the one used to authenticate.1000 maxDataSize numeric IN/OUT.R.axigen.all clients can send remote messages • none .L.no clients can send remote messages • auth . http://www.com .RW Specifies which clients can send messages locally.4294967295 10240 122 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Range: 0 . totalMailSize numeric IN. Total size of email Range: messages sent in the respective session (in octets).RO Not Applicable remoteDelivery choice IN/OUT.only authenticated clients can send remote messages IN/OUT.RW Specifies which Choice: clients can send remote messages.all clients can send messages locally none . • all .

RO The address specified in mail from. The domain of the Text string mail from address. 'SoftFail'.RW The maximum size Range: 0 .RO Not Applicable 123 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Value set Default maxReceivedHeaders numeric IN/OUT.TBD • TemprError TBD • PermError TBD IN. The authenticated user specified in Text string mailFromDomain text IN.axigen. • Pass .TBD 'Neutral'.RO Not Applicable mailFromAuthUser text IN.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation (KB). Text string Not Applicable Not Applicable mailFrom text mailFromLocalPart text IN. message 'PermError'.com .L.4294967295 of 'Received' headers after which the email is considered to be looping.the 'TempError'. modified automatically along with the 'mailFrom' value.RW Result of the SPF Choice: None check (possible values: 'None'. http://www. modified automatically along with the 'mailFrom' value. if the messages result is 'Fail'. the • Fail .RO Text string The local part of the address specified in mail from.R. • Neutral . • None . 'Pass'. can be meets the set manually or by domain's calling the definition for 'checkSPF' legitimate method.the subsequent 'MAIL message does FROM' commands not meet the will fail. 30 SPFResult choice IN/OUT. domain's definition for legitimate messages • SoftFail .TBD 'Fail'.

causing the recipient address to change.RO Range: Number of recipients communicated by the client up to the given moment. if it is set to an empty string.RO Text string Local part of the recipient address.R.RO Not Applicable 124 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO The email size specified in the mail from command.RW The current address communicated by the client as recipient. Choice: States if the recipient domain specified by the • yes . IN/OUT.axigen. modified automatically when setting 'currentRcpt'. this variable can also be used to discard delivery to a specific rcpt. Not Applicable currentRcpt text Text string IN/OUT. Range: Not Applicable rcptCount numeric IN.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation the mail from command.com . http://www. IN. it specifies the folder the email message will be delivered to. the newly set address will be added to the one communicated by the client. it can be set manually. Value set Default mailFromSize numeric IN. if after setting it the 'addRcpt' method is called.L.the client is a local one recipient Not Applicable currentRcptFolder text INBOX currentRcptLocalPart text Not Applicable isRcptDomainLocal choice IN.RW In case of delivery Text string to a local domain.

WO Choice: Determine what action the smtp engine shoud take • accept . the current command • reject .com . http://www.the recipient domain specified by the client is not a local one Default • isRcptLocal choice IN.WO A default error message 125 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L.axigen.RO States if the recipient specified by the client is a local one Choice: • Not Applicable • yes .the recipient specified by the client is not a local one Takes an action conforming with the internal policies smtpAction choice OUT.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set domain specified by the client is a local one no .the server rejects the current command and returns a temporary error The message sent Text string to the client in case of a reject or tmpreject action. smtpExplanation text OUT.the recipient specified by the client is a local one no .the for the current server accepts command.the server rejects the current command and returns a permanent error • tmpreject .

L.axigen.R. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Methods Name addHeader Explanation Adds the specified header through the 'HeaderName' and 'HeaderValue' variables Input Parameters • Output Parameters • HeaderNameName of the header field to be added HeaderValueValue of the added field HeaderNameName of the header field to be added HeaderValueValue of the added field HeaderNameName of the header field to be removed HeaderNameName of the header field to be removed HeaderNameName of the header field to be modified (or added if not exists) HeaderValue-The new field value HeaderNameName of the header field to be modified HeaderValue-The new field value currentRcptAddress to be added in recipient list 126 addIfNotExistsHeader Adds the heather only if no other field with the same name exists • • removeFirstHeader Deletes the first instance of a field with the 'HeaderName' name from the header Deletes all instances of the field named 'HeaderName' from the header • removeHeader • modifyHeader Modifies or adds a header • • modifyIfExistsHeader Modifies a header • • addRcpt Adds the rcpt specified in 'currentRcpt' and 'currentRcptFolder'. • Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .

RO Choice: • • yes .RO remoteSmtpIp ip IN.RO The local listener Range: port the client used 0 .the client used EHLO no . http://www.RO remoteSmtpPort number IN.RO Not Applicable Not Applicable isSSLConnection choice IN. without responding with an error onDataReceived Called after receiving the message successfully through the DATA or BDAT commands.L.the connection is not encrypted Not Applicable Not Applicable ehloHost isESMTP hostname IN.com .RO The hostname the Hostname client declares 'yes' if the client used EHLO. 'no' for HELO Choice: • • yes . IP Default Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable smtpIp ip IN.AXIGEN User Manual Name Explanation Input Parameters • Output Parameters currentRcptFolderDelivery folder discardRcpt Ignores a client's request of adding a RCPT.RO choice IN.axigen.R. no if it is not. Access Variable Type Explanation Value set Method smtpPort numeric IN.the connection is encrypted (socket ssl) no .65535 to connect The local interface IP IP the client used to connect The remote port N/A the connection was established through The remote IP the connection was established from 'yes' if the connection is encrypted (socket ssl).the client used HELO Not Applicable 127 authUser text IN.RO Name of Text string sucessfully authenticated user Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

Choice: • auth localDelivery choice all • • all . • all .only authenticated clients can send remote messages IN/OUT.axigen. Total size of email Range: messages sent in the respective session (in octets).RO Not Applicable remoteDelivery choice IN/OUT.RW The maximum number of recipients for an Range: 0 .AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation ('' if the Auth command was incorrectly used) Value set Default mailCount numeric IN.com .1000 128 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.no clients can send remote messages • auth .RW Specifies which Choice: clients can send remote messages.L.all clients can send messages locally none .only authenticated clients can send messages locally 1000 maxRcptCount numeric IN/OUT.RO Verifies if the Range: sender address corresponds to the one used to authenticate.R. Not Applicable totalMailSize numeric IN. http://www.all clients can send remote messages • none .no clients can send messages locally auth .RW Specifies which clients can send messages locally.

Value set Default maxDataSize numeric IN/OUT.4294967295 (KB). domain's definition for legitimate messages • SoftFail . The authenticated Text string Not Applicable mailFromAuthUser text IN.4294967295 of 'Received' headers after which the email is considered to be looping. IN/OUT.TBD 'Fail'.the subsequent 'MAIL message does FROM' commands not meet the will fail. 10240 maxReceivedHeaders numeric 30 SPFResult choice IN/OUT.RW Result of the SPF Choice: None check (possible values: 'None'. • Neutral . Text string Not Applicable Not Applicable mailFrom text mailFromLocalPart text IN.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation email.RO The domain of the Text string mail from address. • Pass .R.TBD 'Neutral'.RO The address specified in mail from. the • Fail . if the messages result is 'Fail'.RW The maximum size Range: of a mail message 0 .L.RO Not 129 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.the 'TempError'.RO Text string mailFromDomain text IN. can be meets the set manually or by domain's calling the definition for 'checkSPF' legitimate method. modified automatically along with the 'mailFrom' value. • None .axigen. 'SoftFail'. message 'PermError'.TBD • TemprError TBD • PermError TBD IN. The local part of the address specified in mail from.RW The maximum size Range: 0 .com . http://www. 'Pass'.

RO The email size specified in the mail from command. Value set Default Applicable mailFromSize numeric IN.WO A default error message 130 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO Range: Number of recipients communicated by the client up to the given moment.axigen.L.com . Choice: Determine what action the smtp engine shoud take • accept .the server rejects the current command and returns a permanent error • tmpreject . http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation user specified in the mail from command. Not Applicable smtpAction choice OUT.R.the server rejects the current command and returns a temporary error The message sent Text string to the client in case of a reject or tmpreject action. Range: Not Applicable rcptCount numeric IN. the current command • reject .the for the current server accepts command.WO Takes an action conforming with the internal policies smtpExplanation text OUT.

Number of recipients communicated by the client.RO The remote port Range: the connection 0 .RO Not Applicable mailFromDomain text IN.WO None atuhPasswd text OUT. 'yes' if the mail Range: Not Applicable rcptCount numeric IN. Text string Not Applicable mailFromLocalPart text IN.WO mailFrom text IN.RO Not Applicable mailFromAuthUser text IN.RO Text string The authenticated user specified in the mail from command.RO Choice: Not Applicable 131 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.2.com .L.axigen.7. SMTP Functionalities (II) onRelay Called before establishing a relay connection in order to determine the connection parameters.3.RO Not Applicable isFromLocalDomain choice IN. The domain of the mail from address.RW Local interface IP from which the connection will be attempted.65535 will be established to The remote port IP IP the connection will be established to User name used Text string for authentication to the remote server The user's password used to authenticate Text string Not Applicable remoteSmtpIp ip IN. The local part of Text string the address specified in mail from. http://www.R. Access Variable Type Explanation Value set Default Method localInterface ip IN/OUT.AXIGEN User Manual 4.RO The address Text string specified in mail from. IP remoteSmtpPort numeric IN.RO Not Applicable authUser text OUT.

the mail was created locally no .4294967295 size of a data block that can be sent through BDAT Choice: • 102400B(100KB) allowStartTLS choice IN/OUT. 'no' if it was received through SMTPIn Value set • Default • yes .R. 'no' if otherwise.WO Mail size in octets. 'no' if otherwise. http://www.4294967295 chunkSize numeric OUT.com .RW 'yes' if the 8BIT Choice: Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation was created locally.RW 'yes' if the STARTTLS extension is allowed. yes • yes STARTTLS extension is allowed no STARTTLS extension is not allowed yes allowPipelining choice IN/OUT. Maximum number of allowed connections to the destination host Range: Range: 0 .RW 'yes' if the PIPELINING extension is allowed.WO Range: The maximum 0 .RO numeric OUT.axigen.L.the mail was received through SMTPIn Not applicable 5 mailSize maxConnections numeric IN. Choice: • • yes PIPELININ G extension is allowed no PIPELININ G extension is not allowed yes 132 allow8BitMime choice IN/OUT.

axigen.RW 'yes' if the BINARY extension is allowed.WO Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Choice: • • yes BINARY extension is allowed no BINARY extension is not allowed requestAuth choice OUT.com . Value set • Default • yes .8BIT extension is not allowed yes allowBinaryData choice IN/OUT.R. http://www.WO Choice: no 'yes' if authentication is mandatory. 'no' if otherwise. 'no' • yes if otherwise authenticati on is mandatory • no authenticati on is not mandatory Choice: yes 'yes' if transmitting binary data to • yes clients that do transmitting not advertise binary data supporting such to clients data is not that do not allowed advertise supporting such data is not allowed • no transmitting binary data to clients that do not advertise supporting such data is 133 strict7BitMime choice OUT.8BIT extension is allowed no . 'no' if otherwise.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation extension is allowed.L.

L.WO 'yes' if the Choice: no purpose is to establish a SSL • yes .The connectin is established with SSL disabled plainConnAuthTypes Values: crammd5 multival IN/OUT.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set allowed Default sslEnabled choice OUT.RW Allowed authentication types for a plain • all .All connection authenticati (possible values: on types are 'all'. 'none' or a allowed for 'plain'.The connection connection is established with SSL enabled • no . • none .axigen.No authenticati on type is allowed for plain connections • plain PLAIN authenticati on is allowed for plain connections • login LOGIN authenticati on is allowed for plain connections • cram-md5 CRAM-MD5 authenticati on is allowed for plain 134 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . http://www. 'login' plain and 'cram-md5' connections combination).R.

RO Text string Not Applicable 135 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Access Explanation Value set Variable Type Method mailFrom text IN.com . 'none' or a allowed for 'plain'.All connection authenticati (possible values: on types are 'all'.RO The address specified in mail from.axigen. • none .Plain authenticati on is allowed for secure connections • login .No authenticati on type is allowed for secure connections • plain .L.Login authenticati on is allowed for secure connections • crammd5 Crammd5 authenticati on is allowed for secure connections onDeliveryFailure Called when the mail delivery failed for a certain group of recipients. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set connections Default Values: secureConnAuthTypes multival IN/OUT.RW Allowed all authentication types for a SSL • all . The local part of the address specified in mail Text string Default Not Applicable mailFromLocalPart text IN. 'login' secure and 'crammd5' connections combination).R.

AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method IN.RO Range: Not Applicable sendNDR choice yes OUT.The NDR will not be sent OUT.R.RO Text string Not Applicable mailFromSize numeric IN. Value set Default mailFromDomain text The domain of the mail from address.L.RO Explanation from.WO Specifies if the Choice: NDR will be sent or not • yes The NDR will be sent • no . Text string Not Applicable mailFromAuthUser text IN. The authenticated user specified in the mail from command.axigen. The email size specified in the mail from command.WO Specifies if the original email message will be attached to the NDR Choice: • ndrAttachSource choice yes • • no original email is not attached to the NDR yes original mail is entirely attached to the NDR header only the header of the original mail is attached to the 136 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.com .

R.L.RO Text string Recipient address for which the delivery has failed.WO Message ending of the NDR mail No. http://www. it can refer to the 'ndrRcptAddress' and 'ndrRcptFailInfo' fields OUT.WO The Mail From field of the NDR header OUT.RO text IN.WO Text of the NDR message Text string TBD ndrSender text Text string mailerdaemon@'primaryDomain' TBD TBD ndrMessage ndrRcptMessage text text Text string Text string OUT.can only be used when setting the 'ndrRctpMessage' variable Reason for which Text string delivery has failed for a certain user . of delivery retries.WO Email subject sent as NDR (by default it is a hard-coded message) OUT.axigen.can only be used when setting the 'ndrRcptMessage' variable ndrRcptFailInfo text IN.com .WO Part of the message specified for each recipient individually.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set NDR Default ndrSubject text OUT.RO 137 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Text string Range: ndrMessageFooter text ndrRetryCount ndrRcptAddress TBD Not Applicable numeric IN. .

IN.WO header no origina l email is not 138 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The email size specified in the mail from command. The domain of the mail from address.RO Range: Not Applicable sendNDR choice OUT.RW The address specified in mail from. The authenticated user specified in the mail from command. Text string Not Applicable mailFromLocalPart text Text string Not Applicable mailFromDomain text IN.AXIGEN User Manual onTemporaryDeliveryFailure Called when the mail delivery has temporarily failed for a certain group of recipients.RO Text string Not Applicable mailFromSize numeric IN.L. Access Explanation Value set Default Variable Type Method mailFrom text IN/OUT.axigen.RO The local part of the address specified in mail from.R.com . http://www.RO Text string Not Applicable mailFromAuthUser text IN.WO no Specifies if a Choice: temporary error NDR will be sent • yes or not The tempor ary error NDR will be sent • no The tempor ary error NDR will not be sent Specifies if the original email message will be attached to the NDR Choice: • ndrAttachSource choice OUT.

WO Email subject sent as NDR (by default it is a hard-coded message) The Mail From field of the NDR header Text of the NDR message Text string TBD ndrSender text OUT.WO TBD 139 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.com . it can refer to the 'ndrRcptAddress' and 'ndrRcptFailInfo' fields Message ending of the NDR mail Text string ndrMessageFooter text OUT.AXIGEN User Manual Variable Type Access Method Explanation Value set attach ed to the NDR yes origina l mail is entirel y attach ed to the NDR header .WO OUT.R.WO Text string Text string Part of the message specified for each recipient individually.only the header of the origina l mail is attach ed to the NDR Default • • ndrSubject text OUT.WO Text string mailerdaemon@'primaryDomain' TBD TBD ndrMessage ndrRcptMessage text text OUT.L.axigen.

3.RO ndrRemainingRetryCount numeric IN. "10.4")) { set(SMTPAction.5.3. set(SMTPExplanation.AXIGEN User Manual Variable ndrRescheduleDate Type Access Method Explanation Value set Default numeric IN. of remaining delivery retries after which the mail delivery will be abandoned.RO 4. "Banned IP address: %remoteSmtpIp%").axigen.2 if(is(remoteSmtpIp.168. Range: Range: Not Applicable Not Applicable ndrRetryCount numeric IN.5.RO Date the email is Range: scheduled to be delivered again No. . "Axigen ESMTP ready (%smtpIp%:%smtpPort% <-> %remoteSmtpIp%:%remoteSmtpPort%)").10. Examples of Policies event onConnect Custom banner for all connections set(SMTPGreeting.RO ndrRcptAddress text IN. http://www.can only be used when setting the 'ndrRcptMessage' variable ndrRcptFailInfo text IN. Custom banner for IP 192.1. No. "reject"). "192.can only be used when setting the 'ndrRctpMessage' variable Reason for which Text string delivery has failed for a certain user .4 if(is(remoteSmtpIp.10.2")) { set(SMTPGreeting. of delivery retries.L. "Exception IP Banner Greeting"). } 140 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.RO Text string Recipient address for which the delivery has failed.168.R.1.com .7. } Drop all SMTP connections from IP 10.

} Redirect mails to a specific address if(is(currentRcpt.org")) { set(currentRcpt.11.yyy.21. "abuse@example. is(isRcptLocal.13 and 10. "no") )) { set(currentRcpt. "root@example.255. "example.255.5.0/255. is(remoteSmtpIp.10.13) if (allof( is(isRcptDomainLocal.13").yyy.yyy").12.168. "no").com .com$") ) { set(localInterface.21. "catchall@example.168. "192. } Deny most ESMTP extensions (for use with some SMTP gateways or legacy MTAs) set(allowPipelining.255.13")) # Allow this IP destination )) { set(smtpAction.L.R. http://www.255.168. "102400"). "yes")) { set(maxReceivedHeaders. "10"). 141 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. "reject"). # Local domain delivery must always be allowed (all) not(is(remoteSmtpIp. set(allow8BitMime.11. Increase maximum SMTP mail size for all IPs in class 192.4 if(anyof( is(remoteSmtpIp. set(allowBinaryData. "10. "10."192.AXIGEN User Manual event onEhlo Enable SPF checking: call(checkSPF). } Allowing relay from a specific IP address/domain (10.21. "no"). "yyy.10.4") )) { set(allowStartTLS. "yes")) { set(maxDataSize.21.168.org").0 if(iprange(remoteSmtpIp. # 100MB instead of the default 10MB } Deny STARTTLS for IP 192.org").0/255.0")) { set(maxDataSize.12. "102400"). # 10 Received headers instead of the default 30 } Setting a different interface from the general one for certain recipients if ( match(remoteSmtpHost. "no"). } event onRcptTo Enable a catchall account for domain example.axigen.org if (allof( is(currentRcptDomain.org"). Increase maximum data size for encrypted connections if(is(isSSLConnection.5. "someonesdomain\. "no"). } Decrease maximum number of Received headers for local deliveries if(is(isRcptLocal. "no").

} Relay all mails through your ISP's mail server. set(ndrMessageFooter. "Please do not reply to this message"). } event onRelay Force sending binary mails to a specific domain if (is(remoteSmtpHost. "192. "Sorry. set(requestAuth. "%ndrRcptAddress% \nbecause I received the: %ndrRcptFailInfo% error\n"). } Change the EHLO host for relays: set(ehloHost. "Relay denied for <%currentRcptDomain%>"). } else { set(ndrAttachSource. Ignore the next 3 lines if your ISP server does not require authentication set(authUser. set(ndrRcptMessage.\nI could not deliver your e-mail to:\n"). "header"). set(sslEnabled.0. "Failure notice"). } 142 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. "no"). "yes"). "192.org")) { set(strict7BitMime. "yes").axigen. Redirect all mails larger than 10Mb to a specific SMTP SSL host if(greaterThan(mailSize.org domain if(is(mailFromDomain. "secret"). http://www. "example.example.com . "example. "MAILER-DAEMON"). set(remoteSmtpPort. set(ndrSender.168.1. event onDeliveryFailure Change the NDR message subject and sender set(ndrSubject. "no").org failures set(ndrMessage. } Only include headers if original mail size is over 1Mb if(greaterThan(mailSize. "yes").4"). "mail.1").AXIGEN User Manual set(smtpExplanation.R. set(authPasswd. "isp-username"). If you want to disable seding NDRs set(sendNDR. "10240")){ set(remoteSmtpIp. "465"). Customize NDR messages for example.2.org")){ # match only example. using authentication set(remoteSmtpIp.L. "1024")) { set(ndrAttachSource.org").

match(remoteSmtpHost.com").yyy.com").xxx.xxx"). } An example of relaying messages through AXIGEN before relaying with a different MTA event onRcptTo{ if ( anyof ( is(currentRcptDomain. "xxx. "yourdomain.axigen. "yourotherdomain. set(ndrMessageFooter.L. } else { set(remoteDelivery. set(ndrRcptMessage. THERE IS NO NEED TO RESEND YOUR MESSAGE*.yyy. "3")){ set(sendNDR. is(remoteSmtpIp. "yourotherdomain\.xxx. "yes"). "%ndrRcptAddress% : %ndrRcptFailInfo%\n"). "none"). )) { set(remoteDelivery. "The message will be retried %ndrRetryCount% times\n").R. "all"). "yourdomain\. "yyy. http://www. set(ndrMessage.yyy"). set(localInterface. } } 143 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .xxx.AXIGEN User Manual event onTemporaryDeliveryFailure Send a temporary delivery failure message if(is(ndrRetryCount.com$"). } event onRelay{ if ( anyof ( match(remoteSmtpHost.com$").xxx"). "xxx. )) { set(remoteSmtpIp. is(currentRcptDomain. "*THIS IS A WARNING ONLY.\nYour message could not be delivered to the following recipients:\n").xxx.

R. see Domains tab CLI . set the mailbox quota for accounts within this domain and a message/account storage locations. therefore you need to rename them before migrating. Important! Some mail servers allow you to create folder names containing the "/" character. you can migrate all domain data automatically using WebAdmin. 144 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. user. See Domain Migration Data for information on how to configure migration parameters using WebAdmin. • Migration If switching from a different mail server to AXIGEN. The command to create multiple message storage locations is as follows: ADD MessagesLocation <path> Domain settings in AXIGEN are available at the following levels: • General You can define as many secondary domains as allowed by your license type. see Other Generic Server Parameters. so that the process is completed successfully. additional message storage locations should be created to correspond to the number of 20GB storages you need. For information on setting the primary domain in WebAdmin. one message storage location is recommended for each predicted 20GB of message occupied storage space. http://www. After creating the domain. forwarder and mail list configuration.com . additional locations cannot be added. This way. See Domain General Configuration for information on how to configure general domain parameters using WebAdmin. or using a script in CLI. as many aliases as you need. AXIGEN cannot migrate folders whose names contain this specific character. assign an IP address to this domain.axigen.also gives you access to all advanced domain configuration parameters. 5.1.L. AXIGEN allows you to configure anything from services to run to advanced parameters regarding mailbox characteristics and WebMail behavior. Domains In AXIGEN.see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI for more details Important! When creating domains. For each type of entity. and for each of these domains. Two administration tools allow you to create domain databases and domains: • • WebAdmin . User and Domain Configuration AXIGEN provides you with unmatched configurability for domain. domain management has several features that give you full and easy control of administered domains while enabling you to fine tune resource allocation for each of these domains. all domain accounts and messages are migrated effortlessly in a matter of minutes. For larger spaces. You can also specify the services to run for this domain. You can add multiple message storage locations using CLI only within the domain creation context.AXIGEN User Manual 5.

com .axigen. 145 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual • Filtering For each configured domain. This way you can implement different security policies for different domains. limits and quota for each user account are also available in the Domains tab. Domains and accounts can also be added using the Command Line Interface. http://www. but the best option for domain configuration is WebAdmin. For detailed information on how to configure filters. which gives you easy access to all the categories of parameters mentioned above. Further advanced settings. you can add and activate any number of filters.R. see Domain Filter Configuration. defining Inbox folders. see Mail Filtering.L. For general information on filter types available in AXIGEN.

also gives you access to all advanced account configuration parameters. At the account level.see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI for more details • Account settings in AXIGEN are available at the following levels: • General You can define as many accounts as allowed by your license type. specify the mailbox quota for accounts and limit the number of messages sent per hour from that account. http://www. you can add and activate any number of filters. see the Creating a New Domain section. you can also specify the services to run. Two administration tools allow you to create domains and accounts: • WebAdmin . Note that in order to create an account. This way you can implement different security policies for different accounts For general information on filter types available in AXIGEN. and for each of these accounts. as you can easily selectively restrict access to one or more services (i.R. the maximum number of simultaneous sessions. account and user management has several features that give you full and easy control of administered accounts while enabling you to fine tune resource allocation for each of these accounts. see Account Filter Configuration. For details on how to create domains in AXIGEN. Further advanced settings. defining Inbox folders. mail size limits. You can also view the current mailbox size for an account. but the best option for account configuration is WebAdmin. AXIGEN provides a variety of parameters allowing you to set attachment size and number limits. • WebMail For account behavior in WebMail. This is a distinctive feature of AXIGEN. see Mail Filtering. User Accounts In AXIGEN.AXIGEN User Manual 5.2. limits and quota for each user account are also available in the Accounts tab. 146 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see Accounts tab CLI . See Account WebMail Data for information on how to configure WebMail parameters using WebAdmin. For detailed information on how to configure filters.e.L. you need to first create a domain.axigen. WebMail) for certain users within one domain. which gives you access to all the categories of parameters mentioned above. • Filtering For each configured account. as many aliases as you need.com . and the HTML filtering level for email messages. Accounts can also be added using the Command Line Interface. See General Account Configuration for information on how to configure general domain parameters using WebAdmin. You can make special settings for one account or use the one inherited from domain level.

L. contact@mycompany. The forwarder receives emails at the name@domain. A forwarder is a RCPT within the domain to which it is assigned.com .3.com). In AXIGEN. Forwarders do not have an actual mailbox. where name is the value of the name parameter and domain is the value of the domain parameter as set on forwarder definition. you can make sure that several recipients get email from a published email address (i.R.AXIGEN User Manual 5. the maximum number of forwarders that can be defined for a server/domain cannot be greater than the number of licensed mailboxes. you can change the recipient email addresses without having to change the published email address.see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI for more details.e.axigen. Also. Forwarders Forwarders are functional entities meant to forward emails to specified email addresses. see Forwarders tab. These administration tools allow you to create and configure forwarders: • WebAdmin .address. • CLI . http://www. 147 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.also gives you access to all advanced forwarder configuration parameters. Using forwarders.

• WebMail specific settings allow configuring the way mail lists are viewed and managed on the Web (see List WebMail Settings).4. Lists List Server Overview In AXIGEN. • Pending: stores all messages that need to be moderated. 3. standard text messages can be specified to be returned in the following cases: invalid user name. http://www. Also. For each list. request needs confirmation. currently the person who creates the mail list will act as both administrator and moderator of the list created. Reject (the message is automatically rejected). the request is moved to ConfirmedRequests. AXIGEN List Server also provides RFC compliant templates / macros for automated list interaction which allow you to add header text and other types of text before and after the message body. user already subscribed. The administrator can confirm a message in this folder by moving it to ConfirmedRequests. from an operational point of view. unknown user. ToBeRejected: stores messages that need to be manually rejected by one of the list moderators. All these advanced parameters guarantee easy list administration and easily definable custom appearance and behavior for each list. please note that. INBOX (the message will be published) 2. subscribe denied. welcome text.L. The moderation is executed by moving the corresponding message to: 1. the sender of the message receives a reject message and the original message is moved to Deleted. list users are distinct from user mailboxes. see Advanced List Settings Administration of the Mail List The current version of AXIGEN Mail Server does not differentiate. • PendingRequests: stores all the requests that have to be confirmed by the administrator. what messages are moderated messages.AXIGEN User Manual 5.axigen. goodbye text. the integrated list server provides advanced lists administration options. Therefore. For information how to configure advanced parameters. etc. • Requests: stores all requests that need to be confirmed by their senders (for instance subscription requests). a list administrator from a list moderator. content type. even if both entities are administered using AXIGEN Mail Server. Deleted: Here are stored all messages that have been rejected by list moderators. the folders below describe the flow for a message sent to a list managed with AXIGEN Mail Server: • INBOX: stores all messages that have been already delivered are to be delivered.R.com . For each list. rejected response. what headers to remove. Message Flow for AXIGEN List Server From the moderator / administrator point of view. • ConfirmedRequests: stores all requests confirmed by their senders. advanced parameters allow administrators to specify: • AXIGEN services running. ToBeRejected (the message is stored for a future manual reject) • • • Reject: When a message arrives in this folder. When such a confirmation is received and verified. This operational difference will be featured in a next version of AXIGEN Mail Server. 148 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

This is a message in the following format: "confirm {ID message} {random number}" Note that this option can also be used as a boundary when building multipart messages.The number of the digest message. width default = 0.Identity confirmation. precision = min (len.Operation to be executed (this option is valid only for the answers sent to requests).Original message subject. x . etc.Original message (populated only for answers to automatically rejected messages. The answers received from the list server are generated automatically. if not => the trailing spaces are inserted after the macro text.R. o . s . see Lists tab. if minus => left pading = true. precision).Original Message ID n . e . when making a request. For detailed information on how to configure mail lists in WebAdmin.AXIGEN User Manual From the mail list user point of view: A mail list user would interact with the list in different stages: when subscribing to the mail list.The domain name of the list. r . m . http://www. pading . f .Address of the original message sender. All macros have the following form: %[-][width][. when confirming his/her subscription.A short description of the list.Name of the list d . left pading default = false.precision)). 149 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . if left pading => the trailing spaces are inserted before macro text . w .see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI.Sender of the message (can be either a name or an e-mail address). precision default = INT_MAX.Row M . Templates explained From a mail list administrator/moderator point of view. most of the messages send as answers on a mail list created and operated with AXIGEN Mail Server are in fact expanded macros or templates. Here is the list of macro letters and their meanings: • • • • • • • • • • • • • l .L.axigen. Lists can also be configures using CLI .precision]{macro letter} Here is the algorithm used when expanding these macros: len = strlen(macro text). i . min(512. pading = max (0. depending on the initial configuration of the mail list (done by the administrator) and the administrator's corresponding actions.Original message date. when accessing the list WebMail page or root mailbox.

while the rest of the users have reading rights only on the existing folders and messages.com .R.AXIGEN User Manual 5. when using WebMail. For more details on marking. access being given instantly to all the account users within the respective domain. users can mark the messages they choose as deleted and also hide the emails with such marks. Thus. While they cannot permanently delete messages from the Public Folders. Users can set other types of flags for their Public Folders. using WebAdmin. These options are available both in WebMail and in email clients (depending on their features). http://www. emails can be sent directly to the public folder. select the Public Folders page: 150 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. not the actual content of the Public Folders.L. To edit the domain’s public folders. Also. To have a functional public folder.axigen. Configuring Public Folders When configuring parameters relative to public folders. System administrator can also associate a certain email address with a domain’s public folder.0.5. AXIGEN supports Public Folders for the WebMail and IMAP services. Public folders are defined per each domain managed by AXIGEN. The Postmaster of each domain can create and/or delete folders an messages within the Public Folder. users are not compelled to view messages that do not interest them. and affect the email messages of the respective individual account. certain email clients (such as Outlook) allow a similar behavior: marking for deletion and hiding such messages. system administrators have to first configure the public folder and its subfolders (or Mboxes) and then associate a Folder Recipient to each defined subfolder. select the Domains tab. such as Read/Unread or Flagged/Unflagged. Thus. To do so. first you need to choose the domain you want to edit. flagging and hiding email messages in WebMail. see WebMail Features and Configuration. then click on the Edit button corresponding to the desired domain. Public Folders Starting with version 2.

the previously defined Meetings.com .L. For example. Quota and MBoxes.R. Associating Folder Recipients to Public Folders When defining public folders using the Domains tab.AXIGEN User Manual The selected page has three sub-pages. will be displayed in the WebMail interface as in the following picture: 151 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see the corresponding documentation section. http://www. Partners and Technology mboxes. For further details on public folder parameters configuration via WebAdmin.axigen. system administrators simply define the folders as they appear for domain users in the WebMail interface or in IMAP email clients. General.

com domain’s public folder. Within this tab. Folder recipients can be configured in WebAdmin using the FolderRCPTs tab. an email address of the type mbox@domain will be created automatically. Further sub-pages are available to configure all needed parameters. Folder recipients are used to specify a certain folder within a domain's Public Folder to which email messages should be delivered.axigen. http://www.R. the Employees folder recipient is created for the example.com in this specific case. In the next picture. This feature is only available for mailboxes within the local domains and allows users to deliver messages directly to a specified folder in the recipient mbox. ForeignMarkets@example.AXIGEN User Manual To actually associate an email address to a public folder Mbox. 152 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. When creating a folder recipient.e. select the domain you are interested in and use the Mbox name to add a new FolderRCPT.L. administrators need to define FolderRCPTs. i.com .

see the WebMail tab in the corresponding chapter. see the corresponding section in the Architecture Chapter. When accessing the WebMail interface through a browser. the individual user can configure all parameters relative to their respective account. except for the mail quota limitations which are imposed by the system administrator.R. 153 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For tips on how to configure WebMail parameters and behavior using WebAdmin.AXIGEN User Manual For details on how to configure these parameters.com . For an overview of the WebMail service in AXIGEN. how to add contacts to the address book or how to create or manage email messages and WebMail folders. 6.axigen. The sub-pages of this section will present in detail how to connect to the WebMail interface. Working with the WebMail Module in AXIGEN This chapter presents the AXIGEN WebMail Service and its features and configuration from a user's point of view. see the FolderRCPTs tab in the WebAdmin configuration chapter. how to manage the respective user account.L. http://www.

R.axigen. 154 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.. this address is by default..168.1 IP from the URL with the IP address of the machine on which the AXIGEN Mail Server is installed.1.168. enter in your browser the IP:port combination where your AXIGEN WebMail service is running. listeners = ( { . Remote access If you are accessing the WebMail from a different machine.. In the window thus displayed. change the IP/port data under Server->Webmail->Listeners>Address to match your IP/port:server { . web { . if the machine running AXIGEN has the 192. When accessing the AXIGEN WebMail.AXIGEN User Manual 6. enter the WebMail username and password provided by the system administrator.com .0.0.. you need to replace the 127.0.0 (in this case. Accessing the WebMail Interface Connecting to AXIGEN WebMail To connect to AXIGEN WebMail. address = 192. For example. If you are accessing WebMail from the machine on which AXIGEN is installed.1.0.0. Or. you need to set in the listener's address parameter the IP address of the machine on which AXIGEN is installed.1:9000 enable = yes Remember to reload your AXIGEN Mail Server after each change in the configuration files.0..1:8000.L.1 IP address. the listener will listen to all machine interfaces).1. you can set this parameter to 0. http://127. http://www..

com .axigen. 155 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L.the showDomainList parameter from the WebMail tab is set to "yes".AXIGEN User Manual Note: To have the list of available domains displayed on the WebMail login page.R. http://www. . make sure you have the following settings: .the showWebmailLogin parameter from the Domains > General page corresponding to your existing domains is set to "yes".

2. When first accessing your WebMail account. the structure looks like this: And here is an example of a WebMail user account: 156 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. WebMail Features and Configuration Navigating in Your WebMail Account The left panel of your WebMail account displays (under the account name) a tree structure containing the folders currently existing in your WebMail account.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 6.com . http://www.R.L.

Through the Public Folders. System administrator can also associate a certain email address with a public folder. as shown in the below picture. allowing you to select on which folder you want to make changes. when using WebMail. rename a currently existing folder. When clicking on the any of the icons.axigen. = move the current folder to the root structure or to another folder. These options affect the email messages of the respective individual account.L. users are not compelled to view messages that do not interest them. when creating a new folder. users may now share email messages by simply copying and/or moving them to a public folder. the message body will be displayed in the lower right Preview Pane. While they cannot permanently delete messages from the Public Folders. archiving options being also available.AXIGEN User Manual Use the folder structure on the left to browse the messages from your WebMail account.R. To have them displayed vertically. By default. The Preview Pane can also be moved to the right of the message list. copy the current folder or delete the current folder. The headers of the messages from the folder selected in the left panel are displayed on the upper right panel. a new pop-up window is displayed. Thus. Thus. the Preview Pane displays the sender. The icons in this area have the following meanings: • • • • = create a new folder or a new sub-folder in an existing WebMail folder. emails can be sent directly to the public folder. http://www. not the actual content of the Public Folders. recipient(s) and date details of the email horizontally. Users can set other types of flags for their Public Folders. When selecting an email from the upper right panel by clicking on it. users can mark the messages they choose as deleted and also hide the emails with such marks. press the "+" icon in front of the Subject line.com . = delete the current folder. such as Read/Unread or Flagged/Unflagged. Creating/Renaming/Copying/Deleting Folders in WebMail Use the icons in the lower part of the left WebMail pane to create a new folder in your WebMail account. = rename current folder. the window below is displayed: 157 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. For example.

axigen.L. The Reply and Reply to All buttons allow you to reply to a particular email message or to all previously selected messages.AXIGEN User Manual Select the location for your new folder from the directory tree. Working with messages in AXIGEN WebMail • Main Button Bar Use the New button to create a new email message. select all messages. The Delete button allows you to delete the previously selected messages.R. deselect all messages or forward an email as attachment. specify the name of the new folder in the Folder name text area. select a message. 158 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. use the More actions drop down menu. then press the Create button. invert a previous selection. deleting and renaming. All folder options. For further actions on email messages. moving. Use the Forward button to redirect a received email to a different recipient and the Copy button to make a copy of an email message to a different folder. creating. which allows you to add a new contact. have explicit instructions in their respective pop-up windows.com .

This option is only available for previously flagged messages. language-specific characters can now be used when running a search (i. The Search function also supports internationalized searches. Select Deleted to mark a message as deleted (it will be displayed in strikethrough style). 159 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. Type your search query in the search filed. Select Flagged to add a flag to the currently selected message(s). using diacritics). http://www.e.axigen. you must first select it in the upper panel by clicking on it. The search results will be displayed in the same window. then press the Go button. Then choose one of the options displayed in the Mark as dropdown box: • • • • • • Select Mark as read to set the status of the currently selected message(s) to Read.com . above the folders tree structure. Having this feature. you can also choose to hide them by pressing the Hide deleted button Select Not deleted to remove a deleted mark from a certain email message.AXIGEN User Manual • Searching within your email account You can search through the existing email messages stored in your account using the search option in the left uppermost corner of the WebMail page. When marking certain messages as deleted. • Marking messages To mark a message. Select Mark as not read to set the status of the currently selected message(s) to Not read. Select Not Flagged to delete the flag for the currently selected message(s).

the deleted message will be sent to the Trash folder or be permanently deleted. press the Addressbook button. click on the address to select it. 'Cc' or 'Bcc' fields.com . Steps for editing a new message in AXIGEN WebMail The steps for editing a new message in AXIGEN WebMail are: 1. 160 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. You can also add email addresses from your existing address book. • Composing a new message To compose a new message. then select a specific one. Cc or Bcc buttons.axigen. then click the To. http://www. press on the New button. select the message(s) and click on the Delete button under the Settings and Logout buttons (lower part. The Addressbook gives users access to contacts defined for their account and also to Public and Domain contacts. Enter the email addresses of the recipients in the To: field of the messages (separated by commas if multiple). To do so. Depending on the value set by the administrator in the account. A pop-up window similar to the one below is displayed. To do so. WebMail upper right panel). First select the needed contact list.L.cfg file for deleteToTrash parameter or of the corresponding user setting in WebMail.AXIGEN User Manual • Deleting messages To delete one or more messages. Email addresses can be added automatically to the 'To'. Press the OK button when you are done adding recipients or the Cancel button to quit.R.

After adding one or more attachments to a WebMail message. 5. To add an attachment. You can delete the attachments one by one. the autocomplete function will be enabled.axigen.L.AXIGEN User Manual For any of these three address fields. WebMail upper right panel). Use the Check button to verify the validity of the email addresses you have inserted. AXIGEN Mail Server WebMail users can configure their WebMail accounts as they wish. press on Browse. To delete an existing attachment. 161 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. specify the path to the attachment and then press on the Attach button again.com . 4. 6. 2. the attachment list is displayed in the lower part of the screen. Add attachments to your message by pressing on the Attach button. mailbox quota. press the Attach a file button as many times as you need. Therefore.). 3. select the Logout icon (right upper corner. but there are certain limitations imposed by the administrator (in terms of attachment size. you can select the correct address and press Enter. etc. To add multiple attachments. 7. http://www. if the respective addresses are already in your address book. You can save a draft of your current message at any time by pressing on the Save to Drafts button and resume its editing at a later time. when typing the recipient addresses.R. by clicking on the corresponding [delete] link. Specify the subject of your message in the Subject: field Edit your message in the message body. press on the [delete] link corresponding to the attachment you want to delete. Quitting your WebMail account To close the current WebMail session.

com .gives access to filter configuration using the AXIGEN Rules Wizard.listing the page of available contact and allowing users to add new contact details. Filters . Contacts . users are given access to five configuration tabs: • • • • • • Personal Data . next to the Logout button.This feature allows you to organize users communication by retrieving email from other remote accounts. Account Info . http://www.containing options relative to the user's personal details. When pressing the button.AXIGEN User Manual WebMail Account Settings To access the WebMail account parameters.quota related parameters can be viewed in this page. press the Settings button on the upper menu bar. RPOP Connections . 162 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen.L.gives access to settings managing the webmail account behavior (all these parameters can be configured via WebAdmin from the Account > WebMail Data page).R. WebMail Data .

First name and Last name. General Information To set your first and last name. users can define personal details such as their first and last name.1. After modifying any of these parameters.axigen. http://www. use the Nickname field. 163 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. use the Home address and Home phone fields.2.com .AXIGEN User Manual 6. Personal Details You can specify a personal email. Use the Cancel button next to Save changes to cancel the changes you have just made instead of saving them. remember to press the Save changes button (lower left or upper left corner of the page) to save these changes. You can specify your phone numbers in the Phone and Mobile Phone fields. use the two corresponding text fields. Your Password The password previously defined by the administrator when creating the account can be changed from the Personal Data page. To choose a nickname. Business Details Use the Business phone. users have to first type their current password in the Old password field.R. To do so. They can also change the current password to their WebMail account.L. Business address and Business email fields to specify your office contact details. To specify your home phone and address data. then type a new one using the Password field and finally confirm the new selected password in the Retype password field. for non-professional purposes in the Personal email field. Configuring Personal Data While on the Personal Data page.

the screen below is displayed under the contacts list: Click the Browse button to specify the path to the desired external addressbook. then click on the Import contacts button. To edit an already existing contact. press the Cancel button.com .2.2. a list of the existing contacts is displayed.R. the options displayed are the same as shown below. use the delete icon on the right of the contact you would like to remove. Should you choose to abort.axigen. press its corresponding edit icon Press the Import contacts button to import external addressbooks that were saved locally. Use the add new contact button to create a new contact. 164 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Whether editing or adding a contact.L. Adding Contacts in Webmail When first accessing the Contacts page of the WebMail settings. When pressing the button.AXIGEN User Manual 6. http://www. To delete an existing contact.

Should these parameters not suffice in defining your contacts. Contact's Business details Using the Business email field you can specify the business email address for your new contact. Use the Business phone and Business address fields to specify the office contact details.R. Use the add new element button to add extra fields for the currently edited contact.com . You can specify the contact's phone numbers in the Phone and Mobile Phone fields. To specify the home phone and address data. To specify the contact's nickname. http://www. use the delete button corresponding to its name and value. To delete an element. you can add new attributes and values to the predefined ones existing in WebMail.axigen. Notes and Attributes You can further use the Notes text field to type any information regarding the currently edited contact. use the Nickname field. for non-professional purposes in the Personal email field. Each such attribute is defined by a name and a value assigned to the given name. Personal Details You can specify a personal email.AXIGEN User Manual Contact's General Info Use the Email. First Name and Last name text fields to specify the name and email address of the new contact you want to add. use the Home address and Home phone fields.L. 165 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

The HTML filtering level stand for the following: • • • • No Filtering Low level filtering .converts the message to standard XHTML Medium level filtering . styles. The HTML Body Filtering level specifies which HTML filtering level will be used when displaying HTML format messages. Appearance Use the Skin name dropdown box to select the skin of your WebMail account.AXIGEN User Manual 6. Dutch (nl). http://www. 166 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. but it is also the safest.R.generates the email body based only on text components.2. Spanish (es).com . This means that only plain text components remain in the message. High level filtering .L. German (de) Norwegian (no). Coolwater and Webreflection. etc. Danish (dk) and Swedish (se). WebMail Data Settings When accessing the WebMail Data page.axigen. This forth level is the strictest and may actually damage some formatting. Anything that is not on this 'allowed list' is removed. Available choices are English (en). The Language drop down menu allows you to select the language of the WebMail account. Default. This level removes java script. Portuguese (pt). users have access to settings used to configure the behavior of their WebMail account. At this time three options are available.3.generates the email body based on a list of known/allowed attributes and tags. Romanian (ro). Italian (it).

use the corresponding dropdown menu.R.AXIGEN User Manual The Page size text box allows the user to specify the number of messages displayed on one WebMail page. 10. remember to press the Save changes button to save the new values. 20. Choose to ask for a confirmation when an email message is deleted using the Confirm delete mail dropdown box. 167 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Set the refresh interval for your WebMail interface using the Auto refresh dwopdown box. 30 minutes or 'disabled'. use the Signature text field. 2.L. Use the Delete to Trash dropdown box to specify if a message deleted from your WebMail account is saved to Trash folder ("yes") or permanently deleted. 15. To specify your Time Zone. choose the value "yes" for the Save to sent parameter. Use the Week start date dropdown menu to select a day to be displayed first in the week for your calendar. To have a copy of sent messages saved in the Sent folder. The Signature text filed is used to create a private signature to be appended to all the emails sent from this WebMail account. Preferences Choose to be asked for confirmation before emptying a folder using the Confirm empty folder dropdown box.axigen. Configuring your signature To configure a signature that will be appended to all your outgoing emails. After changing any of the settings above. http://www.com . Available options are 1.

2. To delete a filter. a list of the already defined filters if displayed. the options displayed are the same.L. Moreover. You can further to select if the messages filtered should match all or any of the defined criteria using the corresponding checkboxes. To edit an existing filter. press its corresponding Edit button. Use the Actions areas to define the actions to be taken if an email message matches the specified criteria. When first accessing the Filters page.axigen. Press the Create filter button to create a new filter. If no filter has been previously set. press the Create responder button. Mail Filtering in WebMail The filter wizard accessible from the Filters page allows user to easily create a filtering system to manage their email flow. http://www. auto replies can be set for all or certain received email messages.4. 168 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. use the Delete button on the right of the respective filter. To create an automatic reply for certain/all messages.R.com . Use the name text filed to specify a name for the currently defined filter.AXIGEN User Manual 6. Whether creating a new filter or editing an existing one. the list will be blank.

com .use this icon to add a new criterion and/or a new action.L. press the Save changes button.use this icon to remove one of the previously created criteria and/or actions. . When you are done configuring the filter or responder. http://www. the following fields need to be configured: Use the Subject and the Message fields to define the subject and body of the email response to be sent.AXIGEN User Manual .R. 169 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. When setting a Responder (automatic reply) to be sent to the email messages matching the defined filter.axigen.

The expression can be applied to a mail message and will give a matching/unmatching response.4 * 2^30 bytes) 170 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.g. An expression (filtering expression) is composed of a header name.: 1024 (bytes) 1K (1 kilobyte = 2^10 bytes 1M (1 megabyte = 2^20 bytes) 1.axigen.R.com .L. an operator and an optional value.4. String Size Is greater than String describing size.4G (1.4 gygabytes = 1. A filter is composed of a set of 'filtering expressions' or "expressions" and a set of actions.2. A filter contains the following: • Name • Priority • Enabled/Disabled state • ExpressionOperator: operator to compose multiple filtering expressions (And/Or) • Expressions • Actions A (filtering) expression contains the following • Header: the mail message header the expression to witch the matching criteria will be applied • Operator: operator specific to the header type • Value(optional): a value that the operator may need (depends on the operator) Supported Headers/Operators/Values Header(s) Supported operators (negated or not) Contains Is Begins with Ends with Contains Is Begins with Ends with Supported values Comments Subject To To or Cc Cc Custom From String When Custom is selected the name of the custom header must be specified. http://www. WebMail Filters Overview The mail filtering features allow users to create named filters and specify actions to be taken on the matching messages.1.AXIGEN User Manual 6. Is lower than e.

days defaults to minimum Alternate subject for response. The ones that were edited by WebMail will be written at the beginning of the file while all 'raw' scripts will be written at the end. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Action Data Action Move Copy Delete (move to trash) Forward Data to to (none) to Type string string (none) email address Description The path to the location is given as UTF8 The path to the location is given as UTF8 The message will be moved to trash.com . the container will reorder the scripts. the incoming mail's subject is used Body of the response message. When doing the serialization. days defaults to maximum if given value < minimum. If the script does not have a header but can be handled as a WebMail script it will be given an autogenerated id. 171 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. A script is recognized as being a WebMail script if: • contains only directives that have been implemented in webmail filters • has a header with the following data: o Name: user specified string o Id: internal integer to uniquely identify the script o Position: integer used for ordering the scripts o Enabled: boolean If the script has a header but has been edited by hand to contain other directives it is rejected and put into the raw scripts collection. If not given. No copy will be saved. The parts of the scripts that are not recognized are stored as raw text in memory. The message will be forwarded to the given email address. mininum > 0 maximum > 7 (must) maximum > 30 (should) if omitted. Vacation days number subject string (utf8) text string (utf8) Filter Container The FilterContainer is responsible for serializing an ordered collection of filters into a file and for parsing a sieve script that contains one or more filters.R.axigen. days defaults to 7 or minimum (whichever is greater) if given value > maximum.L. a last position in the list and an auto-generated name.

click the Edit icon corresponding to its name. Retrieval settings Use the Retrieval interval field to specify the minimum interval in minutes between two email retrievals. use the Folder field. Use the Username and Password fields to specify the authentication details needed to connect for mail retrieval.AXIGEN User Manual 6. To specify a certain folder of your WebMail account where you want the emails stored. a list of the already defined connections is displayed. http://www.axigen. use the Port field. To set the port on which the retrieval from the desired hostname is made. 172 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. press the Add connection button. using the Delete on retrieval dropdown box. click the Delete icon corresponding to it. Connection details Specify the name or IP address of the host from which the emails are retrieved using the Hostname field. To delete a RPOP connection.L. You can also select if email messages are deleted or not from the remote server after retrieval. To edit a connection.R.2.com . In order to add a new connection.5. Whether you are adding or editing a RPOP connections. the parameters you need to configure are the same. Configuring WebMail RPOP Connections When first accessing the RPOP Connections tab.

AXIGEN User Manual Security Select the desired type of encryption used on the RPOP connection you are configuring from the Encryption dropdown box.R.axigen. Use the Enable APOP dropdown box to specify if you want to enable APOP authentication for the respective connection. The available options are 'none'. remember to press the Save changes button.L. http://www. 'SSL' and "TLS'. 173 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. When you are done configuring these parameters.com .

http://www. their used and remaining quota. see the Account > Quota section.6.R. 174 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The Total Quota value is set by the server administrator and cannot be modified by the user.com .axigen. WebMail Account Information The Account Information page allows users to view data relative to their mailbox quota. For details on how to set the totalQuotaSize parameter in WebAdmin.AXIGEN User Manual 6.2.L. The used and remaining quota values change dynamically as the WebMail account total message size changes. They can verify at any time the total quota of their mailbox.

0. tasks .3. starting with version 4. http://www.axigen.is described in a separate subsection. This sections aims to explain how the new management tools can be used. with all its features and usage alternatives. Working with the Personal Organizer in WebMail Having time management and mobility needs in mind. tasks. notes. The Personal Organizer comprises tools such as calendar. journal. journal.com . notes and collaborative support.L. the AXIGEN Mail Server comes with a Personal Organizer module available from both AXIGEN’s WebMail interface and the email client Outlook.calendar. 175 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.AXIGEN User Manual 6. Each of them .

thus enabling an improved time management. Monday to Friday • • • Week view . either select it first using the calendar displayed in the lower left corner.displays the existing list of events. Use the left and right arrows to change months of the current year and the double right and left arrows to change the year.displays the events for one day at a time Work-week view .R.creates a new event.1.displays work days. 176 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 6. The upper button bar displayed when the Calendar is accessed gives access to the following options: • • • • New event .axigen. it marks the current day events Day view .when hit. Today .displays the events for the whole month List view . To create an event in a certain day.displays the entire week Month view . you can either click the Calendar folder in the folder tree structure placed on the left hand side of your WebMail account or click on any day of the calendar displayed in the lower left corner of the interface. To access your Calendar.L. Working with your Calendar The Calendar helps users plan and schedule their work-related or personal events and to have a clear and detailed view of their work.3.com . http://www.

hit Cancel. hit the Save & Close button. regardless of the selected view type. you will be asked whether you want to edit the entire series or only a single instance (occurrence) of the event: 177 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. or you can specify limits for the new event. To save your event. select the desired entry by doubleclicking it. Should you like to be prompted that a certain event is about to start. press the Save & Close button.AXIGEN User Manual Creating a New Event When creating a new event.L. check the Reminder box and set your desired time interval.axigen. hit Recurrence and use the Invite button to invite others to attend the event you are creating. specifying where the event takes place. you have to first type a Subject (required) and then a location. After making the needed alterations. You can either create an event that lasts throughout the day by checking the All day event option. To abort configuring the event. To define a repeating scenario. click the date and time selection boxes for both the Start and End date of your event.R.com . To do so. You can also use the available text field to type in any details or explanations regarding your current event. To do so. If the entry you want to edit is a recurring event. Existing events can be edited at any given later date.

weekly. a pop-up window displays the available options. Thus.com . you can access more detailed options: • Daily .. You can set the event to o be repeated on a daily.AXIGEN User Manual Should you like to delete the entry. Depending on the Recurrence pattern you select. 178 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you can use the edit end delete icons appended to each event. x days by checking the corresponding option. press the Delete icon added to the editing window.R.you can have the event repeated every weekday by checking the corresponding option. when using the List view. Additionally.L.. You can choose to have the event repeated incessantly by checking the No end date option or the event can stop occurring after a number of occurrences (check the End after x occurrences option) or by a certain date (select the End by. the Duration of your event will be automatically set. or you can have it repeated every 2. http://www. Setting the Reccurrence When hitting the Recurrence button. Click the Start selection box to select the starting date of the recurrence. according to a defined Recurrence pattern.axigen. You can set a start and end time for the event by clicking the respective selection boxes. monthly or yearly bases. option).3. Every weekday.

you can set a seminar attendance event for each first weekend day of every March. The event can be repeated incessantly if you choose the No end date option.you can check a certain day of the week for the recurrence Monthly . For example.axigen. set the Range of recurrence for your event. it will be scheduled in the last day of each month with 30 days. of every January/February/etc months. Alternately. 25th of every month or every 2 months). 179 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Finally. • Yearly . Click the Start selection box to select a date.You can set the event to occur on a certain date of a certain month (e. you can set an event that occurs on the first weekday of every other month. if you set an event for the 31st. or select from the other available options: first/second/third/fourth/last day/weekday/weekend day/Sunday/Monday etc.g. of every 1/2/etc months. or set an End by date and selecting the desired end date by clicking the respective selection box.g.You can specify a certain day of every month (e. by checking the End after x occurrences option and setting the desired number of repeats.com . January 25th) or you can select from the other available options: first/second/third/fourth/last day/weekday/weekend day/Sunday/Monday etc. you can have it ended after a number of instances.R. For example.AXIGEN User Manual • • Weekly . http://www. Important! As the number of days differ depending on the month.L.

180 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. hit Remove Recurrence to prevent the event from repeating.com . If you want to abort inviting process. For already defined recurrence details. or you can access your existing contacts by hitting the To button. To abort the recurrence. http://www. You can either type the email addresses of the persons you want to invite at the event. hit OK. When accessing your contacts using the To button. as shown below. a new text field and a To button are added in the upper side of the event editing window. Inviting Attendees When hitting the Invite Attendees button. 'My contacts'. 'Public contacts' and 'Domain contacts'. a new pop-up window appears.AXIGEN User Manual When you are done setting the event recurrence.R.L. hit Cancel.axigen. allowing you to choose which contacts to display in the left hand pane. Available options are 'All contacts'. press the Cancel Invitation button that replaces the initial Invite Attendees option.

showing the course of action taken by those invited.axigen. then press the To button. A new tab called attendees will be added. Attendees will then receive an invitation email in their Inboxes. press OK to have the email invitations sent to them. To delete a contact from the list of attendees to be invited. When inviting others to take part in a certain event. users need to click on "open details". To discard the inviting process. When you are done selecting attendees. the event editing window will also be modified.R. to accept it without guaranteeing attendance Tentative. to Reject it.com . To select several contacts. press Ctrl on your keyboard.L.AXIGEN User Manual Select the email address of the contact you want to invite with a mouse click. The available status options are 'Accepted'. The available options are to Accept the meeting. hit Cancel. prompting them to take action: To view the details of the event they are invited to attend. click their email address in the right hand pane and press Delete on your keyboard. or to Propose a change in the event details. 'Declined'. http://www. 'Tentative' and 'need action'. 181 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

http://www. it will reappear each time the WebMail interface is automatically refreshed. some accept them. at the specified time. 'Declined'. When dealing with proposed changes. the organizer will receive an email prompting him/her to take action. while others reject them).L. Reminder options If you have chosen to be reminded of a certain event. Hence. The available options are Accept/Reject changes or Propose a new modification of the event specifics.com . If no action is taken. When an attendee takes a certain action. attendees have one more option. 'Tentative' and 'need action'. without guaranteeing thy will actually take part in the event. If. Important! If participants to a certain event take different actions when changes are proposed (i. a pop-up will appear at the given time and date.axigen.e.R. other than Propose.AXIGEN User Manual The available status options are 'Accepted'. it depends on the refresh settings configured in the WebMail Data 182 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. which gives them the possibility to accept the changes partially. the organizer receives a notification email that requires no further action to be taken. on the other hand. the organizer has the final say. Tentative. the invited attendees have proposed changes to the event.

Important! If the auto-refresh option is disabled. 6. you can have the reminder postponed using the available snooze options. by choosing a repeat interval in the corresponding drop-down menu and by hitting the Snooze button. Each user needs to set the correct Time Zone and the Week start date in order to have deadlines and start times displayed correctly in their Calendar. Alternatively. To access your Journal.3. If you want to see the details of an event you are reminded of.R. http://www. Use the Dismiss All button to discard all pending events. Additional Settings Further settings that determine Calendar behavior need to be set on the WebMail Data page. then press the Dismiss button. click to select it.AXIGEN User Manual page. 183 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. To dismiss a certain task.2. reminders will not function. press the Open Item button. Working with your Journal The Journal allows you to add entries that help you keep track of your day-to-day tasks and actions.com . click the corresponding folder in the folder tree structure placed on the left hand side of your WebMail account.axigen.

http://www.com .creates a new journal entry. Creating a New Journal Entry When hitting the New journal button.R. Today . it marks the journal entries for the current day Day view . 184 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.displays journal entries on a monthly basis List view .AXIGEN User Manual The upper button bar displayed when the Journal is accessed gives access to the following options: • • • • • New journal .L.when hit.axigen. the options relative to the new entry are displayed in a pop-up window.displays journal entries for one day at a time Month view .displays the existing list of journal entries.

E-mail Message. http://www.com . use the left and right arrows to change months of the current year and the double right and left arrows to change the year. press the Delete icon added to the editing window.L. select the desired entry by double-clicking it. referring to the entry description. If you want to discard the journal entry. 185 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. After making the needed alterations. Task. such as Phone call. Additionally. and the Type drop-down menu. In the displayed calendar.AXIGEN User Manual To add a new entry.axigen. when using the List view. Click the Duration selection box to specify a time frame for your journal entry. There are several available types of entries. you can use the edit end delete icons appended to each journal entry. you have to fill in the two required fields: Subject. When you are done editing the entry. Existing Journal entries can be edited at any given later date. hit the Save & Close button. Should you like to delete the entry. press the Cancel button. To do so. etc: Click the Start time selection boxes to set a starting date and time for your journal entry. Conversation.R. You can then edit the actual journal note in the available text field. hit the Save & Close button.

http://www. Notes are best suited when one needs to write down something very quickly and has little time to add more details. To access your Notes.com .3. 186 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Working with your Notes The Note tool allows you to add quick notes while working.AXIGEN User Manual 6.3. in order to have your text saved. Existing notes can be edited at any given later date.L. To do so. use the edit end delete icons appended to each entry.R. Type the note in the given field and either close the pop-up window using your browsers "x" button.axigen. or hit the Close window to save this note button. When hitting the New note button. a small pop-up window is displayed. click the corresponding folder in the folder tree structure placed on the left hand side of your WebMail account.

You then need to set the tasks's completion deadline using the Due Date selection box.L.displays the user's completed tasks Creating a New Taks When creating a new event.displays the user's uncompleted tasks Completed tasks . Working with your Tasks Tasks helps users organize their work-related tasks and collaborate with others on ongoing projects.lists all your tasks Uncompleted tasks .AXIGEN User Manual 6. 187 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the left and right arrows of the selection calendar to switch between months of a certain year and the double left and right arrows to switch between different years. you have to first type a Subject in the corresponding text field. The upper button bar displayed when the Tasks are accessed enables the following options: • • • • New taks .creates a new event. http://www.axigen. All tasks .com .R.4. click the Tasks folder in the folder tree structure placed on the left hand side of your WebMail account .3. To access your Tasks. By enabling them to permanently check the level of completion. tasks offer a clear and detailed view of their workload.

Should you like to be prompted that a certain event is about to start. using the corresponding selection box. type a percentage in the %Complete text field. Available options are: 'low'. You can also use the available text field to type in any details or explanations regarding your current task. http://www.axigen. also configure its Start date. you can prioritize tasks using the Priority dropdown menu. 'normal' and 'high'. Furthermore.R.AXIGEN User Manual To successfully define a time frame for the task. check the Reminder box and set your desired time interval. 188 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .L. To keep track of the completion process.

3.You can specify a certain day of every month (e. • • Weekly . according to a defined Recurrence pattern. hit Recurrence and use the Assign task button to have the respective task assigned to different users. use the corresponding icon placed next to the Assign task button.L. hit Cancel. you can use the delete icons appended to each task or check it as completed. monthly or yearly bases. Depending on the Recurrence pattern you select.g. you can access more detailed options: • Daily . you can set an event that occurs on the first weekday of every other month.R. You can set the task to o be repeated on a daily.axigen. if you set an event for the 31st. it will be scheduled in the last day of each month with 30 days. To abort configuring the task. press the Save & Close button. press the Delete icon in the editing window. 189 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual To save your task. For example. of every 1/2/etc months. Setting the Reccurrence When hitting the Recurrence button. Should you like to delete the entry. 25th of every month or every 2 months). hit the Save & Close button. To define a repeating scenario. weekly.you can check a certain day of the week for the recurrence Monthly . Important! As the number of days differ depending on the month. or select from the other available options: first/second/third/fourth/last day/weekday/weekend day/Sunday/Monday etc. To mark a task as completed. x days by checking the corresponding option. After making the needed alterations. select the desired entry by clicking it. http://www. or you can have it repeated every 2. a pop-up window displays the available options.com . Additionally.you can have the event repeated every weekday by checking the corresponding option. Every weekday. Existing tasks can be edited at any given later date. To do so.

'My contacts'. hit OK.L.com . January 25th) or you can select from the other available options: first/second/third/fourth/last day/weekday/weekend day/Sunday/Monday etc. or set an End by date and selecting the desired end date by clicking the respective selection box. When accessing your contacts using the To button. If you want to abort inviting process. allowing you to choose which contacts to display in the left hand pane.axigen. For already defined recurrence details. hit Cancel. Available options are 'All contacts'. press the Cancel Assignment button that replaces the initial Assign task option. or you can access your existing contacts by hitting the To button. as shown below. you can have it ended after a number of instances.AXIGEN User Manual • Yearly . 'Public contacts' and 'Domain contacts'. Click the Start selection box to select a date. Alternately.R. To abort the recurrence. you can set a seminar attendance event for each first weekend day of every March. The task can be repeated incessantly if you choose the No end date option. Assigning tasks When hitting the Assign task button. http://www. For example. hit Remove Recurrence to prevent the task from repeating. of every January/February/etc months. You can either type the email addresses of the persons you want to assign the task to. 190 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Then set the Range of recurrence for your task. a new text field and a To button are added in the upper side of the event editing window. a new pop-up window appears. by checking the End after x occurrences option and setting the desired number of repeats.g. When you are done setting the task recurrence.You can set the event to occur on a certain date of a certain month (e.

prompting them to take action: 191 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. To select several contacts.AXIGEN User Manual Select the email address of the contact you want to have the task assigned to with a mouse click. http://www.com . To discard the assigning process. click their email address in the right hand pane and press Delete on your keyboard.L.R. Assignees will then receive an assignment email in their Inboxes. then press the To button. When you are done selecting assignees. hit Cancel. press Ctrl on your keyboard. press OK to have the email asignments sent to them. To delete a contact from the list of assignees.axigen.

other than Propose. 192 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The available status options are 'Accepted'. the organizer receives a notification email that requires no further action to be taken. users need to click on "open details". the editing window will also be modified.R. assignees have one more option. 'Declined'. To compare before the original and the new details of your task. 'Tentative' and 'need action'. The available options are to Accept the meeting. 'Declined'. When an attendee takes a certain action. If. use the corresponding open details buttons. The available status options are 'Accepted'. 'Tentative' and 'need action'.AXIGEN User Manual To view the details of the event they are invited to attend.L. which gives them the possibility to accept the changes partially.com . to Reject it. the organizer will receive an email prompting him/her to take action. to accept it without guaranteeing attendance Tentative. showing the course of action taken by those you have selected. use the open details link. without guaranteeing thy will actually complete the task. http://www.axigen. When assigning tasks to others. To view the task setting. A new tab called assignees will be added. on the other hand. the invited assignees have proposed changes to the task. or to Propose a change in the event details. When dealing with proposed changes. The available options are Accept/Reject changes or Propose a new modification of the task specifics. Tentative.

To dismiss a certain task. then press the Dismiss button. If you want to see the details of an event you are reminded of. click to select it. Use the Dismiss All button to discard all pending tasks.axigen. 193 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. it will reappear after the starting time each time the WebMail interface is automatically refreshed. Alternatively. by choosing a repeat interval in the corresponding drop-down menu and by hitting the Snooze button. reminders will not function. at the specified time. Important! If the auto-refresh option is disabled. you can have the reminder postponed using the available snooze options.L. If no action is taken.AXIGEN User Manual Important! If participants to a certain event take different actions when changes are proposed (i. the organizer has the final say. while others reject them). When a task is dismissed. it depends on the refresh settings configured in the WebMail Data page.R. Reminder options If you have chosen to be reminded of a certain task. it is also removed from the Reminder window.e. press the Open Item button.com . a pop-up will appear at the given time and date. some accept them. Hence.

AXIGEN User Manual Additional Settings Further settings that determine Tasks behavior need to be set on the WebMail Data page.L.com . http://www.R. 194 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Each user needs to set the correct Time Zone and the Week start date in order to have deadlines and start times displayed correctly in their Tasks.axigen.

Experienced System Administrators have a readily accessible method of setting both basic and very advanced parameters directly. This configuration method is highly intuitive. • WebAdmin WebAdmin is a central administration Web interface that allows configuring the mailserver using a tab-organized GUI. WebAdmin allows configuring the email server remotely. over the Internet and provides access to most parameters for every module. see Configuring AXIGEN using axigen. • CLI Command line configuration interface CLI is a TCP service with specified dedicated socket accessible using Telnet applications and Netcat. Administration Tools Overview AXIGEN Mail Server provides several alternatives for mail server administration. For information on using the axigen.R.L. without going through an administration interface. migration). it allows automating administration tasks using scripts (adding users.cfg. has a fast learning curve and can be used by anyone with users-level skills. WebAdmin provides fully described parameters (long description. For detailed information on how to use CLI.com . apart from providing an alternate method of performing basic configuration tasks. Allowing secure access (HTTPS protocol). possible values. default values. • Config file The configuration file allows you to perform extensive configuration by manually editing this text file axigen. CLI provides added functionality as. 195 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. see Configuring AXIGEN using WebAdmin. For detailed information on how to use WebAdmin.AXIGEN User Manual 7.cfg.cfg file.axigen. This administration method allows fine tuning the server functioning to existing hardware configuration and mailing requirements. suggested values). see Configuring AXIGEN using CLI.

R. a large number of service requests may arrive at any moment. user rights. and can be accessed by default on the 127. and it can be started and stopped at any time. These two complementary parameters define the lower and upper limit for the number of threads that are opened at any given moment by the AXIGEN WebAdmin module. Connection Thread Control AXIGEN can run on a large variety of systems and machines. authorization procedures. class and values as they appear in the configuration file. acting as a complete Administration Guide for AXIGEN Mail Server.L.cfg. For information on how to set the Webadmin interface and set the Webadmin admin password using the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard. information on its type. tested for Mozilla and Internet Explorer. With minConnThreads you can set the minimum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time.0. The current chapter Configuring AXIGEN using WebAdmin is dedicated to configuration options provided in WebAdmin. WebAdmin Features The WebAdmin service. in order to prevent a system overload (with maxConnThreads) or to improve server performance (with minConnThreads). When a parameter is discussed in a subsection of this chapter. domain configurations. which gives you access to all configuration parameters for all services in AXIGEN Mail Server. With maxConnThreads you can set the maximum number of threads that can be opened at a specific moment of time and prepare for unforeseen peaks in server activity to avoid a system overload. text-editable configuration file). Functionally.com . This is to provide you with an alternate configuration method and give you a better idea of where to find that parameter in the configuration file. see Configuring AXIGEN using the configuration file. without delays.axigen. At that time.1:9000 address. Depending on your specific network specifications and conditions. http://www. WebAdmin is the most intuitive and user-friendly. WebAdmin is a web-based configuration interface. For more information on the structure of axigen. axigen.cfg and how to work with it. etc.0. structures. you can adapt the workload to the server's processing power.AXIGEN User Manual 8. it is considered an AXIGEN service. the number of threads specified using minConnThreads threads will already have a "waiting" status. It provides information on the configuration of all parameters included in the respective tabs. thus ready to process service requests in good conditions. in networks with very different traffic loads. offers a wide range of functionalities which make it extremely configurable and secure. WebAdmin is enabled by default in the latest versions of AXIGEN Mail Server. Configuring AXIGEN using WebAdmin WebAdmin Overview AXIGEN WebAdmin is the recommended administration tool for AXIGEN. 196 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. This is important because even when there is no activity for AXIGEN Mail Server. see the corresponding section of the online documentation. is displayed. While alternative methods are provided (Command Line Interface.

AXIGEN User Manual For information on how to configure connection thread control parameters for WebAdmin. see WebAdmin Log Control. Log Control Just like all the other AXIGEN main services. HTTP Limits for WebAdmin WebAdmin allows you to set HTTP limits for any request made to the WebAdmin service. The system administrator can specify what events are logged. you can better manage security and resource related issues. connecting from certain addresses.com . For information on how to configure log control parameters for WebAdmin. This prevents you from automatically accepting excessive amounts of data (HTTP headers. see WebAdmin URL Redirect Rules. Secure WebAdmin Connections In WebAdmin. For information on how to configure HTTP limits for WebAdmin. see WebAdmin Connection and Session Control. HTTP body and upload data). For information on how to configure connection and session control parameters for WebAdmin. which allow you to redirect plain connections to secure sockets. For information on how to configure SSL rules for WebAdmin. you can define any number of SSL rules.axigen. http://www. The WebAdmin Log Control function can be configured using the following three attributes: logLevel. By doing this. This way. the WebAdmin module can log different types of events. WebAdmin Connection and Session Control In WebAdmin.L. you grant certain WebAdmin users. see WebAdmin HTTP Limits. secure access to WebAdmin. logType and logHost.R. see WebAdmin Connection Thread Control. 197 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. where and how they are logged. either active or idle. See Logging service for more details on logging in AXIGEN. you can either allow or disallow persistent connections to the service and impose time limits on sessions.

In order to do this. account.L.com . Below are described some basic principles you should keep in mind while working with AXIGEN WebAdmin. the following screen is displayed: WebAdmin has several tabs.R. each of them corresponding either to a module or to a generic configuration level (server. http://www. in the lower left corner). you need to save the new values in the configuration files. mail list. domain. listed on the left hand side.axigen. you first need to make the changes effective for the current session by clicking first the Update button (Update buttons are available only in Edit pages. 198 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Updating/Committing Changes in WebAdmin After changing any parameter value in WebAdmin. forwarder).AXIGEN User Manual Working with WebAdmin Once you have logged in.

axigen. 199 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. orgo to the Commands page and press the Save config button. Using the Update and/or Commit buttons only saves your changes (if any) for the current AXIGEN Mail Server session. either press the Save config button availabe in the uppermost section of the WebAdmin window. in usually in the upper right corner). after using the Update/Commit buttons. you should save your changes in the configuration file (axigen.com .AXIGEN User Manual After updating your changes. In case you want your changes to be applied also after the restart of AXIGEN Mail Server. To do this.L.cfg). next to the Axigen version and the Logout button. http://www.R. also press the Commit button (available in any WebAdmin page. to make them effective.

L. To switch back to the non-detailed view.R. http://www. In the example below. Commit operation has been executed successfully.axigen.com .AXIGEN User Manual Confirmation / Error Messages After each command issued. a domain creation operation has failed and you are informed on this status both in the upper section and in the lower left corner of the WebAdmin page: Displaying full details for a parameter / all parameters on a page You can display in WebAdmin additional information about each available configuration option using the Details button. additional information about the primaryDomain parameter is displayed. In the example below. you should check the confirmation message displayed usually in the lower left corner of the page. click on the same button once more. In the following example. 200 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. You can also display additional information all configuration options on a WebAdmin page Toggle details for all button.

R.AXIGEN User Manual Resetting to default values You can reset the changes made to a particular configuration option (in WebAdmin or in other configuration tool available for AXIGEN) and restore the default values for that particular option. You can either reset one parameter to its default value by using the Reset button. 201 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .axigen. In the example below. http://www. the primaryDomain configuration parameter is reset to its default value. or reset all parameters on one page to defaults using Reset all to defaults.L.

axigen.com .the wizard used to configure SMTP policies. Each checkbox corresponds to an AXIGEN service.R. Global Settings The Server > Global Settings page allows you to set basic server parameters.1.containing filter configuration information. • SMTP Filter .1.containing information on the current server version and license. Server tab The Sever tab gives you access to the following pages: • Global Settings . such as Running services and Primary domain. select those you wish your mail server to run.containing global server parameters. Use the Running Services checkboxes in the Server > General settings page to specify what services should be run by AXIGEN Mail Server. http://www.1.containing user maps configuration data. • Info . • Filters . 8.AXIGEN User Manual 8. AXIGEN can run with any number of these services inhibited.L. Attribute Name: services Attribute Class: Server Attribute Type: VALUE 202 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. • User Maps .

Webmail and Webadmin. Attribute Name: sslRandomFile Attribute Class: Server Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: none Use the SMTP Policy File field in the Server > General settings page to specify the file used to store the Message Acceptance. Processing and Relay Policies.L. the following services will be running: SMTP. Default Value: "SMTP_FILTERS_FILE_PATH" If you modify any of the default values. Use the Primary Domain field of the Server > General settings page to specify the primary domain to be used by AXIGEN Mail Server. POP3. on the right side of the SMTP Policy File field. http://www.axigen. Attribute Name: primaryDomain Attribute Class: Server Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: value = "SMTP_FILTERS_FILE_PATH".AXIGEN User Manual Possible values: ( log | processing | smtpIncoming | smtpOutgoing | smtp | pop3 | imap | webmail | cli | webadmin | reporting | ftpBackup | rpop | pop3Proxy | imapProxy ) . Use the SSL Random File field in the Server > General settings page to specify the file for entropy data used for generating random numbers when using SSL with AXIGEN Mail Server. which is the current domain name (local domain). A similar option is available at domain and account / mail list level. 203 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. IMAP. click on the Commit button to save your changes. The primary domain default value is the result of the 'getdomainname' function.com . It will display/hide the content of the existing file applied to the AXIGEN Mail Server. with relevant choices for the respective level. when installing AXIGEN Mail Server.R. To edit the file. Attribute Name: smtpFiltersFile Attribute Class: Server Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: value = "SMTP_FILTERS_FILE_PATH". press the Edit SMTP Policy File button.multiple choices Default Value: ( log processing smtpIncoming smtpOutgoing smtp pop3 imap cli webadmin ) By default.

2. http://www. To delete an existing user map. the parameters you need to configure are the same.AXIGEN User Manual 8.1. press the Delete button corresponding the respective map. use the corresponding Edit button. Whether editing or adding a user map.L. 204 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. To edit a previously created user map.R.com . a list of all previously defined user maps is displayed. you can add and configure a new user map. User Maps When first accessing the Server > User Maps page. By pressing the Add new usermap button.axigen.

Attribute Name: type Attribute Class: UserMap Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap ) .single choice Default Value: ( local ) Use the User db connector name text field to specify the name of your user db connector.L. hit the Update and Commit buttons to save your changes. http://www. Available options are 'local' and 'ldap'. 'ldap' and 'ldabBind'.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Name text field to type in the desired name for the user map you want to add. Attribute Name: localFile Attribute Class: UserMap Attribute Type: VALUE The User db connector type drop-down box allows you to select the desired type for the userdb connector. use the Type drop-down box. while the default value is set to 'local'. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: UserMap Attribute Type: VALUE To choose the type of the new user map.axigen.com . 205 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: UserMap Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) . Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: UserMap Attribute Type: VALUE When you are done configuring these parameters.single choice Default Value: ( local ) Specify the path to the file containing the local mapping in the Local File text field.R. The available options are 'local'.

8. In this page. Filter Configuration The Server > Filter page has three different subpages. click the Message rules tab. which allow you to add and activate both socket and script filters. click the Add new rule button.L. These subpages show you how to add and activate previously defined filters (either Message rules or Antivirus/Antispam Filters). If no filters have been previously defined.1. For SpamAssassin. make sure you are located on the Server page and click the Filters tab on the upper right hand side. For detailed information on filtering. This displays the New message rule area containing three configurable parameters: name. To see instructions on how to make AXIGEN work with ClamAV. For filter parameter configuration using WebAdmin. AXIGEN is currently shipped with connectors for ClamAV (antivirus application) and SpamAssassin (anti-spam application).R. A sample setup procedure for connecting these two applications to AXIGEN is also given in the AXIGEN Install and Config Guide. see the corresponding AXIGEN forum posting. both Open Source. filter types in AXIGEN.AXIGEN User Manual 8. http://www. see subpages of current page. you simply need to install the application. type and file: 206 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .3.1. Configuring Message Rules To configure message rules at server level. no further configurations are necessary. see Mail Filtering in the Security chapter.3.1.axigen. the Message rule list displayed will be empty. To add a new Message rule.

axigen.L. click the AV/AS filters tab. click the Add new filter button. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: ScriptFilter Attribute Type: VALUE The type parameter refers to the scripting language used to define the filter.1.R. in AXIGEN. and that this field is case sensitive. Currently.3. This will need to coincide with the name of the script file containing the rule. In this page. http://www. This name is used as unique identifier for the rule being added. Also. 207 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual The name parameter allows you to specify the name of the rule to be added. For more information on Sieve script based rules. see Message rules. To add a new Script filter.single choice Default Value: ( sieve ) The file attribute requires you to specify the path to the rule file. The message rule you have just added will appear in the Message rule list and you will be able to edit it at any later time. 8. click the Add button to complete the filter definition. Configuring Antivirus/Antispam Filters To configure Antivirus/Antispam filters at server level. The list of already defined AV/AS filters will be displayed. make sure you are located on the Server page and click the Filters tab on the upper right hand side. Attribute Name: type Attribute Class: ScriptFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( sieve ) . only Sieve filters are available.com . keep in mind that this name is case sensitive. Note that this value is mandatory in order to complete the rule definition. Attribute Name: file Attribute Class: ScriptFilter Attribute Type: VALUE When you are done with these parameters. by clicking the Edit button displayed next to it.2.

This must be either an Internet or a Unix local address. keep in mind that this name is case sensitive. A value of zero means that the connection is never timed out. This is the path to the AFSL file containing the description of the protocol used to communicate with the filter. 208 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual This will display a window containing parameters needed to define a new AV/AS filter: The name parameter allows you to specify the name of the filter to be added. This name is used as unique identifier for the filter being added.axigen. This will need to coincide with the name of the script file containing the filter. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: SocketFilter Attribute Type: VALUE The address parameter allows you to specify the address used to communicate with the filter. The default value is 60s. Attribute Name: protocolFile Attribute Class: SocketFilter Attribute Type: VALUE In the Idle timeout field you can specify the value of the idleTimeout parameter. This will be the inactivity interval in seconds after which the connection with the filter is timed out. Attribute Name: address Attribute Class: SocketFilter Attribute Type: VALUE The Protocol file field allows you to set the values of the protocolFile parameter.com . Also.R.L.

the Active filters list displayed will be empty. minValue = 0. Configuring Active Filters To activate filters at server level. In this page. allowZero = true. http://www. the email is passed on to the next filter. This is the action to be taken in case the filter matches an email (it found something in the email that matches the criterion specified in the filter).AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: idleTimeout Attribute Class: SocketFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400. connections field specifies the value for the maxConnections parameter. Default Value: 60 The Action on match dropdown box allows you to set the actionOnMatch parameter. Default Value: 10 Click the Add button to complete the socket filter definition. allowInfinite = true.com .L. The maximum number of simultaneous connections that can be allowed is 32. allowZero = true. 209 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. click the Active filters tab. click the Add new filter button. Attribute Name: maxConnections Attribute Class: SocketFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 32. allowInfinite = true. minValue = 0. This will be the maximum number of simultaneous connections allowed for this filter (for instance when several emails are being processed simultaneously using this filter). By selecting the value pass.3.axigen. A value of 0 will allow an unlimited number of simultaneous connections. make sure you are located on the Server page and click the Filters tab on the upper right hand side.single choice Default Value: ( reject ) The Max.3. 8. If no filters have been previously activated. Attribute Name: actionOnMatch Attribute Class: SocketFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( discard | pass | reject ) .1. To add a new active filter.

Attribute Name: filterType Attribute Class: ServerActiveFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( script | socket ) .L. http://www. allowInfinite = false. The priority parameter refers to the priority the filter will be given in the filtering chain. The Type field allows you to select from available filter types.AXIGEN User Manual In the new page displayed. The Name field allows you to select from the list the name of the filter as defined in the Message rules or AV/AS filters tabs. priority values allowed range between 0 and 500. Attribute Name: filterName Attribute Class: ServerActiveFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256.com .axigen. you need to set the following parameters in order to activate one of the existing filters. Attribute Name: priority Attribute Class: ServerActiveFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 500. minValue = 0. At domain level. currently Socket (Antivirus/Antispam Filters) and Sieve (Message rules).R. allowZero = true.single choice 210 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

you need to check both available options.R. By setting this parameter to 'realy' you indicate that you wish to apply the filter only for outgoing mail. If you check the "local" option.multiple choices Default Value: ( local ) Click the Add button to complete the filter activation. Attribute Name: applyOn Attribute Class: ServerActiveFilter Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | relay ) .L.axigen. http://www. and specify whether you want this filter to be applied to emails being relayed by AXIGEN or only to emails delivered locally.com . the filter will be applied to emails delivered locally only. If you wish apply the filter both for incoming and outgoing mail. 211 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual In the Apply on checkbox you can set the value of the applyOn parameter.

Whether adding or editing a filter.axigen.L. the parameters available through the SMTP Filter Wizard are the same. press the Delete button corresponding to it.R. To delete and existing filter.1. If you want to edit and existing filter. http://www.com . a list with the previously created filters is displayed. SMTP Filters The SMTP Filter Wizard which allows system administrators to create filters within the server SMTP policy is available on the Server > SMTP Filters page. press the Edit button corresponding to the name of your selected filter. Press the Add new SMTP filter button to create a new filter. 212 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8. When first accessing the page.4.

put your mouse over the " click on the condition you want to use to create the filter. the filter will be applied to the earliest event.axigen.L. 213 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual In the Name field. " button. press the Update and Commit buttons to make the changes permanent. press the " " button corresponding to it. you can also choose to apply all the criteria or any of the existing criteria. then After adding one condition. To access the options available in the Actions field. When you are done configuring the filter. as shown in the above screenshot. Important! If you create a SMTP Filter which applies to two ore more events.com . put your mouse over the " on the action you want applied to the filter you are configuring. then click To delete an existing condition or action. specify the name you have chosen for the filter you are creating. " button. To access the options available in the Conditions field.

General Settings Use the DNR > General page to configure the general parameters relative to the DNR service. Attribute Name: retries Attribute Class: DNRService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 10.2.com .allows you to edit and add known name servers to be used in DNR searches 8. Use the Retries field to specify the maximum number of DNR queries retries to be executed by AXIGEN Mail Server. Default Value: 3 214 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.1.AXIGEN User Manual For a general description of the SMTP Policies and for detailed explanations for all the existing events and their corresponding actions. http://www. Attribute Name: timeout Attribute Class: DNRService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 120.2.L. see the corresponding section of the documentation. allowZero = false. minValue = 1.axigen. Default Value: 5 Note: After each retry this timeout is doubled. The values for these parameters are expressed in seconds. conditions and methods. 8. Use the DNR Timeout field to specify after how many seconds the first DNR query is closed by AXIGEN Mail Server.contains general DNR configuration parameters • Nameserver . DNR tab The DNR tab allows you to access two different pages for DNR configuration: • General .

L. Attribute Name: cacheSize Attribute Class: DNRService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000. 215 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. hit the Update and Commit buttons. http://www. The default value is 1000 IPs.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Cache Size field to specify the number of results (IP addresses) cached for each DNR query type (NS. MX) to be executed by AXIGEN Mail Server. A. minValue = 1. Default Value: 1000 To make your changes permanent. allowZero = false.axigen.com .R.

com . A lower priority values stands for a higher priority level. the parameters displayed will be the same.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Nameservers settings Use the DNR > Nameservers page to edit the list of known name (DNS) servers (specified in the operating system configuration) used by AXIGEN Mail Server when performing DNR searches. press its corresponding Edit button. Attribute Name: priority Attribute Class: DNRNameServer Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. http://www. 216 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowInfinite = false.2. This is useful when defining the order in which name servers are searched (the ones with higher priority are queried first). To edit one of the defined name servers.R. Whether editing or adding a name server. press the Add new ns button. minValue = 1. Use the Priority field to specify the priority level for the new name server. To add a new name server.2.L. allowZero = false.axigen.

217 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: timeout Attribute Class: DNRNameServer Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 120. press the Add button to add the new name server.L. Attribute Name: address Attribute Class: DNRNameServer Attribute Type: VALUE The parameters corresponding to DNR Timeout and No. These fields are useful if you wish to define different parameter values for a certain name server and not use the values inherited from the general DNR service level. http://www. of retries fields are configured as described in the General parameters section above.R. minValue = 1. For additional information about the DNR service in AXIGEN and the parameters above. Default Value: 3 After editing these parameters. allowZero = false. Default Value: 5 Attribute Name: retries Attribute Class: DNRNameServer Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 10.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Address field to specify the IP address of the name server.axigen. and than the Commit button to make the change effective. please see the DNR settings section.com .

Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the level of events logged for the DNR service.axigen. system and remote. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: DNRService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127. 218 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Possible values are: internal.R. DNR Log Control Parameters Log control parameters are accessible through the DNR > General Page.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the DNR remote logging host IP address.3.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for DNR. http://www. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: DNRService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .L. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for DNR.com . Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: DNRService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.2.0.AXIGEN User Manual 8.0. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.

schedule interval field to specify the maximum time interval (in seconds) for rescheduling a message in case of a non-critical delivery error in AXIGEN Mail Server.R.1)).1.3. Processing tab To configure Processing related settings.AXIGEN User Manual 8. allowInfinite = false.3. maxValue = 86400. Default Value: 300 219 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . allowInfinite = false. and log control parameters. Managing Mail Scheduling In the Processing tab. you have access to several parameters allowing you to adjust mail scheduling parameters according to your needs. http://www. you need to access the Processing > General page of WebAdmin. The default value corresponds to 8 hours. allowZero = false.axigen. This means that the queue is rechecked every hour. Attribute Name: maxSchedInterval Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400. The default value corresponds to one hour. maxSchedInterval) In order to configure these to configure these parameters. Attribute Name: schedInterval Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. allowZero = false. minValue = 5.L. queue management. Here you can configure mail scheduling. in order to attempt sending the message. 8. Default Value: 28800 Use the Schedule interval field to specify the time interval (in seconds) for rescheduling a message in case of a non-critical delivery error in AXIGEN Mail Server. use the details presented below: Use the Max. Important: The interval for rescheduling mail messages is calculated using the following formula: min(schedInterval * (2 ^ (retryCount .

it does not automatically trigger the message being dropped by AXIGEN server (for instance due to its length exceeding the limit specified by the maxDataSize parameter). Note: The mail scheduling feature is only available if the reason for re-scheduling the message is non-critical. 220 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.e. the reschedule interval calculated using the above formula is of approximately 2 days.R. allowZero = false. Default Value: 20 Using the default values of these parameters. retry count field to specify the number of times AXIGEN server should try to deliver a mail message in case of a non-critical delivery error in AXIGEN Mail Server. Attribute Name: maxRetryCount Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. maxValue = 1000. http://www.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Max.L.com . allowInfinite = false. i.

Attribute Name: queueEntryCount Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. When too many messages have to be processed and this queue is full. The actual number of subdirectories will be computed based on this value. Attribute Name: queuePath Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: "SMTP_QUEUE_PATH" Use the Queue Entry Count field to specify the upper limit for the number of subdirectories in the internal queue. Attribute Name: procQueueSize Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 2. AXIGEN server queue is stored in /var/opt/axigen/queue. maxValue = 65536. allowInfinite = false. allowZero = false. Managing the Queue The Processing > General page provides parameters that allow you to manage the mail queue.2. 221 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Default Value: 64 Use the Processing queue size field to specify the size of internal processing queue. If the string does not represent a valid path.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Use the Queue Path field to specify the path to the internal server queue. allowInfinite = false.com .R.3. http://www. the queue is not stored. allowZero = false. the next messages will be rescheduled. maxValue = 256. Default Value: 256 Remember to hit the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes permanent. By default.L.axigen. as maximum power of 2 smaller than 'queueEntryCount' value.

Default Value: 20 222 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the Delivery threads text area to specify the number of threads handling local SMTP delivery. you can set a higher number of delivery threads.3. Attribute Name: deliveryThreads Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1.axigen. If you want to use your server mainly for local delivery. http://www. maxValue = 128. Thus you can fine tune the server behavior to your usage scenario. allowInfinite = false.L.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Specifying Threads for Local Delivery To specify the threads for local delivery.com .3.R. allowZero = false. first access the Processing > General page.

Attribute Name: messagesPerSecond Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. 223 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. allowInfinite = false. Use the Max messages per second field to specify the maximum number of messages a mailbox can receive in one second. This parameter values are expressed in seconds. maxValue = 1000. maxValue = 86400. allowZero = false. you can configure parameters which allow you to adjust the maximum number of messages received per second by one mailbox and the interval in seconds during which that mailbox will be disabled if that maximum is reached.R.AXIGEN User Manual 8.4. allowInfinite = false. http://www. Attribute Name: disableInterval Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. hit the Update and Commit buttons to save your changes. This way. Default Value: 20 Use the Disable interval field to specify the time interval a mailbox is disabled if the limit stipulated by the messagesPerSecond parameter is exceeded. you can avoid flooding attacks.com . Default Value: 300 When you are done configuring the above parameters.axigen. Configuring Mailbox Related Parameters In the Processing > General page.3. allowZero = true.

Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127. Possible values are: internal.L.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for Processing. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.R. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.AXIGEN User Manual 8.3.0.com .axigen. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: ProcessingService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) . Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for the Processing service. http://www.0. Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for the Processing service.5. system and remote.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the Processing service remote logging host IP address. 224 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Configuring Log Control Parameters Log control parameters are accessible through Processing > General Page.

Configuring SMTP-In Connection Error Control Parameters Connection error control parameters are accessible through SMTP-In > General page. 8.com .AXIGEN User Manual 8. edit listeners and allow/deny rules). See Adding and Editing TCP Listeners for more details. • Listeners page (which allows you to add. Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. auth. Default Value: 5 Important: The value "0" is accepted for both these parameters and its meaning is that the server will accept an unlimited number of errors. see SMTP Incoming. connection thread control. number of authentication errors for SMTP Incoming connections Use the Max.axigen. error no. http://www. SMTP-In Tab By clicking on the SMTP-In Tab.4. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session.4.allowing you to set mapping related parameters.1. log control and authentication parameters).R. field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a SMTP client during one session. you have access to two pages: • General page (allowing you to set connection error control. Specifying a Maximum Number of Errors for SMTP Incoming Connections Use the Max error no. Default Value: 20 Specifying a max. For more information on connection control for the SMTP-In service. 225 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. • Mapping Data . Be informed though that this may raise serious security issues.L.

AXIGEN User Manual

8.4.2. Configuring SMTP-In Connection Thread Control Parameters
Connection thread control parameters are accessible through SMTP-In > General page.

Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the SMTP Incoming service connections. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the SMTP Incoming service connections. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control, see SMTP Incoming.

226

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.4.3. Configuring SMTP-In Log Control Parameters
Log control parameters are accessible through SMTP-In > General Page.

Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for SMTP Incoming. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31; Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for SMTP Incoming. Possible values are: internal, system and remote. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) - single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the SMTP Incoming remote logging host IP address. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0.0.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for SMTP Incoming.

For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.

227

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.4.4. Setting Further General Parameters
Four further parameters can be set from the SMTP-In > General page, as shown in the below screenshot. These parameters refer to the Received headers, to User dB connectors and to routing settings for the SMTP In service.

Maximum Received Headers Setting a maximum number for the Received headers an email can have is a critical security issue, keeping administrators safe from looping emails. Therefore, the maxReceivedHeaders parameter is first available in The SMPT In tab and can be further configured using the SMTP Policy File. Use the Maximum Received Headers filed to specify a maximum number of Received headers allowed for an email message after which the mail is considered looping and it is bounced. The default value in this case is of 30 such headers. Attribute Name: maxReceivedHeaders Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1; maxValue = 1000; allowZero = false; allowInfinite = false; Default Value: 30 For details on SMTP Policy usage, please see the Mail Filtering section. User Database Connector Parameters The User dB connector type dropdown box allows you to set the type of the user database connector. You can choose from the three available options, local, ldap and ldapbind. Administrators can also specify a name for the connector in the User dB connector name field. Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) - single choice Default Value: ( local )
228

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE

SMTP Routing Configuration In order to specify if SMTP Routing is allowed for the AXIGEN Mail Server, use the Enable SMTP Routing dropdown box. Thus the SMTP-In will become a SMTP Routing service. Attribute Name: enableSmtpRouting Attribute Class: SMTPInService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) - single choice Default Value: ( no ) To make your changes permanent, hit the Update and Commit buttons.

229

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.4.5. Configuring Mapping Data
Mapping data parameters can be configured when accessing the SMTP-In > Mapping Data page.

The User Map drop-down box allows you to select one of the user maps defined at server level. Attribute Name: userMap Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: none Use the Mapping AXIGEN Host field to specify the name or the IP address of the default AXIGEN machine to be used if the userMap parameter is set to none and the Mapping AXIGEN Port field to specify the port on which to connect to the default AXIGEN machine. Attribute Name: mappingHost Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0.0.1 Attribute Name: mappingPort Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 1200 When you are done configuring these parameters, hit the Update and Commit buttons.

230

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.5. SMTP-Out tab
In the SMTP-Out tab you can access one main configuration page, SMTP-Out > General. The page contains settings related to the SMTP Outgoing module (connection thread and log control parameters). Connection Thread Control Connection thread control parameters are accessible through SMTP-Out > General page. These parameters allow you to adjust the number of threads dedicated to SMTP remote delivery.

Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the SMTP Outgoing service connections. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: SMTPOutService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the SMTP Outgoing service connections. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: SMTPOutService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control, see SMTP Outgoing.

231

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Log Control Log control parameters are accessible through the SMTP-Out > General Page.

Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the level of events logged in SMTP Outgoing. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: SMTPOutService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31; Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for SMTP Outgoing. Possible values are: internal, system and remote. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: SMTPOutService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) - single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the SMTP Outgoing remote logging host IP address. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: SMTPOutService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0.0.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for SMTP Outgoing.

For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.

232

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.6. POP3 tab
Clicking on the POP3 tab, you get access to: • General page - allows you to set global POP3 parameters (connection error control, connection thread control, log control and secure connection parameters) • Listeners page which allows you to configure listeners for the POP3 service. See Adding and Editing TCP Listeners for more details.

8.6.1. Configuring POP3 Connection Error Control Parameters
Connection error control parameters are accessible through POP3 > General page.

Use the Max error no. field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a POP3 client during one session. Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100; Default Value: 20 Use the Max. auth. error no. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session. Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100; Default Value: 5 For more information on connection control see POP3 section.

233

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.6.2. Configuring POP3 Connection Thread Control Parameters
Connection thread control parameters are accessible through POP3 > General page.

Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the POP3 service connections. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the POP3 service connections. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control, see the POP3 service.

234

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.6.3. Configuring POP3 Log Control Parameters
Log control parameters are accessible through POP3 > General Page.

Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for POP3. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31; Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for POP3. Possible values are: internal, system and remote. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) - single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the POP3 remote logging host IP address. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0.0.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for POP3.

For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.

235

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.6.4. POP3 Encryption and Authentication Parameters
In the POP3 > General Tab, you can use the Allow TLS field to specify whether you want to enable secure connections for POP3.

By setting this parameter to 'yes', you allow sending the STARTTLS command for encrypting the connection if the server supports this command. Attribute Name: allowStartTLS Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) - single choice Default Value: ( yes ) On the same page, you can choose to further allow plain or secure connection and specify the authentication types corresponding to each type of connection.

Use the Allow secure connection dropdown box to specify if plain text login is allowed on a secure
236

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

(TLS-enabled) connection. Choose the types of authentication allowed on a secure (TLS-enabled) connection in the TLS Auth. Types checkbox. Possible options are: plain, login, cram-md5, digestmd5, gssapi and all. Default value is 'all' (all types of authentication are allowed on a secure connection). Attribute Name: secureConnAllowLogin Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) - single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Attribute Name: secureConnAuthTypes Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( plain | login | cram-md5 | digest-md5 | gssapi | all ) - multiple choices Default Value: ( plain login cram-md5 digest-md5 gssapi all )

Use the Allow plain connection dropdown box to specify if plain text login is allowed on a plain (nonTLS-enabled) connection. Choose the types of authentication allowed on a plain (non-TLS-enabled) connection in the Plain Auth. Types checkbox. Possible options are: plain, login, cram-md5, digestmd5, gssapiand all. Default value is 'all' (all types of authentication are allowed on a secure connection). Attribute Name: plainConnAllowLogin Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) - single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Attribute Name: plainConnAuthTypes Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( plain | login | cram-md5 | digest-md5 | gssapi | all ) - multiple choices Default Value: ( plain login cram-md5 digest-md5 gssapi all ) To make your changes permanent, remember to hit the Update and Commit buttons.

237

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.6.5. Configuring POP3 User dB Connector Parameters
Parameters relative to user database connectors can be set when accessing the POP3 > General page.

The User dB connector type dropdown box allows you to set the type of the user database connector. You can choose from the three available options, local, ldap and ldapbind. Administrators can also specify a name for the connector in the User dB connector name field. Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) - single choice Default Value: ( local ) Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: POP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE

238

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.7. IMAP tab
The IMAP tab in WebAdmin gives you access to: • General page - containing general IMAP module configuration parameters, such as connection thread control, connection error control, log control and authentication parameters; • Listeners page - where you can add and edit Listeners for the IMAP module. For details on how to configure IMAP Listeners, see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners.

8.7.1. Configuring IMAP Connection Error Control Parameters
Connection error control parameters are accessible through IMAP > General page.

Use the Max error no. field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a IMAP client during one session. Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100; Default Value: 20 Use the Max. auth. error no. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session. Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100; Default Value: 5 For more information on connection control, see the IMAP section.

239

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.7.2. Configuring IMAP Connection Thread Control Parameters
Connection thread control parameters are accessible through IMAP > General page.

Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the IMAP service connections. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the IMAP service connections. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128; minValue = 1; allowZero = false; Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control, see the IMAP section.

240

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

http://www. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for IMAP.0. system and remote. Configuring IMAP Log Control Parameters Log control parameters are accessible through IMAP > General Page.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the IMAP remote logging host IP address. Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for IMAP.R. 241 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.7.axigen.0.AXIGEN User Manual 8.L.3. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.com . Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127. Possible values are: internal. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for IMAP.

AXIGEN User Manual 8.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the TLS Auth. Attribute Name: secureConnAllowLogin Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .4. Types field to specify what type of TLS authentication AXIGEN Mail Server 242 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the Allow TLS field to specify whether you allow secure connections for IMAP.7.axigen.L. Attribute Name: allowStartTLS Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . http://www. Configuring IMAP Encryption and Authentication Parameters Authentication and encryption parameters are accessible through IMAP>General page. By setting this parameter to 'yes'.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Allow secure connection field. to specify whether you allow or not login with plain text on a secure (TLS-enabled) connection.R. you allow sending STARTTLS command for encrypting the connection if the server supports this command.com .

single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Plain Auth. Types field to specify what type of authentication AXIGEN Mail Server should use for its IMAP plain (not TLS enabled) connections.L. Default value is 'all' (all types of authentication are allowed on a secure connection). Attribute Name: secureConnAuthTypes Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( plain | login | cram-md5 | digest-md5 | gssapi | all ) .axigen.R. see Authentication and Encryption. login. Attribute Name: plainConnAllowLogin Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .AXIGEN User Manual should use for its IMAP secure connections. Possible options are: plain. Default value is cram-md5 (only a session authenticated via cram-md5 is allowed on a plain connection). 243 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . cram-md5 and all. login. http://www. Possible options are: plain.multiple choices Default Value: ( plain login cram-md5 digest-md5 gssapi all ) Use the Allow plain connection to specify whether you allow or not login with plain text on a plain (non-TLS-enabled) connection. Attribute Name: plainConnAuthTypes Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( plain | login | cram-md5 | digest-md5 | gssapi | all ) . cram-md5 and all).multiple choices Default Value: ( plain login cram-md5 digest-md5 gssapi all ) For more details on authentication methods.

Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) .AXIGEN User Manual 8. http://www.R.axigen.L.com . ldap and ldapbind. The User dB connector type dropdown box allows you to set the type of the user database connector. You can choose from the three available options. local. Configuring IMAP User dB Connector Parameters Parameters relative to user database connectors can be set when accessing the IMAP > General page. Administrators can also specify a name for the connector in the User dB connector name field.7.5.single choice Default Value: ( local ) Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE 244 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

R. WebMail connections and WebMail sessions • URL redirects .contains general configuration parameters relating to WebMail service.allows you to define and edit listeners for the WebMail module. WebMail tab The WebMail tab gives you access to three configuration pages: • General . see the Listeners section.axigen.contains parameters allowing you to set up URL redirect rules • Host name resolver . For general information on listeners.com .L.8. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners.allows you to map host names to domain names • Listeners .AXIGEN User Manual 8. http://www. For information on how to configure parameters in the Listeners page. • 245 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

see WebMail in the Product Architecture chapter.axigen. allowZero = false.L.R.com . http://www.8. 246 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. minValue = 1. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. WebMail Connection Thread Control Connection thread control parameters are accessible through WebMail > General page. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the WebMail service connections.1. Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the WebMail service connections. Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control. allowZero = false. minValue = 1.AXIGEN User Manual 8.

WebMail Log Control Log control parameters are accessible through WebMail > General Page.axigen. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.0. system and remote.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the WebMail service remote logging host IP address. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .com .R.8. Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for the WebMail service. http://www. Possible values are: internal.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for WebMail.2. 247 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for the WebMail service.

8. Default Value: 900 Use the Session Activity Timeout field in the WebMail > General page to specify after how many seconds a WebMail session is closed. allowZero = true. even if activity exists. minValue = 0. minValue = 0. allowInfinite = true. Attribute Name: sessionIdleTimeout Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 604800.R.com . Values for this parameter must be entered in seconds. allowZero = true. Use the Allow Keep Alive drop-down box in the WebMail > General page to specify if permanent connections for WebMail service are allowed. http://www.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Session Idle Timeout field in the WebMail > General page to specify after how many seconds an idle WebMail session is closed.L. allowInfinite = true. WebMail Connection and Session Control In the WebMail > General Page.3. you can also set parameters related to WebMail connections and sessions. Attribute Name: allowKeepAlive Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Default Value: 216000 To make your changes effective.AXIGEN User Manual 8. remember to press the Update and Commit buttons.axigen. 248 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: sessionActivityTimeout Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 604800.

maxValue = 10240.8. Default Value: 64 Use the HTTP body max size field in the WebMail > General page to specify the maximum allowed size for incoming HTTP body for any request made in WebMail. allowInfinite = false. Use the Allow large incoming data on error drop-down box in the WebMail > General page to specify if you allow receiving incoming data over the limits set using maximum allowed sizes. Attribute Name: httpHeadersMaxSize Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 16.AXIGEN User Manual 8.axigen. 249 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.com . Attribute Name: allowLargeIncomingData Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .single choice Default Value: ( no ) Use the HTTP header max size field in the WebMail > General page to specify the maximum allowed size for incoming HTTP headers for any request made in WebMail.4.R. allowZero = false. you can also use HTTP limits parameters set HTTP limits for WebMail requests.L. HTTP Limits for WebMail In the General > WebMail page.

axigen. allowZero = false.R. allowInfinite = false. allowZero = false.com . maxValue = 163840.L. 250 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: uploadMaxSize Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 16. Default Value: 16384 Press the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes to the above parameters permanent. Default Value: 64 Use the HTTP upload max size field in the WebMail > General page to specify the maximum allowed size for incoming upload data (in WebMail this refers particularly to mail attachments). allowInfinite = false.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: httpBodyMaxSize Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 16. http://www. maxValue = 1048576.

You can also choose to display or not the domain list when logging in to WebMail. To specify your choice. The available options are plain and gssapi. Attribute Name: path Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: "WEBMAIL_PATH" HSP is an AXIGEN proprietary server-side scripting language. Attribute Name: showDomainList Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .com .R. by selecting it from the Authentication type dropdown box.single choice Default Value: ( no ) When you are done configuring these parameters. used to generate HTML code for WebMail and WebAdmin. use the Show Domain List dropdown box.L.axigen. while the default value is set to plain. Attribute Name: authType Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( plain | gssapi ) .single choice Default Value: ( plain ) You can also use the HSP path field to specify the path to the location where you wish to store HSP files. See the document on HSP in the documentation section of our website. System administrators can specify the authentication type allowed. the two web-based components of AXIGEN.AXIGEN User Manual 8.8. HSP code is combined with HTML. http://www. 251 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Setting Further General Parameters The WebMail > General page gives access to further general parameters that define the WebMail service behavior. to integrate dynamic elements in static HTML pages.5. press the Update and Commit buttons.

axigen.R.6.L. These can be used. for instance. the parameters displayed are the same. When first entering WebMail > URL Redirects.8. Whether adding or editing a URL redirect. Use the Address field in WebMail > URL Redirects to specify the address of a TCP listener (domain:port location) from which connections will be redirected (when accepted).com . press the Add new urlredirect button or press the Edit button next to a rule to edit its parameters. for redirecting plain connections to secure locations or to set up virtual hosts (if you wish to host several domains on the same IP address). a list of currently defined URL Redirects is displayed. Attribute Name: address Attribute Class: UrlRedirect Attribute Type: VALUE 252 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. URL Redirects for WebMail Use the options available in the WebMail > URL Redirects page to define redirect rules for WebMail. These rules allow you to redirect connections established on one listener (domain:port location) to a specified host.AXIGEN User Manual 8. To add a new redirect rule. http://www.

In the Host name field. press the Add button to add the new rule and the Commit button to enforce your changes.axigen. Attribute Name: port Attribute Class: UrlRedirect Attribute Type: VALUE Attribute Name: host Attribute Class: UrlRedirect Attribute Type: VALUE When you are done configuring these parameters. 253 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you need to enter the domain name (or host name / IP address written as a string).AXIGEN User Manual The Port and Hostname parameters are used to specify a location (port and host name) to which the connection will be redirected.R. http://www.com .L.

8.domain name value pairs is displayed.L.R. Whether adding or editing a hostname resolver. Attribute Name: host Attribute Class: HostNameResolver Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object. or press the Edit button next to an existing one to edit its parameters. Use the Host and Domain fields to specify the host name (IP:port combination) and the domain name you wish to associate to it. http://www. if you wish to have different WebMail login pages for two local pages). When first entering WebMail > Hostname Resolver.axigen. This allows setting up virtual hosts. press the Add new hostresolver button.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Attribute Name: domain Attribute Class: HostNameResolver Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object. 254 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. that is specifying different domain names to be hosted on the same IP address (for instance. the parameters displayed are the same. To add a new mapping.7.com . a list of currently defined host . Hostname Resolver for Webmail The WebMail > Hostname Resolver page allows you to map hostnames (IP adress:port) to domain names.

WebMail User dB Connector Parameters Parameters relative to user database connectors can be set when accessing the WebMail > General page.L.single choice Default Value: ( local ) Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Remember to hit the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes effect.8. local. http://www. Administrators can also specify a name for the connector in the User dB connector name field. You can choose from the three available options.AXIGEN User Manual 8.R. Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: WebMailService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) . ldap and ldapbind.com . The User dB connector type dropdown box allows you to set the type of the user database connector. 255 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.8.axigen.

Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. allowZero = false.9.axigen. allowZero = false.L. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners. sessions and HTTP limits URL redirects . remember to press the Update and Commit buttons. 256 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. minValue = 1.AXIGEN User Manual 8.contains parameters allowing you to set up URL redirect rules Listeners .R. WebAdmin tab The WebAdmin tab gives you access to WebAdmin related configuration parameters grouped in three pages: • • • General . WebAdmin Connection Thread Control Connection thread control parameters are accessible through WebAdmin > General page. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the WebAdmin service connections.contains general configuration parameters relating to WebAdmin service. Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the WebAdmin service connections. 8.9.1. http://www. For information on how to configure parameters in the Listeners page. WebAdmin connections.allows you to define and edit listeners for the WebAdmin module. Default Value: 1 To make your changes effective. For general information on listeners.com . minValue = 1. see the Listeners section.

WebAdmin Log Control Log control parameters are accessible through WebAdmin> General Page.2. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the WebAdmin service remote logging host IP address.com .axigen.R. 257 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for the WebAdmin service. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0.0. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for the WebAdmin service. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) . Possible values are: internal.AXIGEN User Manual 8.9.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for WebAdmin. system and remote.L. http://www.

axigen. you can also set parameters related to WebAdmin connections and sessions. Attribute Name: path Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: "WEBADMIN_PATH" HSP is the AXIGEN proprietary server-side scripting language. the two web-based components of AXIGEN. 8.4. Attribute Name: allowKeepAlive Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .single choice Default Value: ( yes ) 258 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. See the document on HSP in the Documentation section of our website. Specifying the HSP Path In the WebAdmin > General page. used to generate HTML code for WebMail and WebAdmin.R. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual 8. you can use the HSP path field to specify the path to the location where you wish to store HSP files. WebAdmin Connection and Session Control In the WebAdmin > General Page.9. to integrate dynamic elements in static HTML pages. Use the Allow Keep Alive drop-down box in the WebAdmin > General page to specify if permanent connections for WebAdmin service are allowed.3. HSP code is combined with HTML.com .9.L.

minValue = 0.com . even if activity exists. Default Value: 216000 When you are done configuring these parameters. 259 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Default Value: 900 Use the Session Activity Timeout text area in the WebAdmin > General page to specify after how many seconds a WebAdmin session is closed. allowZero = true. http://www. minValue = 0. allowZero = true.axigen. allowInfinite = true. remember to press the Update and Commit buttons. allowInfinite = true. Values for this parameter must be entered in seconds.R.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Session Idle Timeout field in the WebAdmin > General page to specify after how many seconds an idle WebAdmin session is closed. Attribute Name: sessionActivityTimeout Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 604800. Attribute Name: sessionIdleTimeout Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 604800.L.

Attribute Name: allowLargeIncomingData Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . HTTP Limits for WebAdmin In the WebAdmin > General page. allowZero = false. http://www. Use the Allow large incoming data on error drop-down box in the WebAdmin > General page to specify if you allow receiving incoming data over the limits set using maximum allowed sizes. Default Value: 64 Use the HTTP body max size field in the WebAdmin > General page to specify the maximum allowed size for incoming HTTP body for any request made in WebAdmin. you can also use HTTP limits parameters set HTTP limits for WebAdmin requests.AXIGEN User Manual 8.L.single choice Default Value: ( no ) Use the HTTP headers max size field in the WebAdmin > General page to specify the maximum allowed size for incoming HTTP headers for any request made in WebAdmin.9. allowInfinite = false.axigen. Attribute Name: httpHeadersMaxSize Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 16. 260 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .5.R. maxValue = 10240.

When first entering WebAdmin > URL Redirects. the parameters displayed are the same. allowInfinite = false.axigen. 261 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. press the Update and Commit buttons after configuring the above parameters. These can be used for instance. Whether adding or editing a URL redirect. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: httpBodyMaxSize Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 16. allowZero = false.9. press the Add new urlredirect button or press the Edit button next to a rule to edit its parameters. Default Value: 16384 In order to make your changes effective. a list of currently defined URL Redirects is displayed. maxValue = 1048576. These rules allow you to redirect connections established on one listener (domain:port location) to a specified host. Default Value: 64 Use the Incoming upload max size field in the WebAdmin > General page to specify the maximum allowed size for incoming upload data (in WebAdmin this refers particularly to license keys. 8. URL Redirects for WebAdmin Use the options available in the WebAdmin > URL Redirects page to define redirect rules for WebAdmin. for redirecting plain connections to secure locations or to set up virtual hosts (if you wish to host several domains on the same IP address). allowZero = false. Attribute Name: uploadMaxSize Attribute Class: WebAdminService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 16.com .R.L. allowInfinite = false. which can be directly uploaded through this interface). To add a new redirect rule. maxValue = 163840.6.

L. press the Add button to add the new rule and the Commit button to enforce your changes.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Address field in WebAdmin > URL Redirects to specify the address of a TCP listener (domain:port location) from which connections will be redirected (when accepted).com . Attribute Name: address Attribute Class: UrlRedirect Attribute Type: VALUE The Port and Hostname parameters are used to specify a location (port and host name) to which the connection will be redirected.R. In the Host name field.axigen. 262 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you need to enter the domain name (or host name / IP address written as a string). Attribute Name: port Attribute Class: UrlRedirect Attribute Type: VALUE Attribute Name: host Attribute Class: UrlRedirect Attribute Type: VALUE When you are done configuring these parameters. http://www.

contains parameters relating to connection thread. CLI (Command Line Interface) is a stand-alone administration tool for AXIGEN Mail Server. 263 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. CLI Tab The CLI tab allows you to configure parameters related to the CLI connections. Refer to Adding and Editing TCP Listeners for a full configuration procedure You can find full information on CLI and how to configure AXIGEN using this tool in Configuring AXIGEN using CLI.10.R. connection error and log control for CLI • Listeners .com . logs and listeners. CLI tab allows you to access these pages: • General . http://www.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 8.L.contains parameters related to listener configuration for CLI.

Default Value: 5 Use the Max. 264 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. auth.axigen. field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a CLI client during one session. http://www. Configuring CLI Connection Error Control Parameters Connection error control parameters are accessible through CLI > General page.AXIGEN User Manual 8.1.com . Default Value: 20 Use the Max. error no. Attribute Name: maxAuthCommands Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 20 If you change any of the default values. non-authenticated commands field of the CLI > General page to specify the maximum number of commands allowed before authentication.R. Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100.10.L. make sure you click on Commit to apply your changes. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session. Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. Use the Max error no.

Default Value: 1 If you change any of the default values. allowZero = false. Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the CLI service connections. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. allowZero = false. minValue = 1. Configuring CLI Connection Thread Control Parameters Connection thread control parameters are accessible through CLI > General page.com . http://www. 265 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128.10.R. make sure you click on Commit to apply your changes. Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the CLI service connections.axigen. minValue = 1.L.2.AXIGEN User Manual 8.

Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for CLI.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for the CLI service. 266 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the CLI remote logging host IP address. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for CLI. system and remote. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .R. Configuring CLI Log Control Parameters Log control parameters are accessible through CLI > General Page. Possible values are: internal. http://www.axigen.10. For a general description of the logging service and these parameters see Logging service.0.com .3.L. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: CLIService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.0.

11.see Adding and Editing UDP Listeners. Log tab The WebAdmin > Log tab gives you access to four different Log configuration pages: • • • • General . Rules .L.AXIGEN User Manual 8.11.contains general Log service configuration parameters. General Log Service Parameters In the Log > General page you can configure the log level. Log files . Listeners . for a detailed configuration procedure. just as for any other AXIGEN service. For a functional description of this service. http://www. 267 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen.contains parameters related to log rule configuration. This means that information can be logged about the activity of this service.R.displays a list of log files to view and delete. please see Logging in the Architecture chapter. 8.1.com . type and host for the Logging service itself.contains parameters for listener configuration .

0. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: LogService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31. a list of currently defined log rules is displayed.R. Possible values are: internal.2. If none has been defined.11. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: LogService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) . 268 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for the service. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: LogService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the remote logging host IP address.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for the Log Service. see Logging in the Architecture chapter. module names or both. for a certain module (SMTP In). When first entering the Log > Rules page. system and remote. go to the Log > Rules page. For instance. duration and number of old files kept for logs generated on a certain host. For a general description of the Log service and log rules. 8.0.L. http://www. a rule can be defined in order to specify the size.axigen. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type. Rules can be associated with host names. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging service. To configure log rules. Adding and Editing Log Rules Log Rules are used to define circumstances under which certain restrictions will be imposed on log files and the log level.com . the list is empty.

The following three parameters refer to the user of the current Use the Hostname field to specify the hostname of the user of this rule. webmail or all these modules.R. Attribute Name: hostname Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. '*' stands for 'any module'. If several rules are defined for the same log client. Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. rules are applied in the order of priority. Use the Rule Priority text area to specify the rule priority. imap.axigen. Default Value: * Use the Module field to specify the module (i.e. AXIGEN Mail Server service) of the user of this rule. the parameters displayed are the same. click the corresponding button. Whether adding or editing a rule. allowZero = false.AXIGEN User Manual To add or edit a rule. '1' denotes the highest priority. Attribute Name: module Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256.com . '*' stands for 'any host'.L. pop3. You can specify smtp. Default Value: * 269 rule. thus a rule with priority 1 will always be applied first. Attribute Name: priority Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000. A lower priority value denotes a higher priority. minValue = 1.

critical messages 2 . http://www. Attribute Name: fileName Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 64.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Log Level checkboxes to specify the level of log generated by the user of this log. The log level is computed by adding the following defined levels: • • • • • • 0 .axigen. minValue = 0. 270 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. error.error messages 4 . Default Value: 15 A set of additional parameters define the output of this rule (the log file).warning messages 8 . This is the file where log data will be stored according to the rule enforced.txt Use the File Size field to specify the maximum size of the destination file (in KB). Use the File Name field to specify the name of the destination file.L. In case you assign this parameter the value 0. Default Value: default.no log 1 . Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.com .informational messages 16 . the maximum size will be 2GB.protocol communication Example: level 15 contains critical. warning and informational messages.R.

minValue = 100.L.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: fileSize Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2097151. Attribute Name: fileCount Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000. http://www. 271 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. don't forget to click the Add and Commit buttons to add and commit your rule.R. Attribute Name: rotatePeriod Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( none | day | week | month ) .single choice When you are done configuring these parameters. weekly. The default value "none" means that information will be written to the same log file until the file reaches its maximum size specified using the fileSize parameter. Attribute Name: fileTime Attribute Class: LogRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2592000. Default Value: 86400 Use the File Count field to specify the maximum number of old (saved) files kept by AXIGEN Mail Server Log service. minValue = 0. Default Value: 5120 Use the File Duration field to specify the maximum duration the destination file is used (in seconds).com . monthly). Default Value: 0 Use the Rotate period to specify how often you wish a new log file to be created (daily. minValue = 600.axigen.

To view a log file. Press OK to delete the specified log file or Cancel to cancel the deletion and return to the previous window.AXIGEN User Manual 8. A confirmation dialog box is displayed. You can use this page to manage/view different logs generated by AXIGEN Mail Server Log service. a list of current log files is displayed. To delete a log file. When first entering the Log > Rules page.L. press on the View button on the right of the log file you want to view. http://www.axigen.R.com . Log Files Page The Log > Log files page is displayed after selecting the Log files page in WebAdmin Log tab. press on the Delete button on the right of the log file you want to delete.11.3. 272 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The log file is then displayed.

field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a FTP client during one session. Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. http://www.where you can add and edit Listeners for the FTP Backup service. see FTP Backup section in the Architecture Chapter.AXIGEN User Manual 8. see Adding and Editing TCP Listeners.containing general FTP Backup module configuration parameters.com .1. Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. For information on the FTP Backup service and its functions. see FTP Backup section. Configuring FTP Backup Connection Error Control Parameters Connection error control parameters are accessible through FTP Backup > General page.L. FTP Backup Tab The FTP Backup Tab allows you to access two pages: • General page .12. Default Value: 5 For more information on connection control. 273 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. connection error control.R. For details on how to configure IMAP Listeners.12. such as connection thread control.axigen. log control and authentication parameters • Listeners page . Default Value: 20 Use the Max. 8. auth. error no. Use the Max error no. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session.

Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the FTP Backup service connections. allowZero = false. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. http://www.L.R. minValue = 1.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control.2.com . 274 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. see FTP Backup section. Configuring FTP Backup Connection Thread Control Parameters Connection thread control parameters are accessible through FTP Backup > General page.axigen. minValue = 1.12. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the IFTP Backup service connections. allowZero = false.

275 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.12.L.R. Configuring FTP Backup Log Control Parameters Log control parameters are accessible through FTP Backup > General Page. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .AXIGEN User Manual 8. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for the FTP Backup service.3. system and remote. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.com . For a general description of the logging service and related parameters. Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for FTP Backup. Possible values are: internal.0.axigen.0. http://www. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: FTPBackupService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the FTP Backup service remote logging host IP address. see Logging service.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for FTP Backup.

276 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Configuring Connection Thread Parameters Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the RPOP service connections.L. http://www.com . allowZero = false. see RPOP Service. minValue = 1.AXIGEN User Manual 8.axigen. allowZero = false. minValue = 1. Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: RPOPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: RPOPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. RPOP Tab The RPOP tab gives access to parameters related to connection thread control and log control for the POP service. Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the RPOP service connections.13.R.

277 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. http://www.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the RPOP remote logging host IP address.0. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: RPOPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) . Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for RPOP.L. Possible values are: internal. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: RPOPService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.axigen.0. system and remote.AXIGEN User Manual Configuring Logging Parameters Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the level of events logged for the RPOP service.com .1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for RPOP. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: RPOPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.

Configuring UserDb Log Control Parameters Log control parameters are accessible through the UserDb > General Page.gives access to parameters relative to threads and logging • Ldap Connectors .enables ldap connector management (adding.14.R.2. UserDb Tab The UserDb tab gives you access to two different pages: • General . minValue = 1. you can set the number of maximum threads handled by the User Database service.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 8. To do so. editing or deleting such connectors) 8. http://www.L.14. 278 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. UserDb Thread Control When accessing the UserDb >General page.14.1. Default Value: 5 8. The available values range from 1 to 128. type the desired value in the Maximum Number of Threads field.com . Attribute Name: maxThreads Attribute Class: USERDBService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128.

279 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the available parameters are the same. 8.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the level of events logged in UserDb.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for UserDb.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the UserDb remote logging host IP address. Whether adding or editing a LDAP connector.3.0. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: USERDBService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.L. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: USERDBService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) . For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.R. LDAP Connectors The list of existing LDAP connectors is displayed when first accessing the UserDB > LDAP Connectors page. Possible values are: internal. http://www.14.0. press its corresponding Edit button. system and remote. The Add new ldapconn button allows you to create a new LDAP Connector. press the Delete button corresponding to its name. If you want to delete and existing connector. To edit an existing connector.com . Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: USERDBService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.axigen. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for UserDb.

280 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. Attribute Name: bindDN Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. In the Bind DN and Bind Password fields you can specify the distinguished name and password used for binding. The Host URL text field allows you to specify the LDAP server host URL for the currently defined connector. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 32.L.R.axigen.com . Attribute Name: hosturl Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 512.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Name text field to specify the name you have chosen for the connector you are configuring.

http://www.R.com . 281 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: bindPass Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 32. Use the Password field text box to specify the name of the field containing the password. Attribute Name: searchBase Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 512.L. The Search Base and Search pattern fields allow you to specify the formatted strings based on which the LDAP Connector will know where to search for the user and what search pattern to use. You can specify the name of the field containing the AXIGEN server hostname in the AXIGEN Hostname field.axigen. Attribute Name: passwordField Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 128. Attribute Name: searchPattern Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 512. Attribute Name: axigenHostField Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 128.

L. press the Update and Commit buttons. 282 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual To specify if the first returned field should be used when more than one are found.com .R.single choice Default Value: ( no ) To make your changes permanent. The available values are "yes" and "no". http://www.axigen. select one of the values in the Use first returned field dropdown box. Attribute Name: useFirst Attribute Class: LdapConnector Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .

283 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. POP3 Proxy Tab The POP3 Proxy tab gives access to three four different pages: • General .1.com . error control.R. log control and other such paramters. Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. error no. See Adding and Editing TCP Listeners for more details.15.allows imposing certain limits for connections established via POP3 Proxy • Listeners . http://www.15. Default Value: 5 For more information on connection control see POP3 Proxy. Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. • Mapping Data .containing parameters relative to error control. log control and other such parameters. Default Value: 20 Use the Max. 8.axigen. system administrators can configure parameters relative to connection threads. • Connection Data . thread control. Configuring General POP3 Proxy Parameters When accessing the POP3 Proxy > General page. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session. auth. POP3 Proxy Connection Error Control Parameters Use the Max error no. field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a POP3 Proxy client during one session.allows you to configure listeners for the POP3 service.L.AXIGEN User Manual 8.gives access to parameters relative to user databases and mapping hosts and ports.

minValue = 1.R. Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control. see POP3 Proxy.com . Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128.axigen. http://www.L. 284 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = false. POP3 Proxy Log Control Parameters Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for POP3 Proxy. allowZero = false. minValue = 1. Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the POP3 Proxy service connections. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128.AXIGEN User Manual POP3 Proxy Connection Thread Control Parameters Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the POP3 Proxy service connections.

R. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31. ldap and ldapbind. Possible values are: internal. Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) . For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the POP3 Proxy remote logging host IP address.0. local.single choice Default Value: ( local ) Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE 285 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. system and remote.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for POP3 Proxy.0. You can choose from the three available options. Administrators can also specify a name for the connector in the User dB connector name field. http://www. POP3 Proxy User dB Connector Parameters The User dB connector type dropdown box allows you to set the type of the user database connector.com .axigen. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) . Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for POP3 Proxy.

axigen.single choice Default Value: ( no ) When you are done configuring these parameters. Available options are "yes" and "no". remember to press the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes permanent. Attribute Name: allowStartTLS Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . http://www. By setting this parameter to 'yes'.L.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) In the same page.AXIGEN User Manual Other POP3 Proxy General Parameters You can use the Allow TLS field to specify whether you want to enable secure connections for POP3 Proxy. Attribute Name: authenticateOnProxy Attribute Class: ProxyPOP3Service Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . By choosing "yes".com .R. 286 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. system administrator can specify if user authentication should be required on proxy using the Proxy user authentication dropdown selection box. you allow sending the STARTTLS command for encrypting the connection if the server supports this command. you require user authentication on the proxy.

Attribute Name: mappingHost Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127. use the Mapping AXIGEN host and Mapping AXIGEN port text fields. minValue = 1.AXIGEN User Manual 8. allowZero = false. Select a user map from the list of maps already defined on the server from the User map drop down box. press the Update and Commit buttons.2.com .1 Attribute Name: mappingPort Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535. Attribute Name: userMap Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: none If the userMap parameter is set to the "none" value.15.0. Default Value: 1200 To make the changes effective. 287 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen.0.L. system administrators can specify the name or IP address of a default AXIGEN machine to be used for mapping and port used to connect to the respective machine. http://www. Configuring POP3 Proxy Mapping Data Mapping parameters for the POP3 Proxy service can be accessed on the POP3 Proxy > Mapping Data page. To do so.R.

allowZero = true. Configuring POP3 Proxy Connection Data Parameters The POP3 Proxy > Connection Data page allows system administrators to configure parameters relative to the connections established through the POP3 Proxy service.AXIGEN User Manual 8.R. Default Value: 64 Choose if the respective connection should be secured through SSL using the Enable SSL drop down box. number of connections field. minValue = 1.com . Attribute Name: rwTimeout Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535. http://www. Attribute Name: maxConnections Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535. minValue = 10. Attribute Name: sslEnable Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Default Value: 400 In the Max.15.L.3.axigen. specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections established to AXIGEN backservers.single choice Default Value: ( no ) 288 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = true. Use the RW Timeout field to set the timeout for the read/write operations performed via POP3 Proxy.

com . 289 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.axigen. http://www.L.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Local interface field to specify the address of the interface used to establish POP3 Proxy connections. Attribute Name: localInterface Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Remember to press the Update and Commit buttons when you are done configuring these parameters.

Attribute Name: maxErrors Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. 290 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. field to specify the maximum number of wrong commands that can be received from a IMAP Proxy client during one session.16. IMAP Proxy Connection Error Control Parameters Use the Max error no. error no.containing parameters relative to error control. Default Value: 20 Use the Max. • Connection Data . Attribute Name: maxAuthErrors Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100. http://www. • Mapping Data . 8. see IMAP Proxy Service.1.allows you to configure listeners for the IMAP Proxy service.axigen.R.allows imposing certain limits for connections established via IMAP Proxy • Listeners . error control. log control and other such parameters.gives access to parameters relative to user databases and mapping hosts and ports. Configuring General IMAP Proxy Parameters When accessing the IMAP Proxy > General page. field to specify the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during one session. thread control. Default Value: 5 For more information on connection control. system administrators can configure parameters relative to connection threads. IMAP Proxy Tab The IMAP Proxy tab gives access to three four different pages: • General . auth.com . See Adding and Editing TCP Listeners for more details.L. log control and other such paramters.16.AXIGEN User Manual 8.

minValue = 1. Default Value: 1 For more information on Connection Thread Control. see IMAP Proxy Service. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.com . allowZero = false.R. minValue = 1.AXIGEN User Manual IMAP Proxy Connection Thread Control Parameters Use the Maximum Connection Threads field to specify the maximum number of threads handling the IMAP Proxy service connections.L. Default Value: 15 291 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: maxConnThreads Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. http://www. Attribute Name: minConnThreads Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128. Default Value: 20 Use the Minimum Connection Threads field to specify the minimum number of threads handling the IMAP Proxy service connections. allowZero = false.axigen. IMAP Proxy Log Control Parameters Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for IMAP Proxy.

L.com . Attribute Name: userdbConnectorType Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( local | ldap | ldapBind ) . Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .R. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for IMAP Proxy. Administrators can also specify a name for the connector in the User dB connector name field. IMAP Proxy User dB Connector Parameters The User dB connector type dropdown box allows you to set the type of the user database connector. local.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for IMAP Proxy.axigen.single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the POP3 Proxy remote logging host IP address. For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service. Possible values are: internal. ldap and ldapbind. You can choose from the three available options.0.single choice Default Value: ( local ) Attribute Name: userdbConnectorName Attribute Class: IMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE 292 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. system and remote.0.

com . you allow sending the STARTTLS command for encrypting the connection if the server supports this command. 293 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual Other IMAP Proxy General Parameters You can use the Allow TLS field to specify whether you want to enable secure connections for IMAP Proxy. Available options are "yes" and "no". press the Update and Commit buttons. By choosing "yes".single choice Default Value: ( no ) To make your changed permanent.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) In the same page.axigen. Attribute Name: allowStartTLS Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .L. you require user authentication on the proxy. http://www. By setting this parameter to 'yes'. system administrator can specify if user authentication should be required on proxy using the Proxy user authentication dropdown selection box.R. Attribute Name: authenticateOnProxy Attribute Class: ProxyIMAPService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .

2. To do so.0.com .axigen. Default Value: 1200 Remember to press the Update and Commit buttons when you are done configuring these parameters.R.16.L. Configuring IMAP Proxy Mapping Data Mapping parameters for the POP3 Proxy service can be accessed on the IMAP Proxy > Mapping Data page. minValue = 1. Attribute Name: userMap Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: none If the userMap parameter is set to the "none" value. http://www.1 Attribute Name: mappingPort Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535.0. Attribute Name: mappingHost Attribute Class: MappingData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127. allowZero = false. use the Mapping AXIGEN host and Mapping AXIGEN port text fields. Select a user map from the list of maps already defined on the server from the User map drop down box. system administrators can specify the name or IP address of a default AXIGEN machine to be used for mapping and port used to connect to the respective machine. 294 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8.

http://www. allowZero = true. Use the RW Timeout field to set the timeout for the read/write operations performed via IMAP Proxy.L.single choice Default Value: ( no ) 295 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Default Value: 64 Choose if the respective connection should be secured through SSL using the Enable SSL drop down box.16.AXIGEN User Manual 8. minValue = 10. Attribute Name: rwTimeout Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535. minValue = 1.axigen.R. Default Value: 400 In the Max. allowZero = true. specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections established to AXIGEN backservers. Attribute Name: sslEnable Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Attribute Name: maxConnections Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535. Configuring IMAP Proxy Connection Data Parameters The IMAP Proxy > Connection Data page allows system administrators to configure parameters relative to the connections established through the IMAP Proxy service.3.com . number of connections field.

http://www. Attribute Name: localInterface Attribute Class: ConnectionData Attribute Type: VALUE When you are done configuring these parameters. 296 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . press the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes effective.L.R.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Local interface field to specify the address of the interface used to establish IMAP Proxy connections.

additional message storage locations should be created to correspond to the number of 20GB storages you need. type and confirm the domain postmaster password in the Postmaster password and Confirm password fields and press the Add new domain button. Domains tab Pressing on the Domains tab in WebAdmin left panel displays the Domain List page. type the name of the new domain in the Domain Name box. http://www.cfg file. The default path assigned to a domain is the result of adding the domain name to /var/opt/axigen/domains/. After creating the domain.L. one message storage location is recommended for each predicted 20GB of message occupied storage space.R. Also.17. the default values are loaded from the domain. containing a list with all existing domains. you can sort the domain list view using filters: To add a new domain. For larger spaces.AXIGEN User Manual 8.com .com domain. The actions executed in the corresponding Domain pages from WebAdmin have a direct effect on the parameters stored in this file. You can add multiple message storage locations using CLI only within the domain creation context. additional locations cannot be added. The command to create multiple message storage locations is as follows: ADD MessagesLocation <path> 297 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Finally. For example. Remember: When you create a new domain. specify in the Domain location box the exact path where you want your domain stored. the location will be /var/opt/axigen/domains/example. Important! When creating domains. If you have an extensive list of domains administered.com. Note that each domain must have a unique location.axigen. for the example.

Filters: use this sub-page to configure domain level filters. Public folder: use this sub-page to configure public folders parameters within the selected domain. press the Delete button corresponding to it. and WebMail specific data for the current domain. such as domain name.axigen. Info: this page displays domain location information (domain objects. such as a minimum length. Please note that in this case the domain is only erased from the server configuration. SPE: allows system administrators to establish certain requirements for user selected passwords. To delete a domain. you will only have to register its location in the Commands tab. but its location will be preserved. domain messages path) and registry info (creation.AXIGEN User Manual To edit a specific domain. access and modify date).com . Migration data: use this sub-page to configure automatic migration parameters for users within this domain. Should you later want to use the deleted domain. This page is also displayed when adding new domains and has 6 different sub-pages: • • • • • • General: use this sub-page to specify general domain parameters. in the Domains>Domain List page. Press the Edit button to display the Domain Properties page for the corresponding domain. press on the Edit button next to the domain you want to edit.R. 298 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. aliases etc. http://www..L.

com .17.1. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: Domain Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object.R. any figure 0-9. The name of the domain currently edited is displayed in the upper part of the window. General Domain Configuration The Domains > General page allows you to configure general parameters for domains.L. the '.' character and the '-' character (not allowed at the beginning or the end of the file). 299 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. A-Z. http://www.axigen. The domain name can include the following characters: any letter a-z. You can change the name of the current domain using the Name field.AXIGEN User Manual 8. You can add aliases to the domain currently being edited using the Add alias field. any capital letter.

any capital letter.AXIGEN User Manual To delete an alias previously added. Attribute Name: publishRcptContacts Attribute Class: Domain Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Attribute Name: assignedIP Attribute Class: Domain Attribute Type: VALUE You can specify what AXIGEN services are allowed for each specific domain.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Using the Show webmail login dropdown box. you can specify if you wish to have the domain displayed in the WebMail login drop down box. A-Z.com . in the Aliases list area.' character and the '-' (not allowed at the beginning or the end of the name). Attribute Name: services Attribute Class: Domain Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( smtpIncoming | smtpOutgoing | smtp | pop3 | imap | webmail | rpop ) . use the Publish domain rcpts to contacts dropdown box. Attribute Name: showWebmailLogin Attribute Class: Domain Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . add them one by one. Attribute Name: aliases Attribute Class: Domain Attribute Type: VALUESET Constraints: Object. the '. by selecting the checkboxes corresponding to the services you want to run.single choice Default Value: ( no ) 300 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. You can specify an IP address to be assigned to this specific domain. An alias name can include the following characters: any letter a-z. If you want to set different aliases for the same domain.R. http://www. any figure 0-9.axigen. click on the Delete alias option available on the right of the text box corresponding to the alias you want to delete. This might be useful when the AXIGEN Mail Server is installed on a machine with multiple network cards and you want to split the flow of incoming messages for this domain from the rest of the message flow.multiple choices Default Value: ( smtpIncoming smtpOutgoing smtp pop3 imap webmail ) To specify if you want domain recipients contacts to be published.

To enable the appender. 8. 301 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. After configuring these parameters. Domain Migration Data Use this tab to enable and configure automatic migration for a particular domain. select 'yes' in the enableAppender dropdown menu. don't forget to click the Update and Commit buttons to update and save your changes.AXIGEN User Manual Appender Settings The appender allows system administrators to specify a certain text that will then be appended to all emails sent by AXIGEN. Then use the Appender message text field to type in your text of choice.axigen.com . http://www.2.R.L.17.

it considers the account already migrated and doesn't perform any special migration-related operation.1] 302 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowInfinite = false. If the credentials allow AXIGEN to login successfully. When connecting.R. This operation is equivalent to the one performed using the CLI MIGRATE command). Important! This mail relay operation to the old MTA storage will only work if the remote host has a SMTP server working. it will create the account with the same username and password as the ones previously used to login and authenticate the user. By setting the enable parameter to yes. Attribute Name: remoteImapHost Attribute Class: DomainMigrationData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: [127.0. IMAP.0. It will also transfer the messages in this account via IMAP.1] Attribute Name: remoteImapPort Attribute Class: DomainMigrationData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535.com . If the account doesn't exist. space is saved by storing all the e-mails for the accounts that were not yet migrated. in the old MTA storage.L. This way. The messages only get transferred to the AXIGEN storage when the user tries to login for the first time. Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: DomainMigrationData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . it will relay the e-mail to the address you specify when setting the remoteSmtpHost and remoteSmtpPort parameters.single choice Default Value: ( no ) When the domain has the enabled attribute set to yes and some account tries to login (via any of WebMail. Default Value: 1430 On the SMTP-side. minValue = 1.0.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Enable migration field to enable automatic migration for this domain data. AXIGEN uses the account credentials received.0. Attribute Name: remoteSmtpHost Attribute Class: DomainMigrationData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: [127. allowZero = false.axigen. If it does. POP3). you enable automatic migration for that domain. if AXIGEN receives an e-mail to an account for a migration-enabled domain and the account does not exist. it will try to connect to an IMAP host at the address you specify when setting the remoteImapHost and remoteImapPort parameters (remoteImapHost:remoteImapPort). http://www. Important! The migration operation will only work if the remote host has a working IMAP server. If the credentials are not correct. the account is not created and the user receives an authentication failure message. AXIGEN verifies if the account exists in its accounts storage.

AXIGEN cannot migrate folders whose names contain this specific character. 303 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = false. therefore you need to rename them before migrating.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: remoteSmtpPort Attribute Class: DomainMigrationData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 65535. Default Value: 2500 Important! Some mail servers allow you to create folder names containing the "/" character. http://www. allowInfinite = false.com .R. minValue = 1. so that the process is completed successfully.axigen.L.

R. For details 304 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.17. press the delete mbox button on the right side of the mailbox you want to delete.17.containing general parameters relative to public folders and contained mailboxes.3. • Quota . Domain Public Folders Configuration The Domain > Public Folders tab gives access to two sub-pages: • General . a list of the already added public folders Mboxes is displayed. To add a new folder to the existing list.axigen. To be able to send an email to a specific Mbox of the domain public folder. http://www. Use the Public Folder's name field to specify the desired name for the public folder.3.1. the FolderRCPT name and mboxName parameters should be set to match the existing Public Folder Mbox and have the value "yes" for the enable parameter. then press the Add button.L. To delete and existing mailbox.com .AXIGEN User Manual 8. General Public Folders Configuration The Public Folders > General sub-page allows you to choose the public folder name for the selected domain and to edit its related mailbox list.allowing to set parameters that impose certain limitations on the public folder content. specify its email address in the Mboxes field. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: PublicFolder Attribute Type: VALUE When accessing the sub-page. 8.allows you to further edit the Mboxes added in the general sub-page. you need to create a folder recipient for the respective domain. • Mboxes .

minValue = 0. Public Folder Quota Configuration The Public Folders > Quota sub-page allows you to access message and folder related parameters for the mailbox container corresponding to the public folder being edited. If you make any changes to the default settings. Attribute Name: mboxCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000.com .2. Use the Mbox Count field to specify the maximum number of folders that can be created within a public folder mailbox.R.AXIGEN User Manual on how to configure these parameters using WebAdmin. These parameters allow you to specify in the finest details the structure and size of a certain mailbox container. do not forget to press the Update and Commit buttons to make the changes effective.17.L. allowZero = true.axigen. Using the Total message count field.3. see the Folder Recipients section. 305 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Default Value: 1000 The "0" value is allowed and means no folder will be created. you can specify the maximum number of messages contained by all the mailbox folders. 8. http://www.

3. allowZero = true. allowZero = true. Default Value: 4294967295 Remember to press the Update and Commit buttons to save your changes. Public Folder Mbox Configuration When first accessing the Public Folders > Mboxes sub-page. The size is measured in KB. Attribute Name: messageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000. Default Value: 4294967295 Use the Folder message count field to specify the maximum number of email messages contained by a mailbox folder. Attribute Name: messageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. 306 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.axigen. minValue = 0. minValue = 0.L. http://www. Default Value: 100000 The Folder message size field allows you to specify a maximum size for the messages contained by a mailbox folder. minValue = 0. allowZero = true. The size is measured in KB. Default Value: 500000 The Total message size field enables you to specify a maximum size of all messages contained by all mailbox folders. allowZero = true.3. minValue = 0.com .17. 8.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: totalMessageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2000000. a list of the mboxes already added on the General sub-page is displayed. Attribute Name: totalMessageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295.

To change the name.com . minValue = 0. 307 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The Mbox Name field cannot be edited. with the desired name. remember to press the Update and Commit buttons when you are done configuring these parameters. then add it again. Default Value: 100000 Attribute Name: messageSize Attribute Class: MboxQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295.axigen.L. Attribute Name: messageCount Attribute Class: MboxQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000. allowZero = true. Default Value: 4294967295 To make the changes permanent. minValue = 0.R. you should first delete the mbox. Use the Message count and Message size fields to specify the maximum number of messages the mbox can contain and the maximum size in KB of all messages contained by it. press the Edit button corresponding to its name. Attribute Name: mboxName Attribute Class: PublicFolder Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual To edit an existing mbox. allowZero = true.

Default Value: 5 308 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Attribute Name: minimumLength Attribute Class: DomainPasswordEnforcement Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 32.4. allowZero = false.R.L. Use the Enable SPE dropdown box to specify if you want secure password enforcement to be enabled for the configured domain.single choice Default Value: ( no ) The Minimum length and Maximum length fields allow you to specify a desirable length for account passwords. Domain SPE Page In the SPE > WebMail tab. while the maximum lengths range from 16 to 64 for characters.axigen. SPE stands for Secure Password Enforcement. Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: DomainPasswordEnforcement Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . http://www. The minimul length values range from 1 to 32 characters. you can configure parameters determining the length and the types of required characters for all account passwords set by the domain users.com . minValue = 1.17.

R. letters and numbers. or letter. Default Value: 16 To specify the types of characters you want the password to contain. use the Required characters dropdown box.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: maximumLength Attribute Class: DomainPasswordEnforcement Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 128.L. 309 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. press the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes permanent. minValue = 16. Attribute Name: requiredCharacters Attribute Class: DomainPasswordEnforcement Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( letters | lettersAndNumbers | lettersAndNumbersAndSpecial ) .com . Available values are letters. numbers and special characters.single choice Default Value: ( letters ) When you are done configuring these parameters. allowZero = false.

R.17.axigen. located in the Domains>Filters>Active filters page allows activating higher level filters that have been previously added.L.5. This field. 310 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Domain Filter Configuration Filter configuration and activation at Domain level is identical with Server level filter configuration.com . For instance. at domain level you can activate filters previously added at Server level. as described in the Filter Configuration section except that one additional field is present on the activation page: Filter Parent.AXIGEN User Manual 8. http://www.

311 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The first group of data concerns the storage parameters of the domain in question.AXIGEN User Manual 8. It displays the domain's creation data.axigen.6. domain and message storage locations.17. The second block of information is relative to the Registry.L. http://www. It contains details on domain object.com . Domain Info Page The Domain > Info page displays different details relative to the selected domain. the last time it has been accessed accessed and the last time it has been modified.R.

18. 312 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8. After pressing the View button for a domain. enter the name of the account in the Account name field. press on the Delete button next to the account you want to delete. To add a new account in the current domain. To edit a currently existing account. press on the Edit button next to the account you want to edit. all the accounts for the corresponding domain are displayed. enter the account password in the Password filed.com . containing a list with all domains already created. To delete a currently existing account. http://www.L.R. Accounts tab Pressing on the Accounts tab in WebAdmin left panel displays the Domain List page. Each domain has a corresponding View button you can use to display the accounts for this domain.axigen. and press the Add new account button.

General Account Configuration The Accounts > General page allows you to configure general account parameters and personal data of the respective user.L.axigen. attachments and connection related limits for an account Mboxes Filters .com . see User Accounts. 8.contains parameters allowing you to set the number and size of messages and folders in the account Limits .AXIGEN User Manual Whether editing or adding an account. For general information on accounts and account management in AXIGEN. IMAP and WebMail.18. the parameters displayed are the same. General Parameters 313 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.1.R.contains parameters allowing you to set up message. The configuration options available when creating a new account are the same as the configuration options available when editing an existing account. user personal data) WebMail data . http://www.contains parameters for configuring this account's behavior in WebMail Quota .contains configuration parameters for account level filters Info .contains information on the creation and last modification dates of the account and also the latest login date and IP details for POP 3.contains general account configuration parameters (mailbox related. They are organized on seven pages: • • • • • • • General .

This field cannot be left empty.multiple choices Default Value: ( smtpIncoming smtpOutgoing smtp pop3 imap webmail ) Use the Password field to specify/edit the password used for accessing this account. in the Aliases list area.com .AXIGEN User Manual Use the Account's name field to enter a name for the new account. Personal Data In a separate region of this screen. You can specify what AXIGEN services are allowed for each specific account.R. that is the user name for this email account.axigen. Attribute Name: services Attribute Class: Account Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( smtpIncoming | smtpOutgoing | smtp | pop3 | imap | webmail | rpop ) . To delete an alias previously added. Attribute Name: password Attribute Class: Account Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. Attribute Name: aliases Attribute Class: User Attribute Type: VALUESET Constraints: Object. You can add aliases to the account currently being edited using the Add alias field. click on the Delete alias option available on the right of the text box corresponding to the alias you want to delete. This is the part of the email address that appears before the @ sign.L. http://www. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: Account Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object. you can enter the personal data for an account (user's first name and last name). 314 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. by selecting the checkboxes corresponding to the services you want to run.

com . 315 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: firstName Attribute Class: Contact Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 64. to save your newly created account.R.axigen. click on the Update and Commit buttons.L. Attribute Name: lastName Attribute Class: Contact Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 64. http://www. After entering this data.

To list the WebMail related parameters for one account. click the Webmail data tab. 2. Romanian (ro). Click on the View button corresponding to the domain of your choice in the Domain list. Account WebMail Data Account configuration pages allow you to edit various configurations regarding the account behavior in WebMail. 316 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .18. Click on the Edit button corresponding to the account you wish to edit. Portuguese (pt). Spanish (es). 3. you can enter a new account name in the Account name field and click the Add new account button. Danish (dk) and Swedish (se). do the following: 1. http://www. Dutch (nl).R.2. specify the WebMail skin that should be used for this account. Attribute Name: skin Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: default To configure the WebMail language settings for the respective account. use the Language filed. German (de) Norwegian (no). Click on the Accounts tab.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Italian (it). The available options are English (en). Alternatively.L. The default selected language is English.axigen. The screen displayed will be as follows: In the User's skin name field. 4. In the page displayed.

AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: language Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: en You can specify the number of messages to be displayed on a WebMail page for the currently edited mailbox using the Page size field. allowInfinite = false. Attribute Name: pageSize Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) 317 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. allowZero = false.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) You can specify if a message sent from WebMail should be saved or not in the Sent folder in the currently edited mailbox using the Save to sent dropdown box. Default Value: 20 You can specify if a confirmation should be requested or not before deleting a message via WebMail from the currently edited mailbox using the Confirm mail deletion dropdown box.L. minValue = 10.axigen. Attribute Name: confirmFolderEmpty Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .com . http://www. Attribute Name: confirmMailDelete Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Attribute Name: saveToSent Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .single choice Default Value: ( yes ) You can specify if a confirmation should be requested or not before emptying a folder in WebMail in the currently edited mailbox using the Confirm empty folder dropdown box.

Default Value: 0 The Use contacts from public address book dropdown box allows you to specify if the account user should contact details added to the public address book when accessing his address book. http://www. 0 means that the level is inherited from domain configuration. allowZero = true. Attribute Name: htmlFilterLevel Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. maxValue = 3.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) You can specify a filtering level for all HTML format emails using the HTML Body Filtering Level field.L.R. 318 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual Additional parameters are available for account WebMail configuration: You can specify if a message deleted from this mailbox in WebMail should be sent to Trash (select Yes) or deleted permanently (select No) using the Delete to Trash dropdown box.axigen.com . Level 1 is the least restrictive and level 4 the strictest (basically converting HTML to text). The default value. Attribute Name: deleteToTrash Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .

L. 319 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) In the Use contacts from domain dropdown box. Attribute Name: useRcptContacts Attribute Class: UserWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .com .R.axigen. allowZero = true. by entering the signature text in the signature text box.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: usePublicContacts Attribute Class: UserWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . If you add or modify values for any of these parameters. Attribute Name: autoRefreshInterval Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. you can specify if the account user should use the domain recipient contacts when accessing his address book. Attribute Name: signature Attribute Class: AccountWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 1024.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Auto refresh interval field to specify the automatic refresh interval stated in minutes for the WebMail interface. http://www. don't forget to click Update and Commit to save and commit your changes. maxValue = 86400. Default Value: 3 You can also set a signature for all emails sent from this account.

minValue = 0. 320 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. Use the MBox count to specify the maximum number of folders to be created for this mailbox. allowZero = true. http://www.18. These parameters allow you to specify in the finest details the structure and size of a certain mailbox container.com . Default Value: 1000 The value "0" is allowed and means that no folders will be created. Account Quota Parameters The Accounts > Quota page allows you to access message and folder related parameters for the mailbox container corresponding to the account being edited. the following parameters are displayed: The Used Quota field is non-editable and displays the currently occupied quota for a specific user account.3. Attribute Name: mboxCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 8.L. When clicking on the Quota page.

R. Values for this parameter are specified in KB. allowZero = true. minValue = 0.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Total message count to specify the maximum total number of messages in all folders. Attribute Name: totalMessageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2000000. minValue = 0. Default Value: 100000 Use the Folder message size field to specify the maximum total size in KB of all messages that can be stored in a folder of this account. http://www. minValue = 0.axigen. Attribute Name: totalMessageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. Default Value: 4294967295 If you modify any of the default values. allowZero = true. minValue = 0. Attribute Name: messageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. allowZero = true. Default Value: 4294967295 Use the Folder message count parameter to set the maximum number of messages that can be stored in a folder of the account being edited. 321 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = true.L. do not forget to click Update and then Commit to update your changes and make them effective. Default Value: 500000 Use the Total message size field to specify a maximum total size in KB for all messages in all folders. Attribute Name: messageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000.com .

R. minValue = 0.4.com . The first two specify limits for the number and size of messages. Account Limits By accessing the Limits page. Attribute Name: sentMessagesSize Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1048576. Sent Messages Limits Three interconnected parameters are available to you for imposing limitations on messages sent from one account. Use the Interval sent messages count to set a maximum limit for the number of email messages the user of this account can send in the specified time interval. Default Value: 1000 Use the Interval sent messages size field to set a maximum limit for the total size of email messages the user of this account can send in the specified time interval. allowZero = true. allowInfinite = true. allowInfinite = true. 322 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. Default Value: 102400 Use the Sent messages interval to specify the time interval for which the two limits described above are enforced. minValue = 0. http://www.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 8. allowZero = true. you can set various parameters setting limits for the account being edited. Attribute Name: sentMessagesCount Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000. and the third one specifies the time interval for which these limits are enforced. The sizes are specified in kB.18.

axigen. allowZero = true. minValue = 0. Attribute Name: imapConnectionCount Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 16. Default Value: 3600 Connection Limits Two parameters are available for limiting the number of simultaneous POP3 and IMAP connections allowed for this account.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: sentMessagesInterval Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 360000.L. allowInfinite = true. Default Value: 4 Use the IMAP connection count field to set a maximum limit for simultaneous IMAP connections opened by this account.com . 323 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. Use the POP3 connection count field to set a maximum limit for simultaneous POP3 connections opened by this account. Default Value: 8 WebMail Limits Several parameters are available for imposing limitations related to the behavior of the account in WebMail. Attribute Name: pop3ConnectionCount Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 16. http://www.

allowInfinite = false. maxValue = 1048576.R.com . Values for this parameter are expressed in kB. message size field to set a maximum limit for the total size of one email message (body + attachments) composed in this account using WebMail. maxValue = 2048. Attribute Name: webmailMessageSize Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. allowZero = false. Default Value: 10240 Threshold limit 324 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: webmailAttSize Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. Default Value: 4 Use the Webmail attachment max. Attribute Name: webmailAttCount Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. allowInfinite = false. allowZero = true. maxValue = 102400. maxValue = 1024. allowZero = false. maxValue = 1024. Default Value: 1024 Use the WebMail session count field to set a maximum limit for the number of Webmail sessions opened simultaneously by the account being edited. Default Value: 1024 Use the Webmail attachment max. Values for this parameter are expressed in kB.axigen. Default Value: 10 Use the Webmail max. count field to set a maximum limit for the number of attachments uploaded with one email message in this account. allowZero = true. allowInfinite = false. allowInfinite = false. allowInfinite = false.L. Attribute Name: webmailRCPTCount Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. allowZero = true.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Webmail RCPT count field to set a maximum limit for the number recipients of any email composed in this account using WebMail. http://www. Attribute Name: webmailSessionCount Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. size field to set a maximum limit for size of individual attachments uploaded in this account using WebMail.

maxValue = 100. Attribute Name: overQuotaThreshold Attribute Class: AccountLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0.axigen. minValue = 1.R. Default Value: 90 RPOP Limits To set a limit for the maximum number of RPOP connections a user is allowed to define. use the Max. 325 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: rpopRetrievalInterval Attribute Class: UserLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 10080.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Over-quota threshold to set the percent of used quota which triggers an alert. Default Value: 4 Use the RPOP Connection Polling Interval field to specify the minimum time interval in minutes between two RPOP email retrievals on the same connection. letting the user know he is close to reaching his/her quota limit. Default Value: 10 To add the new account or save the changes to the account being edited make sure to press the Add or Update button and the press the Commit button. http://www. Attribute Name: rpopConnectionCount Attribute Class: UserLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 64.com . RPOP Connection Count field.L.

R. is non-editable using WebAdmin. To add any of the folders displayed. press its corresponding Edit button.com . a list of all existing folders for the respective account is displayed. If the account user has not logged in with the respective account. Account Mboxes Page When first accessing the Accounts > Mboxes page. The following parameters will become available in the lower part of the page: The first parameter. the list will be empty.5.L. http://www. mboxName merely displays the name chosen by the user when creating the folder or the default name of the folder (for folders such as INBOX). Mbox name.18.axigen. 326 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8.

Use the Message count field to set a maximum number of email messages that can be stored in the respective folder. allowZero = true. The size is measured in KB. Attribute Name: messageSize Attribute Class: MboxQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. http://www. minValue = 0.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: mboxName Attribute Class: FolderRecipient Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object.R.com . Default Value: 100000 Specify a maximum size for the messages to be stored in this folder using the Message size field. minValue = 0.axigen. Default Value: 4294967295 When you are done configuring these parameters. 327 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: messageCount Attribute Class: MboxQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000. remember to press the Update and Commit buttons to save your settings. allowZero = true.L.

18.R.com . Account Filter Configuration Filter configuration and activation at account level is identical with Server level filter configuration. http://www.6. This field. 328 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 8. as described in the Filter Configuration section except that one additional field is present on the activation page: Filter Parent. At account level you can activate filters previously added at Server or Domain level. located in the Accounts>Filters>Active filters page allows activating higher level filters that have been previously added.L.

18.axigen.R. http://www. It further displays the most recent information (date and IP used) used to login to IMAP.L.com .7. POP 3 and WebMail.AXIGEN User Manual 8. 329 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Account Info The Accounts > Info page displays detailed information on the selected account. It registers the account creation date and time and also the latest date when it was modified.

Filters page . specifying error messages. Quota . To see the lists for a specific domain. connection and size are concerned. Info .axigen. 330 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. When selecting this tab. you can edit.allowing you to add new users to the respective mail list. the parameters displayed will be the same.contains basic list definition parameters.allowing you to impose limitations on sent and received messages in what numbers. delete it or clone them (i.containing folder management parameters. Lists tab Use the WebAdmin Lists tab to manage the mail lists in AXIGEN Mail Server. enter the name of the list you wish to create and specify a password for it. adding header and body text messages.com .R. create a new list with the same General and Advanced parameters) by using the corresponding buttons displayed next to its name. Mboxes .e.com domain. connection types. http://www. Limits (displayed only for already created lists) .presenting data on login and modification dates for the respective list. etc). a list is added to the example. These parameters are grouped on 10 different pages: • • • • • • • • • General page . a list of the currently existing domains is displayed. Whether editing / or adding a new mail list.AXIGEN User Manual 8. press the View button next to the corresponding domain name. Webmail data page . Advanced page .containing parameters related to mailbox limitations for the selected mail list. User List . this view is empty. then press the Add new list button.contains advanced list configuration parameters ( moderation.contains parameters for filter configuration at mail list level. In the screenshot below.contains parameters related to list appearance and behavior in WebMail.19. To add a new list. If no lists have been defined.L. When already created lists are displayed for an existing domain.

com .R.AXIGEN User Manual For general information on lists and list management in AXIGEN.L. 331 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.axigen. see the Lists section. in the User and Domain Configuration chapter.

AXIGEN User Manual 8.R. General List Configuration The List > General page gives you access to basic configuration parameters for mail lists.com .axigen. If you want the list to be accessible via WebMail. Use the Services field to specify what services are enabled for this rule.L. Attribute Name: services Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( smtpIncoming | smtpOutgoing | smtp | pop3 | imap | webmail | rpop ) .multiple choices Default Value: ( smtpIncoming smtpOutgoing smtp pop3 imap webmail ) Use the Password text area to specify the password for accessing the mailbox of this list. Use the Name field to edit the name of the current mail list.19. This will be the RCPT for the current list. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object.1. http://www. click the corresponding service. 332 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

AXIGEN User Manual

Attribute Name: password Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256; Use the Description field to specify a description for the list. This will be the text displayed in the RCPT, next to the list address. Attribute Name: description Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE At this stage, you can make a few more additional settings for your mail list:

The Subscribe recipient, Unsubscribe recipient and Request recipient fields allow you to enter RCPTs used for subscribing, unsubscribing recipients and making requests. So, for instance, in order to subscribe to the list mail-list@example.org, the user needs to send an email to the address maillist-subscribe@example.org, because mail-list-subscribe was specified in the Subscribe recipient field. Attribute Name: subscribeRcpt Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object; Attribute Name: unsubscribeRcpt Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object;
333

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Attribute Name: requestRcpt Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object; Use the checkboxes in the Enabled RCPTs area to specify which of the three addresses specified above you want to enable. Attribute Name: enabledRcpts Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( request | subscribe | unsubscribe ) - multiple choices

If you change any of the default values, make sure you click the Update and Commit buttons to save your changes and make them effective.

334

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.19.2. Advanced List Settings
In the Lists > Advanced page, you can further configure an already created mail list.

Using the Admin confirm dropdown box, you can specify whether requests need to be confirmed by the administrator. Attribute Name: adminConfirm Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) - single choice Use the Sender allow drop-down box to specify who can send messages on the list. Available options are: anyone (anyone can send message to the list); users (only users the list can send messages to the list) and admin (only the admin can send messages to the list). Attribute Name: senderAllow Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( anyone | users | admin ) - single choice
335

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Use the Moderate drop-down box to specify what messages on the list are moderated. Available options are: all (all messages sent to the list are moderated); guests (only messages sent by guests to the list are moderated) and none (no message sent on the list is moderated). Attribute Name: moderate Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( all | guests | none ) - single choice Use the ctypeAllow drop-down box to specify what type of content can be posted on the list. Available options are: • plain (only plain text is accepted - Content Type: text/plain); • text (any type of text is accepted - Content Type: text/*, i.e. text/html) • garbage (no restriction is imposed). Attribute Name: ctypeAllow Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( plain | text | garbage ) - single choice Use the adminEmail text area to specify an e-mail address for the admin that needs to be recognized (validated) when input is filtered. Attribute Name: adminEmail Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object; Use the Remove headers field, to specify the list of headers that will be removed from a message that is published. After entering each header name, press the Add header button. Attribute Name: removeHeader Attribute Class: Maillist Attribute Type: VALUESET Use the Add header field to specify headers that will be added to the headers of the messages that will be published. These headers follow the format specified by the RFC2822. This is a template and will expand the % format according to the settings specified in the Lists section (Templates explained) in the User and Domain Configuration chapter. Example:
addHeader = "From: %l@%d\r\n"

The following fields allow you to specify templates used for sending messages for various situations and standard text to be inserted at the beginning or at the end of the email body, welcome and goodbye texts for new users or error messages in case the request needs confirmation or the user has already subscribed. Most of these text boxes allow entering templates that expand the % token. The list below displays the name of these fields, the name or the corresponding parameter, and their function.

Body begin text - bodyBegin - template for the text that will be inserted before the body of the mail to be published
336

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

Body end text - bodyEnd - template for the text that will be inserted at the end of the body of the mail to be published Unknown command - unknownCommand - error message returned by the filter in case of a request containing an unknown command Invalid username - invalidUserName - error message returned by the filter in case of null or invalid user name Not a user - notAUser - error message returned by the filter in case the sender is not a user of the list and it should be Bad confirmation – badConfirmation - error message returned by the filter in case of an invalid confirmation Request needs confirmation - requestNeedsConfirmation - template for the message telling the user to wait for a confirmation Request needs admin's confirmation requestNeedsAdminConfirmation template for the message telling the user to wait for admin's confirmation User already subscribed – userAlreadySubscribed - error message returned by the filter in case the user already exists on this list Auto reject response - autoRejectResponse- template for the message telling the user that his/her mail was rejected Welcome - welcome - template for the message telling the user that his/her email address has been added as list user Goodbye - goodbye - template for the message telling the user that his/her email address has been removed from list users Invalid format - invalidFormat - error message returned by the filter in case the user has sent a wrong format email Subscription denied - subscribeDenied - template for message telling the user that his/her address has not been added to list users

In case you enter any values in these fields or change default values, don't forget to press the Update and Commit buttons to save your changes and make them effective.

337

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.19.3. Adding New List Users
The Lists > User list page is displayed when selecting the User list tab in the Lists page. Use this page to manage the list users. When first entering this page, a list of current users in the list is displayed. To add a new user to the list, press on the Add new user button.

After pressing on the Add new user button, a page similar to the one below is displayed. Use this page to specify the new list user e-mail address and name.

Attribute Name: email Attribute Class: MaillistUser Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object; Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: MaillistUser Attribute Type: VALUE

338

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

After entering the user data, press the Add button and then the Commit button to make your changes effective.

339

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

8.19.4. List WebMail Data
The Lists >Webmail data tab allows you to configure the way the list mailbox is displayed in WebMail.

In the User's skin name field, specify the WebMail skin that should be used for the list mailbox. Attribute Name: skin Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: default To specify the preferred language for a certain user, use the Language field. The available options are English (en), Romanian (ro), German (de) Norwegian (no), Dutch (nl), Spanish (es), Portuguese (pt), Italian (it), Danish (dk) and Swedish (se). Attribute Name: language Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: en You can specify the number of messages to be displayed on a WebMail page for the list mailbox using the Page size field. Attribute Name: pageSize Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100; minValue = 10; allowZero = false; allowInfinite = false; Default Value: 20
340

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

single choice Default Value: ( yes ) You can specify if a confirmation should be requested or not before emptying a folder in WebMail in the list mailbox using the Confirm empty folder dropdown box.R. Attribute Name: confirmMailDelete Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . http://www.L. 341 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual You can specify if a confirmation should be requested or not before deleting a message via WebMail from list mailbox using the Confirm mail deletion dropdown box.axigen. Attribute Name: confirmFolderEmpty Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .com .single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Additional parameters are available for list mailbox WebMail configuration: You can specify if a message sent from WebMail should be saved or not in the Sent folder in the list mailbox using the Save to sent dropdown box.

axigen. Attribute Name: deleteToTrash Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Attribute Name: htmlFilterLevel Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. The default value. maxValue = 3. Attribute Name: signature Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 1024. make sure you click the Update and Commit buttons to save your changes and make them effective. by entering the signature text in the signature text box. 342 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = true. Default Value: 0 You can also set a signature for all emails sent from this list mailbox.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) You can specify a filtering level for all HTML format emails received in this list mailbox using the HTML Body Filtering Level field.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: saveToSent Attribute Class: MaillistWebmailData Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Level 1 is the least restrictive and level 4 the strictest (basically converting HTML to text).L.R. In case you modify their default values. http://www.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) You can specify if a message deleted from a WebMail mailbox should be sent to Trash (select Yes) or deleted permanently (select No) using the Delete to Trash dropdown box. 0 means that the level is inherited from domain configuration.com .

minValue = 0. Values for this parameter are specified in kB.axigen.L. 343 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: totalMessageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2000000. List Quota Parameters The Lists > Quota page allows you to access message and folder related parameters for the mailbox container corresponding to the list being edited. allowZero = true. minValue = 0. When clicking on the Quota page. the following parameters are displayed: Use the MBox count to specify the maximum number of folders to be created for this list mailbox. Default Value: 1000 The value "0" is allowed and means that no folders will be created. Default Value: 500000 Use the Total message size field to specify a maximum total size in KB for all messages in all folders of this list mailbox. These parameters allow you to specify in the finest details the structure and size of a certain mailbox container. Use the Total message count to specify the maximum total number of messages in all folders of this list mailbox. allowZero = true.5. Attribute Name: mboxCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000.com .AXIGEN User Manual 8. http://www.19.R.

allowZero = true. Attribute Name: messageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000. 344 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = true. do not forget to click Update and then Commit to update your changes and make them effective.R.axigen. Default Value: 4294967295 Use the Folder message count parameter to set the maximum number of messages that can be stored in a folder of the list mailbox being edited. http://www. Attribute Name: messageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. Default Value: 100000 Use the Folder message size field to specify the maximum total size in KB of all messages that can be stored in a folder of this list mailbox. minValue = 0.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: totalMessageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. minValue = 0. Default Value: 4294967295 If you modify any of the default values.com . allowZero = true.L. minValue = 0.

and the third one specifies the time interval for which these limits are enforced. 345 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = true.6. allowZero = true. The first two specify limits for the number and size of messages. allowInfinite = true. The sizes are specified in KB.L. Sent Messages Limits Three interconnected parameters are available to you for imposing limitations on messages sent from this list mailbox. Attribute Name: sentMessagesSize Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1048576. minValue = 0. Default Value: 1000 Use the Interval sent messages size field to set a maximum limit for the total size of email messages that can be sent in the specified time interval from this list mailbox. allowInfinite = true. List Limits By accessing the Limits page.19.com . Default Value: 102400 Use the Sent messages interval to specify the time interval for which the two limits described above are enforced. Attribute Name: sentMessagesCount Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000.axigen. minValue = 0. http://www. you can set various parameters setting limits for the list being edited.AXIGEN User Manual 8.R. Use the Interval sent messages count to set a maximum limit for the number of email messages that can be sent in the specified time interval from this list mailbox.

Default Value: 4 Use the IMAP connection count field to set a maximum limit for simultaneous IMAP connections opened for this list mailbox. Attribute Name: imapConnectionCount Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 16.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: sentMessagesInterval Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 360000. allowInfinite = true. Default Value: 3600 Connection Limits Two parameters are available for limiting the number of simultaneous POP3 and IMAP connections allowed for this list mailbox. minValue = 0. Default Value: 8 346 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the POP3 connection count field to set a maximum limit for simultaneous POP3 connections opened for this list mailbox. allowZero = true. http://www.R.L.com . Attribute Name: pop3ConnectionCount Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 16.

Values for this parameter are expressed in KB. allowZero = true. maxValue = 102400. size field to set a maximum limit for size of individual attachments uploaded in this list mailbox using WebMail. Attribute Name: webmailSessionCount Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 1. maxValue = 1024. allowZero = true. Attribute Name: webmailMessageSize Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. allowInfinite = false. count field to set a maximum limit for the number of attachments uploaded with one email message in this list mailbox. allowInfinite = false. Default Value: 4 Use the Webmail attachment max. Attribute Name: webmailAttSize Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. allowInfinite = false. 347 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the Webmail RCPT count field to set a maximum limit for the number recipients of any email composed in this list mailbox using WebMail.L.AXIGEN User Manual WebMail Limits Several parameters are available for imposing limitations related to the behavior of the list mailbox in WebMail. maxValue = 1048576.R.axigen. Default Value: 10240 Use the Webmail session count field to set a maximum limit for the number of WebMail sessions opened simultaneously for this list mailbox. http://www. allowZero = false.com . Default Value: 1024 Use the Webmail attachment max.

axigen.L. Attribute Name: overQuotaThreshold Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. Attribute Name: webmailMessageSize Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. allowZero = true. Default Value: 10240 Threshold limit Use the Over-quota threshold to set the percent of used quota which triggers an alert. Values for this parameter are expressed in KB.R. maxValue = 1024.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: webmailAttCount Attribute Class: MaillistLimits Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: minValue = 0. allowInfinite = false. allowZero = true. maxValue = 100. size field to set a maximum limit for the total size of one email message (body + attachments) composed in this list mailbox using WebMail. http://www.com . letting the user know he is close to reaching his/her quota limit. Default Value: 90 To add the new list or save the changes to the list being edited make sure to press the Add or Update button and the press the Commit button. maxValue = 1048576. Default Value: 10 Use the Webmail message max. 348 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowInfinite = false.

is non-editable using WebAdmin.L.axigen.R. mboxName merely displays of the current folder. Use the Message count field to set a maximum number of email messages that can be stored in the respective folder. a list of all existing folders for the respective list mailbox is displayed.7. press its corresponding Edit button.com . Mbox name.19.AXIGEN User Manual 8. To modify any of the folders displayed. 349 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. The following parameters will become available in the lower part of the page: The first parameter. Lists Mboxes When first accessing the Lists > Mboxes page.

http://www. The size is measured in KB. Attribute Name: messageSize Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 4294967295. minValue = 0. Default Value: 4294967295 Remember to press the Update and Commit buttons when you are done configuring these parameters.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: messageCount Attribute Class: MboxContainerQuota Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000. Default Value: 100000 Specify a maximum size for the messages to be stored in this folder using the Message size field.axigen.L.R. minValue = 0. 350 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowZero = true.com . allowZero = true.

as described in the Filter Configuration section except that one additional field is present on the activation page: Filter Level.AXIGEN User Manual 8.R.L.com .axigen.19. At account level you can activate filters previously added at Server or Domain level. 351 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.8. This field. located in the Lists>Filters>Active filters page allows activating higher level filters that have been previously added. List Filter Configuration Filter configuration and activation at mail list level is identical with Server level filter configuration.

19. 352 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen.com .L. http://www. its last modification and IMAP/POP3/WebMail last login details can be monitored by the system administrator at any time. Information referring to the creation date of the lists. Lists Info The Lists > Info page displays detailed data on the logins and modifications of the selected mail list.R.AXIGEN User Manual 8.9.

axigen.L. • Filters page . the last message received. 353 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual 8. In the next screen.R.com .containing general forwarder parameters. enter the desired name for your forwarder and click the Add new forwarder button. you need to be in Forwarders tab and click on the Show Forwarders button next to the desired domain. Three Forwarder configuration pages are then available: • General page.containing information on the forwarder creation date.contains parameters for filter configuration at folder recipient level • Info page . the number of messages contained and the date of the last modification. The Forwarders list will be empty if no forwarders have been previously set. Forwarders Tab In order to access the Forwarder configuration page.20.

org. the forwarder name is 'contact' and the forwarder email address will be contact@example. provided that they are correctly formatted. Important! If the addresses parameter is empty.20.org).1. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: Forwarder Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object. the sender gets an NDR message. Use the addresses parameter to specify to which addresses will be forwarder email sent to the forwarder address (i. addresses and enabled The forwarder name parameter is stored from the previous screen. you will need to set the following parameters: name.axigen.com . Real email addresses can be associated with the forwarder. Attribute Name: adresses Attribute Class: Forwarder Attribute Type: VALUESET Constraints: value = 1. You can add up to 64 email addresses in the addresses field.L. Forwarders General Parameters In the Forwarder > General page. If emails cannot be delivered to the address specified in the forwarder. contact@example.R. In our example.AXIGEN User Manual 8. 354 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. emails sent to the forwarder address are discarded. http://www.e.

L.AXIGEN User Manual The enabled parameter is used to enable/disable the forwarder email address.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) After setting these parameters. Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: Forwarder Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .com . click on the Update button. You can edit the forwarder at any later time. For general information on forwarders and their management in AXIGEN.axigen. by clicking the Edit button displayed in the forwarder list. 355 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. http://www. see Forwarders section in the User and Domain Configuration chapter.

2.AXIGEN User Manual 8. Domain or Forwarder level.L.axigen.R. http://www. 356 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.20.com . At folder recipient level you can activate filters previously added at Server. located in the Forwarders>Filters>Active filters page allows activating higher level filters that have been previously added. Forwarders Filter Configuration Filter configuration and activation at folder recipient level is identical with Server level filter configuration. This field. as described in the Filter Configuration section except that one additional field is present on the activation page: Filter Level.

http://www. Forwarders Info Tab The Forwarders > Info page displays information relative to the creation data.com . 357 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual 8. message count and other such data on the selected Forwarder.3.R. the last modification of the parameters.L.axigen.20.

press the View button next to the corresponding domain name. Folder Recipients Use the WebAdmin Folder RCPTs tab to create and manage the folder recipients in AXIGEN Mail Server. http://www.AXIGEN User Manual 8. For details on how to configure Public Folders Mboxes using WebAdmin.21. see the Domain Public Folders Configuration section.axigen. This feature is only available for mailboxes within the local domains and allows users to deliver messages directly to a specified folder in the recipient mbox defined in Domains>Public Folders (i. When selecting this tab. In the screenshot below. 358 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. If no folder recipients have been defined.com. Folder recipients are used to specify a certain folder within a domain's Public Folder to which email messages should be delivered. a list of the currently existing domains is displayed. a folder recipient named Technology is added to example. enter the name of the folder recipient you wish to create and press the Add new folderrcpt button. To add a new folder recipient. this view is empty.com .R. to the Work folder within example. To see the lists for a specific domain.com Public Folder).e.

Whether editing / or adding a new folder recipient. you should enter the value "Technology" in this field).containing information on the folder recipient and the messages sent to it.L.axigen.contains parameters for filter configuration at folder recipient level • Info . When already created folder recipients are displayed for an existing domain. see the Public Folders section in the User and Domain Configuration chapter. 359 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.e.com. For general information on folder recipients and their usage with Public Folder. you can edit or delete them by using the corresponding buttons displayed next to their name.R.com . These parameters are grouped on the following pages: • General page . if you want to define a folder recipient for Technology@example.AXIGEN User Manual The name specified in the Folder-rcpt name field is actually the RCPT folder (Public Folder Mbox) within the local domain for which you define this rule (i. http://www. the parameters displayed will be the same.contains basic folder recipient definition parameters • Filters page .

This way you can store folder recipient rules and enable them at a later time.L.AXIGEN User Manual 8.axigen.com . 360 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: FolderRecipient Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .1. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: FolderRecipient Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object. Attribute Name: mboxName Attribute Class: FolderRecipient Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: Object.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) When you are done editing these parameters. Use the Folder-RCPT's name field to specify the name you wish to assign to this delivery rule. http://www. make sure you press the Update and Commit buttons to save the changes and make them effective.R. Use the Folder-RCPT's mailbox name field to specify the Mbox name within the public folder you want to define as recipient. Use the Enable drop down box to specify if you want to enable or not this folder recipient rule.21. General Folder Recipients Parameters Use the General page to configure the folder recipients' general parameters. This name can refer to any folder within the local domain Public Folder.

http://www.axigen. located in the FolderRCPTs>Filters>Active filters page allows activating higher level filters that have been previously added. 361 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. This field. At folder recipient level you can activate filters previously added at Server. Folder Recipients Filter Configuration Filter configuration and activation at folder recipient level is identical with Server level filter configuration.2.com .AXIGEN User Manual 8. Domain or Folder RCPT level.L.21.R. as described in the Filter Configuration section except that one additional field is present on the activation page: Filter Level.

http://www.axigen.R.AXIGEN User Manual 8.3.L. number or received and failed messages and other such data on the selected Folder recipient. 362 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the last modification of the parameters.21. Folder Recipients Info The FolderRCPT > Info page displays information relative to the creation data.com .

AXIGEN User Manual 8. Queue Tab The Queue tab displays all the messages which are currently on the AXIGEN Queue and their respective status (processed. received. When viewing an email. When first accessing the tab. then press the Apply filter button to go directly to a specific page of the Queue tab. press on the List link on the upper right side of the tab. sent). To view a certain email. the following screen is displayed in the lower part of the tab: 363 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.22.L. It also allows locating certain emails and removing or rescheduling them. http://www.R. modify the Pagesize filed and apply the respective filter.axigen. To return to the initial queue view. If you want to change the number of emails displayed on each page. press its corresponding View button. the list of emails on the AXIGEN Queue is displayed: Select the page you want to jump to.com .

In a information box opened under the selected recipient. To hide the data displayed. To view the details of the email recipient.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual You can thus check at any time the size. press the hide info button.L. and other such details relative to any email message on your queue. the destination folder and eventual failure information will be displayed. status.com . 364 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. the email status. http://www. press the show info button. date. You can also remove or reschedule email messages at any time using the Reschedule message and Remove message buttons.

http://www. • Graphics .axigen.R. 365 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Important! The last three pages will be presented as they should be configured.contains general parameters relative to the synchronization time and log service of the Reporting service. Database second and Graphics last. For a functional description of the reporting service. not in the order they appear in the Reporting tab. please see Reporting & Monitoring in the Architecture chapter.contains database configuration parameters.contains the parameters needed to select and configure a certain template for the Reporting module.com . Reporting tab The Reporting tab gives you access to four pages to furthe configure the AXIGEN reports: • General page .AXIGEN User Manual 8. • Database .contains parameters managing the graphics generated by the Reporting service. • Templates . The correct order to configure the parameters is Template first.23.L.

General Reporting Parameters The Reporting > General page enables you to configure synchronization time and the logging service behavior for the Reporting module.axigen. allowZero = false. Log control parameters are also accessible through the Reporting > General Page. minValue = 60. Default Value: 60 Note: The value set for the syncTime parameter should not be greater than the Round Robin Archive query time.L. allowInfinite = false. http://www. 366 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.23. This stipulates a time interval after which the module will be synchronized with the values measured for the monitored parameteres and stored in the repository. Use the Synchronization Time field to specify the activation interval measured in seconds for the Reporting service.com . Attribute Name: syncTime Attribute Class: ReportingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400.AXIGEN User Manual 8.1.R.

single choice Use the Log Host field to specify the Reporting service remote logging host IP address. http://www. Attribute Name: logLevel Attribute Class: ReportingService Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 31.0.0.L. system and remote.R. 367 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: logHost Attribute Class: ReportingService Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: 127.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Log Level check boxes to specify the log level for the Reporting service.1:2000 Note: This option is used and valid only if logType=remote for Processing. Default Value: 15 Use the Log Type drop-down box to specify the log type for the Reporting service.com . For a general description of the logging service and related parameters see Logging Service. Possible values are: internal. Attribute Name: logType Attribute Class: ReportingService Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( internal | system | remote ) .

press the Delete button corresponding to the template selected for deletion.2. the list will be empty. Use the Name field to specify the name used to identify the template archive. 368 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Reporting Template Configuration When accessing the Reporting > Templates page. If none has been previously created.AXIGEN User Manual 8.23. Whether you are adding a new template or editing an existing one.R.axigen.L.com . the parameters to be configured are the same. http://www. press the Edit button on the right side of its name. To delete an existing template. a list of the already configured Databases is displayed. To edit a template. To add a new database. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: ReportingTemplate Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. Important! If a template is used by at least one database. then it cannot be edited or deleted. press the Add new template button.

http://www.R. you can specify the time interval in seconds after which consolidation occurs. 369 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. minValue = 1.com .axigen. Default Value: 1440 After configuring the parameters of a template.AXIGEN User Manual Using the Consolidation functional interval field. minValue = 60. Default Value: 60 You can specify the number of consolidated values after which rotation occurs using the Round Rotate Count field. Attribute Name: sampleInterval Attribute Class: ReportingTemplate Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400.L. remember to press the Update and Commit buttons to make the changes effective. Attribute Name: rotateCount Attribute Class: ReportingTemplate Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000000.

L. If none has been previously created.axigen. press the Add new database button. To delete an existing database. existing databases cannot be editied. The only available actions at this time are to add or delete databases.23. press the Delete button corresponding to the database selected for deletion. Important! At this time. Such an action will result in an error message.AXIGEN User Manual 8. a list of the already configured Databases is displayed. Whether you are adding a new database the parameters to be configured are the same. 370 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R. To add a new database. the list will be empty. Reporting Database Configuration When accessing the Reporting > Databases page.3. http://www.com . Use the Name field to specify the name of your new Database which will then be used to identify it.

used to identify the data source.com . You can select the name of the parameter to be monitored. Attribute Name: parameter Attribute Class: ReportingDatabase Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: ReportingDatabase Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256.R. http://www. The available parameters to be monitored are: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SMTP_InboundConnection SMTP_InboundConnectionAuthenticated SMTP_InboundConnectionAuthenticatedSuccess SMTP_InboundMessage SMTP_InboundMessageMessageBytes SMTP_InboundMessageTOcommandsAccepted SMTP_InboundMessageTOcommandsRejected SMTP_InboundMessageFROMAccepted SMTP_InboundMessageDATAUsed SMTP_InboundMessageDATAAccepted SMTP_InboundMessageBDATAccepted SMTP_InboundMessageBodyAccepted SMTP_OutboundConnection SMTP_OutboundConnectionAuthenticated SMTP_OutboundConnectionAuthenticatedSuccess SMTP_OutboundConnectionErrorFinish SMTP_OutboundMessage SMTP_OutboundMessageMessageBytes SMTP_OutboundMessageTOcommandsAccepted SMTP_OutboundMessageTOcommandsRejected SMTP_OutboundMessageFROMAccepted SMTP_OutboundMessageDATAUsed SMTP_OutboundMessageDATAAccepted SMTP_OutboundMessageBDATAccepted SMTP_OutboundMessageBodyAccepted POP3_InboundConnection POP3_InboundConnectionMessagesDelivered POP3_InboundConnectionToppedMessagesDelivered POP3_InboundConnectionMessagesDeleted POP3_InboundConnectionMessagesSent HTTP_InboundConnection HTTP_InboundConnectionAuthenticated HTTP_InboundConnectionAuthenticatedSuccess HTTP_InboundConnectionProtocolError HTTP_User HTTP_UserUploadedBytes HTTP_UserMessagesRead HTTP_UserMessagesComposed 371 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.L. from the Report Parameter dropdown box.axigen.

When you are done configuring these parameters.AXIGEN User Manual • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • HTTP_UserFinishInError IMAP_InboundConnection IMAP_InboundConnectionAuthenticated IMAP_InboundConnectionAuthenticatedSuccess IMAP_InboundConnectionSyntaxError IMAP_InboundConnectionCloseConnectionForced IMAP_InboundConnectionConnectionTimeout IMAP_FetchRequest IMAP_FetchRequestSentBytes IMAP_FetchRequestTimeSpan IMAP_FetchRequestError IMAP_SearchRequest IMAP_SearchRequestSentBytes IMAP_SearchRequestTimeSpan IMAP_SearchRequestError IMAP_AppendRequest IMAP_AppendRequestSentBytes IMAP_AppendRequestTimeSpan IMAP_AppendRequestError IMAP_ListRequest IMAP_ListRequestSentBytes IMAP_ListRequestTimeSpan IMAP_ListRequestError QUEUE_Size SYSTEM_LoadAverage The selection of consolidation functions used to compute final values can be specified using the Reporting consolidation functions dropdown box.L. remember to press the Update and Commit buttons to save your settings.axigen. maximum and total.com . Attribute Name: template Attribute Class: ReportingDatabase Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. 372 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www. Attribute Name: function Attribute Class: ReportingDatabase Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( average | count | minimum | maximum | total ) . minimum.single choice Default Value: ( average ) Use the Data template name dropdown box to select the template of the Round Robin archive for your Database.R. The available choices are average.

23. Whether you are adding a new graphic or editing an existing one.R. Reporting Graphics Configuration When accessing the Reporting > Graphics page. press the Edit button on the right side of its name.4. press the Delete button corresponding to the template selected for deletion.com . a list of the already configured graphics is displayed. the list will be empty.AXIGEN User Manual 8. If none has been previously created. To add a new database.L. the parameters to be configured are the same. To edit a graphic. To delete an existing graphic. http://www. 373 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. press the Add new graphic button.axigen.

You can further select the database you want to monitor using the Database name dropdown box. Attribute Name: onPage Attribute Class: ReportingGraphic Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 16. http://www.L.single choice Default Value: ( bars ) You can further customize the colors of your defined graphic using the Graphic fill color and Graphic outline color dropdown boxes. Default Value: Black The History Page no. Available options are bars. Attribute Name: fillColor Attribute Class: ReportingGraphic Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 32. Attribute Name: database Attribute Class: ReportingGraphic Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. 374 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. allowing you to select one of the existing databases.com .axigen.R. fill. minValue = 1. outline. To choose one of the predefined graphic types. descreteDots and descreteLines. Default Value: 1 Remember to press the Update and Commit buttons to save the settings you have made for your graphic.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Name field to specify the desired name for your graphic. Attribute Name: type Attribute Class: ReportingGraphic Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( bars | fill | outline | fillWithOutline | discreteDots | discreteLines ) . fillWithOutline. Attribute Name: name Attribute Class: ReportingGraphic Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 256. Default Value: LightGray Attribute Name: outlineColor Attribute Class: ReportingGraphic Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxLength = 32. use the Graphic Type dropdown box. dropdown box allows you to select the page of the Graphics tab the defined graph will be displayed on.

Important! No data is displayed on the Graphics tab if the Reporting service is stopped. If you want all data to be automatically refreshed every 60 seconds. the automatical refresh function will be stopped. Press the Refresh button to refresh de data displayed by the graphics.AXIGEN User Manual 8. they will be displayed on subsequent numbered pages. Should you leave the Graphics tab. Graphics Tab The Graphics tab displays the graphics for the monitored parameters.com . For each graphic displayed. press the Automatical refresh button. as defined in the Reporting tab. If you configure more such graphics.L.24. 375 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. please see the Reporting Graphics Configuration section. the monitored parameter and database are displayed.axigen. For details on how to configure graphics. http://www.R.

R.L.com . Lincense file upload: Press the Browse button to specify the path to the AXIGEN Mail Server license key. after acquiring the product. 376 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. press the Apply license key button Register domain location: Use the Register domain button to register a new domain location in your AXIGEN Mail Server. Commands tab In the Commands tab. Synch with server: Press the Synchronize button when you want to synchronize your Webadmin configuration with the currently running server configuration.AXIGEN User Manual 8. • • • • • Save config: press the Save config button when you have made some changes to the configuration file used by AXIGEN Mail Server and you want these changes to be preserved after server restart.axigen.2 versions of AXIGEN. After specifying the correct path. Make sure you have specified the correct path in the corresponding text box. http://www. Force queue: Press the Force queue button to force an immediate scanning of all the messages currently in AXIGEN Mail Server queue and an immediate processing for any messages that are scheduled for later delivery. It is also used to register the locations of domains upgraded from the 1.25. several commands relative to the Server service are available.

The parameters displayed both when adding and editing a listener are the same. maxconnections has a default value of 1000 in WebMail. such as maximum connections accepted on a specific listener. while for all other modules the default value is 200. it is possible to configure TCP listeners for all TCP services: SMTP-In.AXIGEN User Manual 8. These pages are identical in terms of parameters displayed. WebMail. When first entering Listeners page. POP3. click on the Edit button displayed next to that specific listener in the list. WebAdmin or CLI) and then on the Listeners page. a list of currently defined listeners is displayed (see below). Adding and Editing TCP Listeners In AXIGEN. WebMail. 377 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. WebAdmin and CLI. click on the details button for the respective parameter to see what its default value is.com . etc. IMAP. http://www. POP3. if any have been defined previously.L.axigen. If you want to edit an existing listener. To find out a parameter default value. Important! Some of these parameters displayed on different service Listeners pages may have different default values: for instance. IMAP. Use the Listeners page to configure listener-related settings. inactivity timeout. click on the service tab (SMTP-In. maximum connections accepted from a single host on the listener. To access listener configuration in WebAdmin.26. click on the Add new listener button. sorted by their IP addresses (lowest first). To add a new TCP listener.R.

see Adding and Editing Rules. 378 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you can manage the connection requests for a certain service.L.com . Two or more listeners cannot have the same address value . and specify a number of maximum connections on the listener during a specified time interval. This will be the IP address followed by a colon and the port number. Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . You can select them in the right uppermost corner of the page: • General tab • Allow rules tab • Deny rules tab • SSL settings tab The configurations pertaining strictly to the listener definition are listed in the General and SSL settings tab. Attribute Name: address Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Use the Enable drop-down box to enable/disable the TCP listener.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Connection parameters By setting all these connection related parameters. For details on how to configure rules associated with listeners. using the Allow rules and Deny rules tabs. This way. you can limit the number of simultaneous connections. http://www. Listeners are uniquely identified by their address attribute.only the first object correctly defined is considered.R. This way you can store defined listeners and enable them only when you need to. using the current listener and ensure higher service availability.AXIGEN User Manual The Listeners page contains 4 (four) different tabs.axigen. General Tab Parameters Use the Address field to specify the listener bind address.

allowZero = false. interval connections to specify a time interval and a maximum number of connections to be accepted during that interval. connections field to specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections accepted by this TCP listener. Default Value: 60 Attribute Name: maxIntervalConnections Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000. Attribute Name: maxConnections Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2048. Default Value: smtp: 600 pop3: 600 imap: 600 webmail: 1200 webadmin: 1200 cli: 600 ftpBackup: 600 379 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. if you use the default values of these parameters.R. minValue = 1.axigen. Default Value: smtp: 200 pop3: 200 imap: 200 webmail: 1000 webadmin: 1000 cli: 200 ftpBackup: 200 Use the Time interval and Max. Attribute Name: timeInterval Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400. These two parameters are used in conjunction. http://www.L. minValue = 30.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Max. allowZero = false. a maximum number of 60 connections will be accepted within an interval of 600 seconds. For instance.com .

R. Default Value: smtp: 20 pop3: 20 imap: 20 webmail: 100 webadmin: 100 cli: 20 ftpBackup: 20 Use the Peer time interval and Peer max. interval connections fields to specify a time interval and a maximum number of connections to be accepted with a single host during that time interval. These two parameters are used in conjunction. Use the Idle timeout field to specify the inactivity timeout on the listener (in seconds). Attribute Name: peerTimeInterval Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400. allowZero = false. Attribute Name: peerMaxConnections Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2048. see Listeners in the Architecture chapter 380 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the Peer max. If you want to further configure your listener by enabling SSL and setting SSL related parameters. Default Value: 60 Attribute Name: peerMaxIntervalConnections Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000. go to the SSL settings page (see SSL Parameters for Listeners) If you want to define additional rules for your listener. connections field to specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections to the listener accepted with a single host. For details on rule configuration.com . minValue = 1. allowZero = false. go to the Allow rules or respectively Deny rules tab within the Listener page.axigen. When you are done defining these parameters make sure you click the Update and Commit buttons to add your listener to save your listener. http://www. Default Value: 600 The value of this parameter is specified in seconds. For a general description of listeners and their usage in AXIGEN. Attribute Name: idleTimeout Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400. minValue = 30.L. that is the time interval before the connection is reset. Default Value: smtp: 300 pop3: 300 imap: 1800 webmail: 300 webadmin: 300 cli: 300 ftpBackup: 300 You can specify a domain that will act as primary domain for connections made on the listener you are editing in the Listener's domain filed.AXIGEN User Manual The value of this parameter is specified in seconds. see Adding and Editing Rules.

AXIGEN User Manual 8. Connections with IP addresses within this range will be automatically accepted by AXIGEN Mail Server.R. a list of allow rules already defined for the current TCP listener is displayed.axigen.L. the parameters displayed will be the same. http://www. Attribute Name: ipSet Attribute Class: IpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Use the Enable drop-down box to enable/disable the TCP listener allow rule. When entering the Listeners > Allow rules tab.1. the rule list is empty. If none has been defined so far. Adding and Editing TCP Listener Rules Allow Rules For each existing TCP listener. Use the Allow rules tab to specify a set of rules for allowing specific IP addresses on the currently edited/created TCP listener. These rules impose further limitations on accepted connections through current listener. Use the IP Set field to specify the IP address range.com .26. you can define allow rules. 381 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. This way you can store defined listeners and enable them only when you need to. Whether adding or editing rules.

thus specifying extra limitations for all connections with addresses within the allow rule range. When a connection is initiated with an IP address which subject to two or more different rules. See the Rules section for a detailed description of the rules enforcement policy. 382 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you can limit the number of simultaneous connections. http://www.R. allowZero = false.L. Attribute Name: priority Attribute Class: IpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000. minValue = 1.com . and specify a number of maximum connections during a specified time interval.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Priority field to specify what priority level you associate with this rule.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: IpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . Default Value: 500 Connection parameters By setting all these connection related parameters. priority levels are used to decide which rules will be given precedence.axigen.

Default Value: 600 383 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: timeInterval Attribute Class: TcpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400. minValue = 30. allowZero = false. Default Value: 600 The value of this parameter is specified in seconds. interval connections fields to specify a time interval and a maximum number of connections to be accepted from a single host during that time interval. Default Value: 20 Use the Peer time interval and Peer max. Default Value: 60 Attribute Name: maxIntervalConnections Attribute Class: TcpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000. Attribute Name: maxConnections Attribute Class: TcpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2048. minValue = 1. Use the Peer max. connections field to specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections accepted by the TCP listener.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Max. These two parameters are used in conjunction. minValue = 30. Default Value: 60 Attribute Name: peerMaxIntervalConnections Attribute Class: TcpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 100000.axigen. connections field to specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections on the listener accepted with a single host. Default Value: 200 Use the Time interval and Max. allowZero = false.R.L. interval connections to specify a time interval and a maximum number of connections to be accepted during that interval. For instance. allowZero = false. Attribute Name: peerTimeInterval Attribute Class: TcpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 86400.com . allowZero = false. These two parameters are used in conjunction. http://www. Attribute Name: peerMaxConnections Attribute Class: TcpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 2048. a maximum number of 60 connections will be accepted within an interval of 600 seconds. if you use the default values of these parameters. minValue = 1.

Deny Rules For each existing TCP or currently added/edited listener. Whether adding or editing rules. http://www. the list is empty. make sure you click on the Update and Commit buttons to save and commit your changes. by denying connections with addresses within a specified IP range. After setting all these parameters. a list of deny rules already defined for the current listener is displayed. When entering the Listeners page > Deny rules tab page. These rules impose further limitations on connections through the current listener.com .axigen. Use the Deny rules tab to define deny rules associated with a specific listener.AXIGEN User Manual The value of this parameter is specified in seconds. If none have been defined.L. you can define deny rules.R. the parameters displayed will be the same: 384 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.

Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: IpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) .single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Priority field to specify what priority level you associate with this rule.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual Use the IP Set field to specify the IP address range. 385 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Attribute Name: priority Attribute Class: IpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 1000. http://www. See the Rules section for a detailed description of the rules enforcement policy. This way you can store defined rules and enable them only when you need to.L. Default Value: 500 After setting all these parameters. When a connection is initiated with an IP address which subject to two or more different rules. minValue = 1.com . allowZero = false.R. Connections initiated by IP addresses within this range will be automatically rejected by AXIGEN Mail Server. priority levels are used to decide which rules will be given precedence. make sure you click on the Update and Commit buttons to save and commit your changes. Attribute Name: ipSet Attribute Class: IpRule Attribute Type: VALUE Use the Enable drop-down box to enable/disable the TCP listener deny rule.

AXIGEN User Manual 8.R. you can use any combination of these you may find useful. Certificate Authority certificates that are followed while verifying the remote server certificate. Possible values are: ssl2. Attribute Name: allowedVersions Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( ssl2 | ssl3 | tls1 | all ) . All three versions are enabled by default.single choice Use the Allowed version checkboxes to specify the SSL versions to be used by AXIGEN Mail Server. Attribute Name: sslEnable Attribute Class: TCPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . The certificate chain refers to a chain of intermediate certificate issuers. that is. http://www. 386 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Use the Enable SSL drop-down box in WebAdmin Listeners page > SSL Settings tab to enable/disable the SSL for the current listener.L.com . you can enable SSL support and further configure SSL settings using the Listeners > SSL settings page: AXIGEN implements OpenSSL compliant SSL settings for all TCP listeners.axigen. While SSL 3 and TLS1 are the most recent versions. SSL Parameters for Listeners For each TCP listeners created.2.26.multiple choices Default Value: ( ssl2 ssl3 tls1 ) Use the Certificate file field to specify the file containing the containing the certificate chain used for the current listener. ssl3 and tls1.

AXIGEN User Manual If this attribute is set to "none". Default Value: none Specify the file containing the certificate authorities for the current listener using the Certificate authorities filed. to an invalid file or to a file not containing a valid certificate chain. Attribute Name: certFile Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: value = none.R. then any attempt to use SSL on this listener or STARTTLS on any of the connections accepted on this listeners will fail because of lack of a valid certificate chain. no file will be used.L. If keyword value "none" is used. Find more information about this protocol and how to configure this protocol. on RSA Laboratories website. Default Value: none Use the DH parameter field in SSL Settings tab to specify the path in local file system to the file containing the (OpenSSL) Diffie-Hellman parameter used by this listener. Attribute Name: dhParamFile Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: value = none. http://www. The Diffie-Hellman key agreement protocol (also called exponential key agreement) allows two users to exchange a secret key over an insecure medium without any prior secrets.com . Default Value: none 387 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen. Attribute Name: caFile Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: value = none.

388 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Click here to see the corresponding OpenSSL documentation file.e. minValue = 1.R. The depth refers the maximum number of intermediate certificate issuers. For instance.AXIGEN User Manual Use the Max. Attribute Name: maxChainDepth Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Constraints: maxValue = 16. allowZero = false. the number of CA certificates which are max allowed to be followed when verifying the remote server certificate. a depth of 1 means the remote server certificate can be self-signed or has to be signed by a CA which is directly known to the server.L. listing ciphers and their OpenSSL equivalents. which actually transform all keys exchanged during one connection session into ephemeral keys (valid only for the current connection). make sure you click the Update and Commit buttons to make your changes effective.single choice Default Value: ( yes ) Use the Request client auth.com .single choice Default Value: ( no ) If you modify any of the default values. Attribute Name: requestClientAuth Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . chain depth field to specify the depth of verification for the certificate chain. This options allows generating ephemeral keys. In the Use ephemeral key drop-down box to specify ephemeral keys should be used or not. The default value of 4 means that 4 intermediate certificate issuers are accepted. rc5 and mdc2.axigen. except for idea. Attribute Name: cipherSuite Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Default Value: ALL:ADH AXIGEN implements cipher suites active in OpenSSL. Attribute Name: useEphemeralKey Attribute Class: SSLControl Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . http://www. Default Value: 4 Use the Cipher suite field in the SSL Settings tab to specify the OpenSSL-like string indicating the cipher suite to be used. drop-down box to specify if client certificate-based authentication should be requested or not. i.

The default values specified here are applied for all listeners specific to AXIGEN main modules. Example of Listener Configuration This section presents some examples of a possible listener configuration.axigen.AXIGEN User Manual 8. where default value is 1200). where default value is 100. Example: maxConnections = 200 timeInterval Parameter used for specifying the time interval used to enforce maxIntervalConnections. and SMTP Incoming.com . and they are presented accordingly for each parameter. Some exceptions may apply.3. where default value is 20). Example: maxIntervalConnections = 600 peerMaxConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum connection accepted from a single host on the listener. Example: peerMaxConnections = 20 peerTimeInterval Parameter used for specifying the time interval used to enforce peerMaxIntervalConnections. Type: UINT Accepted values: 30-86400 Default value: 60 Example: peerTimeInterval = 60 389 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Type: UINT Accepted values: 1-2048 Default value: 10 (for all AXIGEN main modules but WebMail.L. Type: UINT Accepted values: 30-86400 Default value: 60 Example: timeInterval = 60 maxIntervalConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum number of connections accepted in 'timeInterval' seconds Type: UINT Accepted values: 0-100000 (0=unlimited) Default value: 600 (for all AXIGEN main modules but WebMail. http://www.26. where default value is 1000). Type: UINT Accepted values: 1-2048 Default value: 200 (for all AXIGEN main modules but WebMail. maxConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum number of connection accepted by this listener.R.

Type: UINT Accepted values: 1-1000 Default value: 500 Example: priority = 100 390 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com . Type: REQUIRED IP_SET Default value: None Example: ipSet = 10.AXIGEN User Manual peerMaxIntervalConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum connections accepted in 'peerTimeInterval' seconds from a single host. Example: peerMaxIntervalConnections = 20 idleTimeout Parameter used for specifying the inactivity timeout on the listener (in seconds). Type: UINT Accepted values: 0-86400 (0=unlimited) Default value: 300 Example: idleTimeout = 300 denyrules Use the following sub-section to specify the list of rejected hosts. i. http://www.L.0.axigen. Type: CHOICE (yes | no) Default value: yes Example: enable = yes priority Parameter used for specifying the rule's priority.0.e. hosts from which mail traffic is automatically rejected by AXIGEN.0.R.0. ipSet Parameter used for specifying the IP addresses to be automatically rejected by AXIGEN Mail Server. Type: UINT Accepted values: 0-100000 (0=unlimited) Default value: 20.128-10.255 enable Parameter used for specifying if this rule should be enabled/disabled. 1 means the highest priority.

168. Type: UINT Accepted values: 0-100000 (0=unlimited) Default value: 600 Example: maxIntervalConnections = 600 391 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.e. Type: UINT Accepted values: 1-2048 Default value: 200 Example: maxConnections = 200 timeInterval Parameter used for specifying the time interval used to enforce maxIntervalConnections. ipSet Parameter used for specifying the IP addresses to be automatically accepted by AXIGEN Mail Server. but accept mail traffic from IP address 168.0.e. reject all mail traffic from IP class 168.168. Type: CHOICE (yes | no) Default value: yes Example: enable = yes priority Parameter used for specifying the rule's priority. Type: UINT Accepted values: 30-86400 Default value: 60 Example: timeInterval = 60 maxIntervalConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum connections accepted in 'timeInterval' seconds. The following parameters should be used in connection with denyRules.axigen.0.22).0.R.AXIGEN User Manual allowRules Use the following sub-section to specify the list of allowed hosts.1/8 enable Parameter used for specifying if this rule should be enabled/disabled.168. http://www. in order to specify exceptions from the rules defined there (i.0.1-168. hosts from which mail traffic is automatically accepted by AXIGEN.com .0.255. Type: UINT Accepted values: 1-1000 Default value: 500 Example: priority = 500 maxConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum connections accepted on the listener. Type: IP_SET Default value: N/A Example: ipSet = 10.L. 1 means the highest priority. i.

392 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Type: UINT Accepted values: 0-100000 (0=unlimited) Default value: 600 Example: peerMaxIntervalConnections = 20 Limiting the Number of Allowed Connections for a Given Listener The maxConnections attribute specifies the maximum number of simultaneous connections the TCP service will allow for the specific listener from any Internet host.L.AXIGEN User Manual peerMaxConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum connection accepted from a single host on the listener.R. Example: Assuming maxIntervalConnections=4 and timeInterval=60. and after 40 seconds (at t0 40 moment) other 3 connections have been received (for a total of 4 accepted connections. Type: UINT Accepted values: 30-86400 Default value: 60 Example: peerTimeInterval = 60 peerMaxIntervalConnections Parameter used for specifying the maximum connections accepted in 'peerTimeInterval' seconds from a single host. Type: UINT Accepted values: 1-2048 Default value: 20 Example: peerMaxConnections = 20 peerTimeInterval Parameter used for specifying the time interval used to enforce peerMaxIntervalConnections. you can set and maxIntervalConnections=0 (an unlimited number of connections are accepted for any given time interval.axigen. while maxIntervalConnections limits temporarily (for the time interval specified by the timeInterval attribute) the number of connections from any host. in this case. The maxIntervalConnections and timeInterval attributes are used in conjunction: maxIntervalConnections specifies the maximum number of connections the TCP service will allow for the specific listener from any Internet host in a specific time interval defined in seconds by the value of the timeInterval attribute. the value of the 'timeInterval' attribute is ignored). The maxConnections attribute accepts values between 1-2048. If on t0 moment (in seconds) AXIGEN received a first connection. AXIGEN Mail Server will not accept an unlimited number of simultaneous connections.com . no matter what their current status is .closed or not). http://www. then no other connection will be accepted by the TCP service on that listener for another 20 seconds (by t0 60 moment). The maxConnections attribute therefore limits the number of simultaneous connections from any host. In order to avoid limiting the number of connections accepted on a specific listener.

The peerMaxConnections attribute therefore limits the number of connections from the same host. in the time interval in seconds defined by the value of the peerTimeInterval attribute.com .axigen. but they are applied to the number of connections from the same IP address to be accepted by the listener.L. Limiting the Inactivity for a Given Listener Sometimes active connection threads can be blocked with stagnating communication sessions . communication threads can be stopped after a certain interval of inactivity. you can use 'idleTimeout'=0. 393 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.for instance in case of full bandwidth. The system administrator can configure the inactivity interval with the timeout attribute. when messages cannot be sent and the session must wait until some bandwidth is free). from the same host (same IP address). while peerMaxIntervalConnections limits temporarily (for the time interval specified by the peerTimeInterval attribute) the number of connections from the same host. The idleTimeout attribute specifies the inactivity period (in seconds) after which the TCP service will close the idle connection. To disable this limitation. For an efficient usage of all available connections. meaning no timeout will occur for an idle connection.R. http://www. The communication session can be re-established later (when the mail client resends its query). maxIntervalConnections and timeInterval. The peerMaxIntervalConnections and peerTimeInterval attributes are used in conjunction: peerMaxIntervalConnections specifies the maximum number of connections accepted by the TCP service on the current listener. Note: The limitations defined by these attributes are applied for any host connecting to the current listener.AXIGEN User Manual Limiting the Number of Accepted Connections for a Specific IP Address These attributes have a similar applicability with maxConnections. The peerMaxConnections attribute specifies the maximum number of simultaneous connections coming from the same host (no matter what that host is) that are accepted by the TCP service on the listener.

If you want to edit an existing listener.R. The default value for this parameter is '127.L. Adding and Editing UDP Listeners Currently.only the first object correctly defined is considered.0. When first entering Listeners page. a list of currently defined listeners is displayed (see below). They are used to specify the socket to listen to for connecting to the Log service. To add a new UDP listener. click on the Add new listener button.com . sorted by their IP addresses (lowest first).AXIGEN User Manual 8. The parameters displayed both when adding and editing a listener are the same. This will be the IP address followed by a colon and the port number. click on the Log tab and then on the Listeners page. To access UDP listener configuration in WebAdmin. The General Listeners page allows you to set the parameters relative to the UDP Listeners: Use the Address field to specify the listener bind address. Two or more listeners cannot have the same address value . UDP listeners are only available for the Log service. if any have been defined previously.0. Listeners are uniquely identified by their address attribute. http://www.1:2000' 394 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.axigen. the only AXIGEN UDP Service. click on the Edit button displayed next to that specific listener in the list.27.

single choice Default Value: ( yes ) For a detailed view of listeners usage in AXIGEN. see the Listeners section. http://www.axigen. This way you can store defined listeners and enable them only when you need to.AXIGEN User Manual Attribute Name: address Attribute Class: UDPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Use the Enable drop-down box to enable/disable the UDP listener.L. Attribute Name: enable Attribute Class: UDPListener Attribute Type: VALUE Possible values: ( no | yes ) . 395 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.com .

IMAP. See Connecting to CLI for a detailed login procedure. escaped 2. Netcat. quotes and double-quotes. double quoted string: (e. quoted 3. In general. the initial context becomes active. 396 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. and the characters that must be escaped with a backslash are: spaces. The difference is that all the characters. a context that uses COMMIT for saving changes is considered a parent and a context that uses DONE for saving changes is considered a child. just like SMTP. thus the commands can be issued using common tools such as Telnet. This is useful when entering regular expressions and spaces and is very similar to the way the strings are entered in unix bash. It has common parameters such as maxErrors. In the escaped and double-quoted form. the backslash character must be escaped in order to have a backslash as a result. more precisely a TCP service. Help.g. Configuring AXIGEN using CLI The Command Line Interface (in short CLI) is an interface for configuring AXIGEN remotely. ignoring the backslash before any character.R. 2. POP3. Also. a socket will listen on a specified address for connections.axigen. The CLI service can be configured in its turn similarly to the other services. the string cannot contain not printable characters. when you need to assign values to parameters of certain commands. the login context is activated and an username and password must be provided. meaning that you can enter HELP. are accepted and that the spaces and single quotes need not be escaped. 1. HeLP. either by editing the configuration files or by using the remote configuration tools like CLI and WebAdmin. these values can be entered in 3 ways: 1.AXIGEN User Manual 9. "something"): in this form. Each context provides commands allowing switching to the previous and next context and a HELP command to view the available commands at that specific location. help.L. including non-printables. The connection to the service must be authenticated using the default ‘admin’ username and the password previously set for it. http://www. etc.: 'something') in this form. For details on how to set the admin password manually. When connected. A single quote may not occur between single quotes. In order to do that. even when preceded by a backslash 3. logLevel. and also a list of listeners for configuring incoming connections. CLI also uses a common set of commands. each of them including a specific set of commands. quoted string: (e. For more details on how to set the admin password using the AXIGEN Configuration Wizard see this section. The CLI parent / child contexts follow the structure of the configuration file where some objects are children of other parent objects. The initial context is the only one not having a name in the command prompt. double quoted.g. the string will preserve the literal value of each character within the quotes. etc. Service Description CLI is for AXIGEN another service. the string will behave just like in the escaped form. escaped string: in this form. it will still mean HELP. after activation. etc.com . Commands are not case sensitive. CLI is structured in contexts. please read this section.

while "SMTP Filters" generically defines Message Acceptace.com . The configuration contexts corresponding config objects (like server.AXIGEN User Manual Contexts are. The notion of key parameter-value pair is related to the primary key concept. WEBMAIL.L. etc. WEBADMIN. As a result. Processing and Realy Policies. If you want to reset the configuration for that context. Any changes made to a TCP service like: CLI. associated with configuration objects that appear in the config file. http://www. invalid settings may appear to exist in config. with a few exceptions. Thus. "Socket Filters" refers to Antivirus/Antispam Filters.) update only when entering and leaving the respective context and when one of the reset commands is issued. update of the context is NOT performed. This happens because any modifications made before commit would be lost. 397 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. the term "Script Filters" refers to Message rules. The key value cannot be changed if the context was created using an ADD command. The subsections of this chapter contain the following: • • • Special Contexts .R. if anything is changed using another version of CLI or WEBADMIN.commands used in all AXIGEN contexts Context Specific Commands . It uniquely identifies an object in a list of objects.the most important contexts in CLI are explained Common commands . etc.axigen. affect only new connections to that service and not the active ones. When leaving the context using COMMIT and the commit fails. all services.a list of all contexts and commands available in CLI you can use for reference to see all the different operations you can perform using CLI Important! Within all CLI contexts and commands. issue a CANCEL or a RESET command. the change will be present only when leaving and entering the context again or after a reset command is issued.

the Commands context is accessible from here where some commands can be issued to the server.AXIGEN User Manual 9. The CONSOLE-CODES option allows console codes used for colors to be turned on/off. The ADD DOMAIN command. The LIST DOMAINDATA command is here because a domain database location must be provided when adding a domain. SET. This context does not have COMMIT/DONE or CANCEL commands because it is the first context. Login Context prompt: <login> parent: none The login context is used only for authentication and has the following commands: HELP. the connection is closed. Initial Context prompt: <#> parent: none The initial context is the starting point of configuring the server. Here. It has the BACK command for switching back to the Initial context but does not have COMMIT/DONE because it is a read-only context. global options can be set. The USER command usage is USER <username>.com . http://www. the maxAuthCommands parameter also applies to this context: if the number of commands issued is greater (with or without error). 398 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. In this context. if set to on. Thus a detailed overview of each context is presented below. From the Initial context. MIGRATION and COMMANDS contexts which are detailed below. As said before.axigen. Special Contexts The action of each command may differ in specific contexts that represent exceptions to the general behavior. one for setting the domain name and one for specifying in which domain database location the domain should be created. EXIT/QUIT. will display in all contexts and with all commands only the minimum amount of text needed to present the information.1. The QUIET option. Reporting Context prompt: <reporting#> parent: Initial This context is for viewing various reports for the server. Also. the connection is closed.L. WARNING: if the CONSOLE_CODES option is set to off. server configuration and also reports can be viewed. we can access the REPORTING. It neither has SHOW without parameters because it is not related to any config object. several actions can be started: domain configuration (including accounts and lists). some contexts have additional commands that have an exceptional character. thus making the output script friendly. takes 2 parameter-value pairs. This context is associated with the maxAuthErrors config parameter: when this parameter is exceeded.R. USER. the password will also be visible in the command line (not applicable if connecting through a script).

As in the case of MIGRATION and REPORTING contexts. If domain is the parameter.axigen. that is. a list of domains separated by '+'. the list will show for all counters. This means. to an extent. a value of 0. Another command is VIEW QUEUE which displays a snapshot of the mail queue and information on the emails in processing stage. QUIT/EXIT. In the case of the services value parameter. The SET command. If CLI is removed from the list of services. a value must be specified. The list must be in double quoted format. http://www. In the case of the services param. primaryDomain. It has the common commands CANCEL. it will show the services started but it is updated only when the server context is entered or left with commit or cancel. and SHOW. The commands for configuring the services are CONFIG <SERVICE_NAME> and the context will witch to the one corresponding to that specific service. etc. otherwise the commit command will fail and no location will be added. will set the one or more param-value pairs that are given as parameters. HELP.com . it will Not show up stopped. others and domain. The VIEW CONTORS domain command. The ADD FILTER command. the COMMANDS context has the BACK command for switching back to the Initial context and does not have COMMIT/DONE commands. 399 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. it will be stopped at COMMIT but it will show up as started wehen SHOW is issued. So if a service was stopped while in the server context. ADD. it will not be counted in the sum. that if the list is made of one or more domains that do not exist. it must be created. takes an additional parameter: an unique id that has to be from 0 to 255. REMOVE. Server Context prompt: <server#> parent: Initial The server context is where the server configuration is started. CREATE and DESTROY a domain database location.AXIGEN User Manual The commands available are: VIEW CONTORS with a parameter of all. the password for the CLI and Webadmin sessions can be changed and the two subcontexts can be entered. If a domain does not exist.L. It has two subcontexts. makes a sum of all counter of the domains given as parameters. Directly from the Commands context. Thus there are functions to LIST. COMMIT. etc. From this context domains database locations can be managed. it will stop or start the services only when COMMIT is issued. the Server and Storage contexts that will be described below. It is impossible to add two locations with the same id on the server's list. The SHOW command will show the value parameters of the server like services. Before a location can be added. Commands Context prompt: <commands#> parent: Initial The Commands context is a special context that allows the remote administrator to issue commands to the server. The CREATE command. It has commands for entering the configuration context of every service for configuring filters and domain database locations. aside from the path.R. takes 3 parameter-value pairs because the respective values are required.

similarly to CHECK. The operations available are LIST containers. The START/STOP service command will start/stop a service immediately without the need for COMMIT command as in the case where services are modified from the Initial-Server context. These commands are useful when a snapshot of the container needs to be saved. regardless of their rescheduled time. CHECK container. After a check is started. is used to issue server-related commands to AXIGEN. meaning respectively that messages can or cannot be stored. The storage system. issuing the LIST command will show the status of the container. http://www. Commands-Storage Context prompt: <commands-storage#> parent: Commands This context allows several operations with the AXIGEN Storage System. where messages for a certain domain are kept. If no parameter is given. lock and unlock the container given as parameter. The migration is completed when the entire directory structure is migrated.axigen. The LOCK and UNLOCK container commands. if set to high.R. the status can be seen by issuing the LIST containers command. The CHECK container command. The SHOW CONFIG command. will dump the configuration as it is written in the config file. will start a defragmentation of the specified container and.AXIGEN User Manual Commands-Server Context prompt: <commands-server#> parent: Commands The Server subcontext. LOCK container and UNLOCK container. as their names suggest. starts a check on the structure of a certain container. even for reading. This command is FORCE QUEUE. allows messages to be migrated from other servers to AXIGEN. The command SAVE CONFIG. If a path parameter is given. COMPACT container. The LIST container command takes as parameter the domain name and lists all message containers available for that domain. The common commands are the same as in the case of REPORTING and COMMANDS and it has one command with many parameters for migration. will increase the speed of that operation but the container will be unavailable to any service. is composed of Message Containers. The MIGRATE command will migrate all emails from an account on a remote server using the IMAP protocol. it will be saved in that location but for security reasons. The default value is low. 400 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. The optional parameter priority. There is a command for trying to force all mail in the queue to be processed and/or sent. saves the configuration. This command is also available from the Initial and Initial-Server contexts. a suffix will be added to the file.com . it will be saved in the default location. Migration Context prompt: <migration#> parent: Initial The Migration context.L. The COMPACT container command.

The remoteHost. All the optional parameters have the default value of no. http://www. will identify an account into which the messages will be migrated.L. remoteUser and remotePass parameters are self explanatory.axigen. remotePort.AXIGEN User Manual The mandatory domain and account parameters. 401 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. A complete list of commands available in each AXIGEN context is available in the CLI Context Specific Commands page.R.com .

com .> <empty line>. DONE . will reset the value attributes. This command is useful for parameters that require large amounts of text. COMMIT|DONE.The config command changes the context for configuring a child object. one without parameters. and others have different flavors according to certain contexts. and in this case. and list name and value for value lists and as the name suggests.This command changes an object from a list of objects. LIST. and one that takes the key param-value pair and other optional pairs and doesn't change context but directly adds the object to the list.this command.axigen.the ESET command (SET Extended) enters a new context in which large amounts of data can be entered. RESET . In both cases.the help command is present in all contexts.this command saves the changes and also writes these changes to the server configuration. ADD . there is an optional ATTR parameter which. RESET.R. Below are listed only the common and most important commands used in CLI. COMMIT . cancels any changes (where it applies) and switches back to the previous context. SET . Common commands The following commands are common to a subset of contexts: HELP. depending on the parameter.this command exits CLI. including Login and is used for displaying a list of available commands in that context QUIT . the value parameters (that means not the children or child lists) are shown. some parameters are put in the table. A child object is different form a list by the fact that it is a single object and it exists permanently. Another form is used to add objects to list of objects.the SET command sets a value for a specified value parameter of the given object associated with the context (if there is one). will only show the specified attribute.the same as QUIT BACK . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • HELP . and key param-value pair for object lists.2. none or several objects. others apply to all contexts. This also means that any changes made to that part of the context will be lost. ESET . This is available from every context except Login and Initial. A list may have one. QUIT. CONFIG. CONFIG . another that is the same except it takes additional required parameter-value pairs. EXIT.This command has several flavors. the parameter is the name of the value list and a value (for instance ADD nameserver ip). http://www. if present.L. It does not change the context. The simplest one is for adding values to a value list. CANCEL. The reset command. UPDATE. except it does not apply to value lists. the same as in the case of the SMTP protocol. This form has three versions: one that takes the list and the key parameter-value pair of the object and changes the context. If the list has a separate context. REMOVE .AXIGEN User Manual 9.This usually takes as parameters the list name. 402 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. It is available from all contexts EXIT . in this case. To the SET command. SHOW . but other commands are also available. The context can be left with <empty line> <. SHOW.this command saves the changes for a child context and switches back to the previous context but does not write anything to the server's configuration.The RESET command will update the context to the active one on the server. one or several parametervalue pair can be given. BACK.the SHOW command has two flavors. A switch back to the previous context is also done. Some of the commands described below apply only to a set of contexts. UPDATE . ADD. It is similar to add. the value parameters of a child from a child list are shown. LIST . In this case. removes an object from a list. REMOVE. and one with parameters. This also includes the changes done in child contexts and saved with DONE. otherwise all value parameters are present. or a list of objects or values. SET.this command lists the members of a given child list in the form of a table.

This command.R.AXIGEN User Manual • ENTER .axigen. The action of each command may differ in specific contexts that represent exceptions to the general behavior. entering a sub-context. some contexts have additional commands that have an exceptional character. changes a context. 403 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. This usually applies to contexts unrelated to the object-child object configuration hierarchy.L. http://www. Thus a detailed overview of each context is presented in the Special Contexts section.com . As said before.

0. For a list of available commands.AXIGEN User Manual 9.L.0.0. while logged as root: [root@example ~]# telnet 127. You should see a welcome message similar to the one below Connected to <hostname> (127.0. http://www. type HELP <login> Enter the username (admin) and password set in WebAdmin.R.1).3. 404 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. you should enable the CLI listener and connect to the correct IP:port address. A list of commands available in different contexts and sub-contexts of AXIGEN command-line interface is included in CLI Commands section.1 7000 In order to be able to connect to AXIGEN CLI. You can verify the CLI listeners using the CLI > Listeners page in WebAdmin.com . Welcome to AXIGEN's Command Line Interface You must login first.axigen. for instance. please enter in your terminal. Escape character is '^]'. after installing AXIGEN with its default settings. Connecting to CLI To connect to AXIGEN command line interface (CLI).

AXIGEN User Manual

9.4. Troubleshoot the CLI Connection
If you cannot connect to CLI, please check if:
• •

You have enabled the CLI service (open the Server>Global Settings page in WebAdmin, for instance, CLI is enabled in the Running Services area) You have correctly configured the CLI listener (the list with the listeners currently defined in AXIGEN can be found in the CLI > Listeners page in WebAdmin; check if your listener is enabled); You’re connecting using the correct username: for the current version, please use the “admin” username and the password you have previously configured using WebAdmin and CLI.

405

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

9.5. Context Specific Commands
This section lists all CLI contexts and their specific commands, as displayed in the Command Line Interface. You may use this list as reference to find out what operations you can perform using CLI.

Login Context <login>
The commands available for the Login context are: HELP - prints this help message EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN USER <user> - CLI username, (in this version only "admin" username is implemented) GET VERSION - gets the AXIGEN version SET CONSOLE-CODES on|off - sets the color and other console codes on/off SET QUIET off|on - enables/disables detailed information SHOW - shows the options for this context

Initial Conext <#>
The commands available for the Initial context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message LIST Domains [wildcard (ex: domain*)] - lists the domains of this server LIST Requests - lists the requests made for domain reqistration CLEAR Requests - clear the list of requests not pending SAVE CONFIG [<path>] - saves the server's running configuration (a suffix will be added) CONFIG SERVER - enters the Server context ENTER REPORTING - enters the Reporting context ENTER MIGRATION - enters the Migration context ENTER COMMANDS - enters the Commands context ENTER DEBUG - enters the Debug context CREATE Domain name <name> domainLocation <path> postmasterPasswd <pass> - creates a domain (changes context) REGISTER Domain domainLocation <path> - registers a domain to the server (changes context) UNREGISTER Domain name <domainName> - unregisters a domain from the server UPDATE Domain name <domainName> - updates a domain from the server (changes context) SHOW Domain name <domainName> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given domain

Server Context <server#>
The commands available for the Server context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context SAVE CONFIG [<path>] - saves the server's running configuration (a suffix will be added) SET [services (list of services)] - sets the services for the server SET [primaryDomain <name>] - sets the server's primary domain SET [sslRandomFile <file>] - sets file for entropy data used when generating random RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration
406

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

CONFIG LOG - enters the Log context CONFIG CLI - enters the CLI context CONFIG SMTP-INCOMING - enters the SMTP-Incoming context CONFIG SMTP-OUTGOING - enters the SMTP-Outgoing context CONFIG PROCESSING - enters the Processing context CONFIG POP3 - enters the POP3 context CONFIG IMAP - enters the IMAP context CONFIG WEBMAIL - enters the Webmail context CONFIG WEBADMIN - enters the Webadmin context CONFIG FTP-BACKUP - enters the FTP-Backup context CONFIG DNR - enters the DNR context CONFIG REPORT - enters the Report context CONFIG FILTERS - enters the Filters context

CLI Context <server-cli#>
The commands available for the CLI context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST Listeners - lists available listeners SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of failed authentications SET [maxAuthCommands <maxCmds>] - sets max no. of commands that can be issued before authentication SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn. SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] - sets min no. of threads handling the conn. SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> - adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> - updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> - removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given listener

Listener context <server-(service_name)-listener#>
The commands available for the Listener context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST AllowRules - lists the allow rules for this listener LIST DenyRules - lists the deny rules for this listener SET [address <address>] - sets the listener's address - only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [enable <yes|no>] - enable/disable the listener SET [maxConnections <maxConn>] - sets max number of connections SET [timeInterval <interval>] - sets the time interval
407

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

SET [maxIntervalConnections <interval>] - sets max connections in time interval SET [peerMaxConnections <maxConnr>] - sets sets max connections no. from a single host SET [peerTimeInterval <interval>] - sets the time interval - single host SET [peerMaxIntervalConnections <interval>] - sets max connections in time interval - single host SET [idleTimeout <timeout>] - sets the inactivity timeout SET [sslEnable <yes|no>] - enable/disable SSL on the listener CONFIG SSLCONTROL - enters the SslControl context ADD DenyRule ipSet <ipRange> [enable <yes|no>] [priority <priority>] - adds a deny rule to the listener(changes context) UPDATE DenyRule ipSet <ipRange> [enable <yes|no>] [priority <priority>] - updates a deny rule from the listener(changes context) REMOVE DenyRule ipSet <ipRange> - removes a deny rule from the listener SHOW DenyRule ipSet <ipRange> - shows the given rule ADD AllowRule ipSet <ipRange> - adds an allow rule to the listener(changes context) UPDATE AllowRule ipSet <ipRange> - updates an allow rule from the listener(changes context) REMOVE AllowRule ipSet <ipRange> - removes an allow rule from the listener SHOW AllowRule ipSet <ipRange> - shows the given rule

Allow Rule Context <server-(service_name)-listener-allowrule#>
The commands available for the AllowRule context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE - saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context SET [ipSet <ipSet>] - sets the ipSet parameter - only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [enable <yes|no>] - enable/disable the rule SET [priority <priority>] - sets the rule's priority SET [maxConnections <maxConn>] - sets max number of connections SET [timeInterval <interval>] - sets the time interval SET [maxIntervalConnections <interval>] - sets max connections in time interval SET [peerMaxConnections <maxConnr>] - sets sets max connections no. from a single host SET [peerTimeInterval <interval>] - sets the time interval - single host SET [peerMaxIntervalConnections <interval>] - sets max connections in time interval - single host

SSL Control Context <server-(service_name)-listener-sslcontrol#>
The commands available for the SSLControl context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE - saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context SET [allowedVersions (version list)] - sets SSL versions allowed SET [maxChainDepth <maxDepth>] - sets max depth of verification SET [chipherSuite <chipher>] - sets the chipher suite to be used SET [useEphemeralKey <yes|no>] - use/not use ephemeral keys SET [certFile <file>] - sets path for certification chain file SET [caFile <file>] - sets path for certificate authorities file SET [dhParamFile <file>] - sets path to Diffie-Hellman param file SET [requestClientAuth <yes|no>] - request/not request client authentication
408

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Log Context <server-log#>
The commands available for the Log context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST Listeners - lists available listeners LIST Rules - lists rules SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> - adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> - updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> - removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given listener ADD Rule priority <priority> - adds a rule (changes context) UPDATE Rule priority <priority> - updates a rule (changes context) REMOVE Rule priority <priority> - removes a rule SHOW Rule priority <priority> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given rule

Rule Context <server-log-rule#>
The commands available for the Rule context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE - saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context SET [priority <priority>] - sets the rule's priority - only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [hostname <hostname>] - sets hostname of the user of this rule SET [module <module>] - sets module of the user of this rule SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the log level SET [fileName <name>] - sets the name of the destination file ET [fileSize <size>] - sets the maximum duration the destination file is used in seconds SET [fileTime <time>] - sets the maximum duration the destination file is used in seconds SET [fileCount <count>] - sets the maximum number of old (saved) files kept SET [rotatePeriod <period>] - sets the period after which a file change is forced (choice: day|week|month)

SMTP-Incoming Contxt <server-smtpIncoming#>
The commands available for the SMTP-Incoming context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context
409

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

LIST Listeners - lists available listeners SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of failed authentications SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn. SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] - sets min no. of threads handling the conn. SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host SET [maxReceivedHeaders <maxHeaders>] - sets max no. of received headers for a mail RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> - adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> - updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> - removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given listener

SMTP-Outgoing Context <server-smtpOutgoing#>
The commands available for the SMTP-Outgoing context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn. SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] - sets min no. of threads handling the conn. SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration

Processing Context <server-processing#>
The commands available for the Processing context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context SET [maxSchedInterval <maxInterval>] - sets max interval for rescheduling a mail SET [schedInterval <interval>] - sets interval for rescheduling queue checking SET [maxRetryCount <count>] - sets max no. of times for trying to deliver SET [queuePath <path>] - sets path to internal server queue SET [queueEntryCount <count>] - sets upper limit for no. of subdirectories in queue SET [deliveryThreads <threads>] - sets no. of threads handling SMTP delivery SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host SET [procQueueSize <size>] - sets the size of internal processing queue SET [messagesPerSecond <no>] - sets the maximum number of messages a mail box can receive in one second SET [disableInterval <no>] - sets the time interval a mail box will be disabled if messagesPerSecond limit is exceded RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration
410

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

POP3 Context <server-pop3#>
The commands available for the POP3 context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST Listeners - lists available listeners SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of failed authentications SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn. SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] - sets min no. of threads handling the conn. SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host SET [allowStartTLS <yes|no>] - allow|not allow secure connections (STLS command) RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> - adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> - updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> - removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <name>] - shows the given listener

IMAP Context <server-imap#>
The commands available for the IMAP context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST Listeners - lists available listeners SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of failed authentications SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn. SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] - sets min no. of threads handling the conn. SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host SET [allowStartTLS <yes|no>] - allow/not allow secure connections SET [secureConnAuthTypes <types>] - sets types of authentication on secure conn. SET [plainConnAuthTypes <types>] - sets types of authentication on plain conn. SET [secureConnAllowLogin <yes|no>] - allow/not allow plain text login on secure conn. SET [plainConnAllowLogin <yes|no>] - allow/not allow plain text login on plain conn. RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> - adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> - updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> - removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given listener

411

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

AXIGEN User Manual

Webmail Context <server-webmail#>
The commands available for the Webmail context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST Listeners - lists available listeners LIST UrlRedirects - lists the rules used for secure login LIST HostNameResolvers - lists the hostname resolvers SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of failed authentications SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn. SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] - sets min no. of threads handling the conn. SET [logLevel <level>] - sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] - sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] - sets the service's remote logging host SET [path <path>] - sets the location of HSP files SET [sessionIdleTimeout <timeout>] - sets the inactivity timeout SET [sessionActivityTimeout <timeout>] - sets maximum living time for a session SET [allowKeepAlive <yes|no>] - enables/disables persistent connection SET [allowLargeIncomingData <yes|no>] - enables/disables receiving incoming data after the limit is exceeded SET [httpHeadersMaxSize <size>] - sets the maximum allowed size for received HTTP headers SET [httpBodyMaxSize <size>] - sets the maximum allowed size for incoming HTTP body SET [uploadMaxSize <size>] - sets the maximum allowed size for incoming upload data SET [showDomainList <yes|no>] - enables/disables displaying domains list at user login RESET - resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> - adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> - updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> - removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] - shows the given listener ADD HostNameResolver host <host> domain <domain> UPDATE HostNameResolver host <host> domain <domain> REMOVE HostNameResolver host <host> ADD UrlRedirect address <address> port <port> host <host> UPDATE UrlRedirect address <address> [port <port>] [host <host>] REMOVE UrlRedirect address <address>

Webadmin Context <server-webadmin#>
The commands available for the Webadmin context are: EXIT/QUIT - exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP - prints this help message BACK - cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT - commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] - shows information about this context LIST Listeners - lists available listeners LIST UrlRedirects - lists the rules used for secure login SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] - sets max no. of failed authentications SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] - sets max no. of threads handling the conn.
412

Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.L. http://www.axigen.com

com .AXIGEN User Manual SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] .removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] .updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> .sets the maximum allowed size for incoming HTTP body SET [uploadMaxSize <size>] .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] . SET [logLevel <level>] .adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> .enables/disables persistent connection SET [allowLargeIncomingData <yes|no>] .lists available listeners SET [maxErrors <maxErrors>] .sets the service's remote logging host RESET .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .R.sets the maximum allowed size for incoming upload data RESET .sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] .enables/disables receiving incoming data after the limit is exceeded SET [httpHeadersMaxSize <size>] .prints this help message BACK .prints this help message BACK .sets max no.resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> .sets min no.sets min no.resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Listener address <address> .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .sets the maximum allowed size for received HTTP headers SET [httpBodyMaxSize <size>] . of threads handling the conn.updates a listener from the service (changes context) REMOVE Listener address <address> .shows information about this context 413 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.sets the inactivity timeout SET [sessionActivityTimeout <timeout>] . SET [logLevel <level>] .sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets max no.shows the given listener ADD UrlRedirect address <address> port <port> host <host> UPDATE UrlRedirect address <address> [port <port>] [host <host>] REMOVE UrlRedirect address <address> FTP Backup Context <server-ftpBackup#> The commands available for the FTP-Backup context are: EXIT/QUIT .sets the location of HSP files SET [sessionIdleTimeout <timeout>] .sets the service's remote logging host SET [path <path>] . http://www.cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] .sets max no.shows information about this context LIST Listeners .L.exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] . of threads handling the conn.removes a listener from the service SHOW Listener address <address> [ATTR <param>] . of failed authentications SET [maxConnThreads <maxThreads>] .axigen. of wrong commands SET [maxAuthErrors <maxErrors>] . of threads handling the conn.sets maximum living time for a session SET [allowKeepAlive <yes|no>] . SET [minConnThreads <minThreads>] .adds a listener to the service (changes context) UPDATE Listener address <address> .shows the given listener DNR Context <server-dnr#> The commands available for the DNR context are: EXIT/QUIT .

adds a nameserver to the service (changes context) UPDATE Nameserver priority <priority> .sets the number of retries SET [cacheSize <cacheSize>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets the maximum number of DNS queries retries Report Context <server-report#> The commands available for the Report context are: EXIT/QUIT .lists the nameservers SET [timeout <timeout>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .sets the service's remote logging host RESET .sets the IP of the nameserver SET [timeout <timeout>] .lists the script filters defined LIST SocketFilters .sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] .lists all three categories of filters ADD ScriptFilter name <name> file <file> .prints this help message BACK .shows information about this context SET [logLevel <level>] .prints this help message BACK .removes a nameserver from the service SHOW Nameserver priority <priority> [ATTR <param>] .axigen.L.sets the timeout for first DNS query SET [retries <retries>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .R.adds a script filter (changes context) UPDATE ScriptFilter name <name> .prints this help message BACK .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .resets the service to the currently active configuration ADD Nameserver priority <priority> .sets the timeout SET [retries <retries>] .sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] . http://www.lists the active filters LIST Filters .sets the service's remote logging host RESET .lists the socket filters defined LIST ActiveFilters .updates a script filter (changes context) 414 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .sets the service's logging type SET [logHost <host>] .switches back to the previous context LIST ScriptFilters .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .updates a nameserver from the service (changes context) REMOVE Nameserver priority <priority> .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets the service's logging level SET [logType <type>] .resets the service to the currently active configuration Filters Context <server-filters#> The commands available for the Filters context are: EXIT/QUIT .sets the cache size SET [logLevel <level>] .shows information about this context SET [priority <priority>] .shows the given nameserver Name Server Context <server-dnr-nameserver#> The commands available for the NameServer context are: EXIT/QUIT .AXIGEN User Manual LIST Nameservers .sets the priority of the nameserver SET [address <address>] .

removes a socket filter from the listener SHOW SocketFilter name <name> [ATTR <param>] .sets the name of the filter .>] .sets the action to be taken in case the filter matches an email SET [maxConnections <no.only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [type <type>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .> .sets the maximum numnber of connections that will be made to the filter Active Filter Context <server-filters-active#> The commands available for the ActiveFilter context are: EXIT/QUIT .sets the inactivity timeout of the connection (in seconds) SET [actionOnMatch <action>] .removes a filter from the active filter list SHOW ActiveFilter priority <no.only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [filterName <name>] .> filterName <name> filterType <type> .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets the name of the filter as defined in the socket/script object sets 415 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.prints this help message BACK .AXIGEN User Manual REMOVE ScriptFilter name <name> .shows information about this context SET [name <name>] .shows information about this context SET [name <name>] . http://www.> [ATTR <param>] .axigen.shows information about this context SET [priority <priority>] .R.cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .com .prints this help message BACK .updates a socket filter (changes context) REMOVE SocketFilter name <name> .shows the given script filter ADD SocketFilter name <name> address <addr> protocolFile <file> .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [address <addr>] . used to communicate with the filter SET [protocolFile <path>] .> .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .adds an active filter to the active filter list (changes context) UPDATE ActiveFilter priority <no.sets the priority of the filter .shows the given socket filter ADD ActiveFilter priority <no.sets the type of the script filter SET [file <path>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .updates a filter (changes context) REMOVE ActiveFilter priority <no.adds a socket filter (changes context) UPDATE SocketFilter name <name> .sets the path to the file where the script is located Socket Filter Context<server-filters-socket#> The commands available for the SocketFilter context are: EXIT/QUIT .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .removes a script filter from the listener SHOW ScriptFilter name <name> [ATTR <param>] .shows the given filter Script Filters Context <server-filters-script#> The commands available for the ScriptFilter context are: EXIT/QUIT .sets the path to the ASFL file that describes the communication protocol SET [idleTimeout <timeout>] .prints this help message BACK .sets the name of the filter .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .L.sets the address of the filter.

You can add multiple message storage locations using CLI only within the domain creation context.sets the domain's name . additional locations cannot be added.lists accounts for current domain LIST Forwarders [wildcard (ex: user*)] .updates a folder recipient from the domain (changes context) REMOVE FolderRcpt name <name> .removes a folder recipient from the domain SHOW FolderRcpt name <name> [ATTR <param>] .L.adds an alias for the domain REMOVE Alias <aliasName> .lists aliases for current domain LIST Accounts [wildcard (ex: user*)] .enters the filters context CONFIG PUBLIC-FOLDER .adds an account to the domain (changes context) UPDATE Account name <name> .shows the given folder recipient ADD List name <listName> passwd <passwd> adminEmail <email> .sets the assigned ip SET [services (list of services)] .shows the given list ADD Alias <aliasName> . For larger spaces.commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .removes a list from this domain SHOW List name <listName> [ATTR <param>] .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [assignedIp <ip>] .lists folder recipients for current domain LIST Lists [wildcard (ex: user*)] .enables/disables displaying this domain at Webmail login CONFIG MIGRATIONDATA .prints this help message BACK . additional message storage locations should be created to correspond to the number of 20GB storages you need. one message storage location is recommended for each predicted 20GB of message occupied storage space.sets type of the filter (to which object set belongs) SET [applyOnRelay <yes|no>] .sets the services for this domain SET [showWebmailLogin <yes|no>] .removes an account from the domain SHOW Account name <name> [ATTR <param>] .R. http://www.shows the given account ADD Forwarder name <name> .AXIGEN User Manual SET [filterType <type>] .adds a folder recipient to the domain (changes context) UPDATE FolderRcpt name <name> . After creating the domain.adds a list to this domain (changes context) UPDATE List name <listName> .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .removes an alias from the domain 416 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.updates a forwarder from the domain (changes context) REMOVE Forwarder name <name> .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .updates an account from the domain (changes context) REMOVE Account name <name> .enters the migrationdata context CONFIG FILTERS .lists mail lists for current domain SHOW RegistryInformation .shows information about this context LIST Aliases .axigen.adds a forwarder to the domain (changes context) UPDATE Forwarder name <name> .enters the Public Folder context CONFIG QUOTAS . The command to create multiple message storage locations is as follows: ADD MessagesLocation <path> The commands available for the Domain context are: EXIT/QUIT .lists forwarders for current domain LIST FolderRcpts [wildcard (ex: user*)] .removes a forwarder from the domain SHOW Forwarder name <name> [ATTR <param>] .enters the quotas context ADD Account name <name> passwd <passwd> .shows the given forwarder ADD FolderRcpt name <name> .shows registry information SET [name <name>] .com .specifies if a relay message will be filterd with this filter Domain Context <domain#> Important! When creating domains.updates a list from this domain (changes context) REMOVE List name <listName> .

removes a socket filter from the listener SHOW SocketFilter name <name> [ATTR <param>] .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [type <type>] .prints this help message BACK .com .updates a socket filter (changes context) REMOVE SocketFilter name <name> .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .shows information about this context SET [name <name>] .sets the address of the filter.adds a script filter (changes context) UPDATE ScriptFilter name <name> .lists the script filters defined LIST SocketFilters .> .prints this help message BACK .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .shows the given script filter ADD SocketFilter name <name> address <addr> protocolFile <file> .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .L.> filterName <name> filterType <type> .updates a script filter (changes context) REMOVE ScriptFilter name <name> .switches back to the previous context LIST ScriptFilters .sets the name of the filter .> .sets the maximum numnber of connections that will be made to the filter 417 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.adds an active filter to the active filter list (changes conte UPDATE ActiveFilter priority <no.> [ATTR <param>] .lists all three categories of filters ADD ScriptFilter name <name> file <file> .R.axigen.>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets the path to the file where the script is located SocketFilter Context /<parent_context-filters-socket#> The commands available for the SocketFilter context are: EXIT/QUIT .sets the name of the filter .sets the action to be taken in case the filter matches an email SET [maxConnections <no.lists the socket filters defined LIST ActiveFilters .AXIGEN User Manual Fillters Context <parent_context-filters#> The commands available for the Filters context are: EXIT/QUIT .sets the type of the script filter SET [file <path>] .prints this help message BACK .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [address <addr>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .lists the active filters LIST Filters . http://www.cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .removes a script filter from the listener SHOW ScriptFilter name <name> [ATTR <param>] .shows information about this context SET [name <name>] .shows the given socket filter ADD ActiveFilter priority <no.sets the path to the ASFL file that describes the communication protocol SET [idleTimeout <timeout>] . used to communicate with the filter SET [protocolFile <path>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets the inactivity timeout of the connection (in seconds) SET [actionOnMatch <action>] .adds a socket filter (changes ontext) UPDATE SocketFilter name <name> .removes a filter from the active filter list SHOW ActiveFilter priority <no.updates a filter (changes context) REMOVE ActiveFilter priority <no.shows the given filter Script Filter Context <parent_context-filters-script#> The commands available for the ScriptFilter context are: EXIT/QUIT .

sets the account's signature SET [language <language>] .enters the limits context SHOW ContactInfo [ATTR <param>] .sets confirmation of mail delete SET [confirmFolderEmpty <yes|no>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .AXIGEN User Manual ActiveFilter Context <parent_context-filters-active#> The commands available for the ActiveFilter context are: EXIT/QUIT .prints this help message BACK .shows registry information SET [name <name>] .sets the webmail's language 418 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.sets the first name of the user SET [lastName <lastName>] .sets the priority of the filter .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .sets keep a mail copy in "Sent" folder SET [deleteToTrash <yes|no>] .enters the quotas context CONFIG LIMITS .sets delete mail to trash SET [confirmMailDelete <yes|no>] .prints this help message BACK .sets the last name of the user CONFIG WEBMAILDATA .shows information about this context SET [skin <skin>] .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [filterName <name>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE . Accounts Context <domain-account#> The commands available for the Account context are: EXIT/QUIT .enters the webmaildata context CONFIG FILTERS .shows the firstName and lastName parameters ADD Alias <aliasName> .sets type of the filter (to which object set belongs) Note: “parent_context” refers to any of the domain or account contexts.lists aliases for current account SHOW RegistryInformation .shows information about this context LIST Aliases .sets the account's name .sets the services for this account SET [passwd <passwd>] .sets the skin for webmail SET [pageSize <pageSize>] .enters the filters context CONFIG QUOTAS .removes an alias from the account WebmailData Context <domain-account-webmaildata#> The commands available for the WebmailData context are: EXIT/QUIT .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP . http://www.sets the security level for a html mail body SET [signature <signature>] .sets the name of the filter as defined in the socket/script object sets SET [filterType <type>] .axigen.com .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .shows information about this context SET [priority <priority>] .prints this help message BACK .R.adds an alias for the account REMOVE Alias <aliasName> .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets confirmation of empty folder SET [htmlFilterLevel <no.commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets password for the account SET [firstName <firstName>] .>] .L.only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [services (list of services)] .sets page size SET [saveToSent <yes|no>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .

size of mails a user can send in a specified interval SET [sentMessagesInterval <interval>] .AXIGEN User Manual Quotas Context<domain-account-quotas#> The commands available for the Quotas context are: EXIT/QUIT .specified interval in seconds SET [pop3ConnectionCount <count>] SET [imapConnectionCount <count>] SET [webmailRCPTCount <count>] .prints this help message BACK .shows information about this context SET [mboxCount <count>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .shows quotas for a given mbox Limits Context<domain-account-limits#> help The commands available for the Limits context are: EXIT/QUIT .shows registry information SET [name <name>] .sets the size limit for a mail (body + attachments) SET [webmailMessageSize <size>] .lists addresses for current forwarder SHOW RegistryInformation .sets default maximum number of messages in a folder SET [messageSize <size>] .max.R. no. http://www.shows information about this context LIST Addresses .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .prints this help message BACK .webmail sessions number limit for an account SET [webmailAttSize <size>] .sets maximum size in KB of all messages in all folders SET [messageCount <count>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .enables/disables the forwarder CONFIG FILTERS . no.sets the forwarder's name .sets the maximum number of folders SET [totalMessageCount <count>] .sets the Webmail sessions number limit Forwarder Context <domain-forwarder#> The commands available for the Forwarder context are: EXIT/QUIT .max.sets quotas for a given mbox SHOW MboxQuota mboxName <name> .sets default maximum size in KB of messages in a folder LIST Mboxes .enters the filters context ADD Address <address> . of recipients for an email conposed using Webmail SET [webmailSessionCount <count>] .axigen.prints this help message BACK .shows information about this context SET [sentMessagesCount <count>] . of mails a user can send in a specified interval SET [sentMessagesSize <size>] .removes an address from the forwarder 419 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.max.cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets the attachments number limit for a composed mail SET [webmailAttCount <count>] .L.only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [enabled <yes|no>] .com .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .list the available mboxes for this account SET MboxQuota mboxName <name> messageCount <count> messageSize <size> .adds an address for the forwarder REMOVE Address <address> .sets maximum number of messages in all folders SET [totalMessageSize <size>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .

sets the folder recipient's name .enters the filters context Lists Context<domain-list#> The commands available for the List context are: EXIT/QUIT .enters text context ESET notAUser .sets the description of the list SET [adminConfirm <yes|no>] .shows registry information SET [name <name>] .sets the description of the error in case of a bad confirmation .sets the text that will be added to the body to the mail .sets the ctypeAllow parameter SET [adminEmail <email>] .sets the moderate parameter SET [ctypeAllow <choice>] .shows information about this context LIST Users .enables/disables the folder recipient SET [mboxName <name>] .com .sets the text that will be inserted before the body .axigen.sets the RCPT used for unsubscription SET [requestRcpt <rcpt>] .shows information about this context SHOW RegistryInformation .shows registry information SET [name <name>] .sets the email for the admin The following parameters' value describe text that will be inserted in the mail ESET addHeader .sets the description of the error in case of an invalid user name .sets the list's name .enters text context ESET badConfirmation .sets the RCPT used for making a request SET [enabledRcpts (choice set)] .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [services (list of services)] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .sets the adminConfirm parameter SET [senderAllow <choice>] .sets the description of the error in case the user already exists – enters text context 420 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.enters text context ESET invalidUserName .sets the list's mailbox access password SET [subscribeRcpt <rcpt>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .AXIGEN User Manual Folder Recipient Context <domain-folderRcpt#> The commands available for the Folder Recipient context are: EXIT/QUIT .L.sets the description of the error in case the user does not belong to the list .sets the services enabled for this list SET [passwd <string>] .sets the description of the error in case of a unknown command .enters text context ESET bodyEnd .prints this help message BACK .sets the senderAllow parameter SET [moderate <choice>] .shows the list of headers that will be removed from a mail SHOW RegistryInformation .sets the RCPT used for subscription SET [unsubscribeRcpt <rcpt>] .sets the RCPTs enabled for this list SET [description <description>] .prints this help message BACK .enters text context ESET bodyBegin .enters text context ESET userAlreadySubscribed .lists available users for this list LIST RemoveHeaders .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [enabled <yes|no>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .R.sets the mbox name of this folder recipient) CONFIG FILTERS .sets the the headers that will be added to the mail .enters text context The following parameters' value describe text that will be included in the NDR ESET unknownCommand .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] . http://www.

exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets the user's name 421 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.shows information about this context SET [skin <skin>] .enters text context ESET subscribeDenied .sets the template that will tell the user that he has been deleted .enters text context CONFIG WEBMAILDATA .prints this help message BACK .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .sets keep a mail copy in "Sent" folder SET [deleteToTrash <yes|no>] .sets page size SET [saveToSent <yes|no>] .shows information about this context SET [email <email>] .updates an user from the list (changes context) REMOVE User email <email> .R.axigen.L.com .sets the account's signature User Context<domain-list-user#> The commands available for the User context are: EXIT/QUIT .adds an user to the list (changes context) UPDATE User email <email> .sets the user's email .sets the template that will tell the user that his mail is rejected ESET welcome .enters the webmaildata context CONFIG FILTERS .sets confirmation of empty folder SET [htmlFilterLevel <no.enters text context The following parameters' value should be a RFC2822 compliant mail ESET requestNeedsConfirmation .sets the template that will tell the user to wait for admin's confirmation .prints this help message BACK .sets delete mail to trash SET [confirmMailDelete <yes|no>] .removes an user from the list SHOW User email <email> [ATTR <param>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets the template that will tell the user that he has been created .enters text context ESET requestNeedsAdminConfirmation .enters text context ESET goodbye .only usable in an UPDATE operation SET [name <name>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .removes a header from the list of headers to be removed WebmailData Context <domain-list-webmaildata#> The commands available for the WebmailData context are: EXIT/QUIT .AXIGEN User Manual ESET invalidFormat .sets the template that will tell the user that he has not been created .enters the filters context ADD User email <email> name <name> .sets the security level for a html mail body SET [signature <signature>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets the descrition of the error in case of an invalid format .sets the skin for webmail SET [pageSize <pageSize>] .>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .adds a header to the list of headers to be removed REMOVE RemoveHeader <name> .sets confirmation of mail delete SET [confirmFolderEmpty <yes|no>] .sets the template that will ask the user for a confirmation . http://www.enters text context ESET autoRejectResponse .shows an user from the list ADD RemoveHeader <name> .

cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .sets the name of the public folder CONFIG QUOTAS .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .AXIGEN User Manual WebmailData Context <domain-webmaildata#> The commands available for the WebmailData context are: EXIT/QUIT .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context COMMIT .prints this help message BACK .sets the name of remote IMAP machine from which the domain's accounts are migrated SET [remoteImapPort <port>] .>] .sets page size SET [saveToSent <yes|no>] .sets keep a mail copy in "Sent" folder SET [deleteToTrash <yes|no>] .commits the changes made in this context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets the SMTP server's port on the remote machine PublicFolder Context <domain-publicFolder#> The commands available for the Public Folder context are: EXIT/QUIT .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .R. http://www.shows information about this context LIST MBoxes .list the available mboxes SET [name <name>] .sets the name of remote SMTP machine from which the domain's accounts are migrated SET [remoteSmtpPort <port>] .sets delete mail to trash SET [confirmMailDelete <yes|no>] .sets confirmation of mail delete SET [confirmFolderEmpty <yes|no>] .sets the security level for a html mail body MigrationData Context <domain-migrationdata#> The commands available for the MigrationData context are: EXIT/QUIT .prints this help message BACK .L.shows information about this context SET [skin <skin>] .enables migration of accounts from this domain SET [remoteImapHost <host>] .adds a mbox the Public Folder REMOVE Mbox <name> .shows information about this context SET [enable <yes|no>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .removes a mbox from the Public Folder 422 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.enters the quotas context ADD Mbox <name> .sets confirmation of empty folder SET [htmlFilterLevel <no.exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .axigen.sets the IMAP server's port on the remote machine SET [remoteSmtpHost <host>] .com .prints this help message BACK .sets the skin for webmail SET [pageSize <pageSize>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .

displays queue information 423 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.sets default maximum size in KB of messages in a folder LIST Mboxes .shows information about this context SET [mboxCount <count>] .sets the maximum number of folders SET [totalMessageCount <count>] .sets default maximum number of messages in a folder SET [messageSize <size>] .L.sets quotas for a given mbox SHOW MboxQuota mboxName <name> . http://www.sets quotas for a given mbox SHOW MboxQuota mboxName <name> .axigen.sets maximum size in KB of all messages in all folders SET [messageCount <count>] .shows quotas for a given mbox Reporting Context <reporting#> The commands available for the Reporting context are: EXIT/QUIT .list the available mboxes for this account SET MboxQuota mboxName <name> messageCount <count> messageSize <size> .AXIGEN User Manual Quotas Context <domain-publicFolder-quotas#> The commands available for the Quotas context are: EXIT/QUIT .shows quotas for a given mbox Quotas Context<domain-quotas#> The commands available for the Quotas context are: EXIT/QUIT .com .R.cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .list the available mboxes for this account SET MboxQuota mboxName <name> messageCount <count> messageSize <size> .prints this help message BACK .prints this help message BACK .sets default maximum number of messages in a folder SET [messageSize <size>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets maximum number of messages in all folders SET [totalMessageSize <size>] .cancels any changes made and switches back to the previous context DONE .sets maximum number of messages in all folders SET [totalMessageSize <size>] .shows information about this context SET [mboxCount <count>] .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .switches back to the previous context VIEW QUEUE .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .sets the maximum number of folders SET [totalMessageCount <count>] .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .prints this help message BACK .sets default maximum size in KB of messages in a folder LIST Mboxes .saves the changes and switches back to previous context SHOW [ATTR <param>] .sets maximum size in KB of all messages in all folders SET [messageCount <count>] .

stops a certain service START service <name> .the imap username of the migration server remotePass <imap-pass> .axigen.exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP . will migrate mails until the mailbox Quota is reached. the user will no longer receive any more mails Commands Context <commands#> The commands available for the Commands context are: EXIT/QUIT .enables/desables deletion of all migrated messages on the remote server [structureOnly <yes|no>] .L. http://www.switches back to the previous context ENTER SERVER .prints this help message BACK .switches back to the previous context SHOW Config .prints this help message BACK .the host of the migration server remotePort <port> .enters the Server context SET passwd <password> .AXIGEN User Manual Migration Context <migration#> The commands available for the Migration context are: EXIT/QUIT .starts a certain service FORCE QUEUE .tries to force all mails in queue to be processed/sent 424 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.R.specifies if the command should be verbose (default: no) WARNING! The migrate command.migrate command which has the following parameters: domain <domainName> .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP .prints this help message BACK .the domain name for migration account <accountName> . when the parameter overrideQuota is set to its "no" default.the imap password of the migration server [overrideQuota <yes|no>] .saves the server's running configuration (a suffix will be added) STOP service <name> .specifies if the mailbox quota should be overriden (default: no) [deleteOriginal <yes|no>] . 32 chars) Server context <commands-server#> The commands available for the Server context are: EXIT/QUIT .the port of the migration server remoteUser <imap-user> .enables migration of only the directory structure [verbose <yes|no>] .com . all the mails will be migrated but the mailbox Quota could be exceded.the account name for migration remoteHost <host> .sets the admin password for CLI/Webadmin (max.switches back to the previous context MIGRATE .exits CLI and closes connection to AXIGEN HELP . in which case.shows the entire server's running configuration SAVE CONFIG [<path>] . If overrideQuota is set to yes.

The general server configuration file currently used by AXIGEN Mail Server is located by default in /var/opt/axigen/run/axigen. http://www.cfg file. More information on configuring lists using WebAdmin in the Lists tab section. Data is written to this file when a mail list is added or modified. This file contains the general server configuration settings. domain. available only in binary (not-editable) format: • account.cfg. 425 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Configuring AXIGEN using the Configuration File The configuration process for AXIGEN Mail Server can also be executed by manually editing the AXIGEN Mail Server configuration file (axigen. Besides the axigen.cfg: file containing the configuration for an individual user account.L.R. there are currently another 3 (three) configuration files.axigen. Data is written to this file when a domain is added or modified.cfg: file containing the configuration for a mail list.AXIGEN User Manual 10. More information on configuring accounts using WebAdmin in the Accounts Tab section.cfg).cfg: file containing the configuration for a domain. More information on configuring accounts using WebAdmin in the Domains Tab section maillist. • • Samples of AXIGEN Mail Server configuration files can be found in /opt/axigen/share/examples directory. Data is written to this file when a new user is created or an existing user is modified.com .

IP address/IP mask 10. except that changes to the configuration are made through the Web GUI. IP: an IPv4 address in decimal numbers-and-dots format.cfg The general server configuration file currently used by AXIGEN Mail Server is located by default in /var/opt/axigen/run/axigen. Using a text editor. Using axigen.0. The axigen.0. IP interval 10. Detailed information on how to configure each parameter and information on its functions are given in the Configuring AXIGEN using WebAdmin subsections.0.0. i.cfg file includes the complete specifications for AXIGEN configuration.1. 255 • Note: Each time you modify the main configuration file. axigen.0.20 2.axigen. in order to load the new configuration settings. Working with axigen.: "yes" from ("yes" "no") set CHOICE-SET: a subset of STRINGs from the specified set of STRINGs.R.e.0.cfg file. possibly quoted using double quotes. i. the subset must be specified between round parentheses () 426 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. IP address/IP mask size 10. Restrictions When working with axigen.0.0.1:25 CHOICE: a single STRING from a specified set of STRINGs.1/8 • • • IP_PORT: an IPv4 address in decimal numbers-and-dots format followed by a ":" char and a decimal port number. possibly quoted using double quotes. A sample configuration file can also be found in the /opt/axigen/share/examples directory. you can manually edit the parameter values and modify the server configuration.e.cfg.L.0.1 IP_SET: a set for IPv4 addresses specified in one of the following modes: 1.0. you need to follow the restrictions listed below: • maximum attribute name length: 64 • maximum attribute value length: 128 (expressed as string in configuration file).AXIGEN User Manual 10. a reload signal must be sent to AXIGEN. The configuration file also contains information on default and possible values and a short explanation for each parameter: The same options are available when using WebAdmin. i.0. http://www.0 3.e. the following terms should be used with the meanings specified below: • • • • • UINT: an unsigned integer.com .0.1-10. Definitions When working with axigen.1/255. Besides containing configuration data specific for AXIGEN modules.0. Each STRING value is limited to this length.: 127. STRING: a case insensitive string.cfg is also used for specifying the primary domain for AXIGEN server (primaryDomain). you have access to all AXIGEN Mail Server configuration parameters.cfg.cfg file.: 127. CS_STRING: a case sensitive string.0.

com . # SMTP service # TYPE: SMTP-OUTGOING-SERVICE OBJECT smtpOutgoing = { # maximum number of threads handling remote SMTP delivery # TYPE: UINT # MIN-MAX: 1-128 # DEFAULT: 20 maxConnThreads = 20 # minimum number of threads handling remote SMTP delivery # TYPE: UINT # MIN-MAX: 1-128 # DEFAULT: 2 minConnThreads = 2 # service's logging level # TYPE: UINT # MIN-MAX: 0-31 # DEFAULT: 15 logLevel = 15 # service's logging type # TYPE: CHOICE internal | system | remote # DEFAULT: internal logType = internal # service's remote logging host (used only if logType=remote) # TYPE: IP_PORT # VALIDITY: only host IP addresses # DEFAULT: 127.1:2000 # list of rules to be applied by the relay module when connecting to a relay server # There is always defined a 'catch all' client rule with the following attributes: # priority = 1001 # patternIn = "*" # patternOut = "*" # authUser = "" # authPass = "" # maxConnections = 5 # smtpPort = 25 # smtpIp = 0. The values of an attribute are enclosed in parentheses ().0.0. Levels of subordination are indicated by indentation (upper levels will be left-aligned).0. When several objects are grouped in a object set. All you have to do is manually edit the values of the parameters.R.cfg file In axigen. The file is structured based on main configuration objects (server.0 (use client MX) # requestAuth = no # allowStartTLS = yes # secureConnAuthTypes = ( all ) # plainConnAuthTypes = ( all ) 427 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. restrictions and examples for each attribute as provided as comments. they are also enclosed in parentheses ().0. For instance. http://www.cfg.1:2000 logHost = 127.0. this is how the beginning of the section for the SMTP-In service looks in the text file. */ is treated as comment.AXIGEN User Manual Structure of the axigen.0.. as instructed in the # lines. main services).L. Default values. any block inside /* .axigen. all objects and attributes are commented using a hash character (#) Also. The attributes corresponding to one object are enclosed in curly brackets {}..

axigen. 1 is highest # TYPE: REQUIRED UINT # MIN-MAX: 1-1000 (1001 is reserved for catch all clients) # DEFAULT: N/A priority = 500 428 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.AXIGEN User Manual clients = ( { # priority for this rule.R.com . http://www.L.

password. http://www.cfg file contains the configuration for an individual user account. Data is written to this file is used when a new user is created or an existing user is modified.R. This file is in binary format. WebMail and IMAP-specific data. The data can be viewed for this account in the account. Contents of the account. personal data).cfg file: • • • • • • • • account name (set using the name parameter) account alias names (set using the aliases parameter) services enabled for this account (set using the services parameter ) account access password (set using the passwd parameter) account message box quota (set using the mboxQuota parameter) maximum number of e-mails the user can send in one hour from this specific account (set using the sendLimit parameter) account personal data (set using the firstName.com . In this file you can view general information about user (name. A sample configuration file can be found in the /opt/axigen/share/examples directory.axigen. pageSize parameters). lastName parameters) account WebMail attributes (set using the skin.AXIGEN User Manual 10.cfg File The account. not editable. alias.L.2. Example of a possible account configuration account { name = userName aliases = () services = (smtp pop3 imap webmail) passwd = "password" mboxQuota = 0 sendLimit = 0 personalData = { firstName = Foo lastName = BAR webmailData = { skin = default pageSize = 20 } } 429 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. Read more information about the settings available for domains and accounts in WebAdmin in the Domains Tab and Accounts Tab sections.

cfg file The domain.L. The parameters available in the domain. ID.R.AXIGEN User Manual 10. for instance WebAdmin. maxFileSize parameters) The topology of account storages for this specific domain (using the accountStorageTopology. After being created. pageSize. a domain. path. ID. Contents of the domain. This file contains general information about domain (name. maxFiles. confirmMailDelete. you can use another configuration method available in AXIGEN Mail Server.cfg file must be loaded in AXIGEN server as detailed in the Domains tab section) • • • • • • • • • • • The domain name (using the name parameter) The domain aliases on the AXIGEN server (using the aliases parameter) The IP address assigned to this specific domain (using the assignedIP parameter) The AXIGEN services enabled for this specific domain (using the services parameter) The filters to be used before delivering e-mails to this specific domain The domain maximum number of simultaneous opened storage files (using the maxOpenFiles parameter) The account's message box quota (using the mboxQuota parameter) The maximum number of e-mails that can be sent within one hour from an account from this specific domain (using the sendLimit parameter) The domain's specific attributes for WebMail (using the skin. confirmFolderEmpty. http://www. This file is in binary format and cannot be directly (manually) edited. alias. maxMboxes parameters) 430 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. deleteToTrash parameters) The topology of message storages for this specific domain (using the messageStorageTopology. AXIGEN services and Sieve scripts enabled for this domain). In order to change it. saveToSent. path. assigned IP address.cfg file and their possible/default values are presented in this section for information purposes only.axigen. maxDirs. WebMail-specific data.3.com . It is used when a domain is added or modified.cfg file contains the configuration for a domain. topology and storage specific information.

axigen.R.0.com .0 services = (smtp pop3 imap webmail) #filters = (mysieve axi-spam) maxOpenFiles = 16 mboxQuota = 102400 sendLimit = 0 webmailData = { skin = default pageSize = 20 confirmMailDelete = yes confirmFolderEmpty = yes saveToSent = yes deleteToTrash = yes messageStorageTopology = 240 accountStorageTopology = 240 /* messageStorages = ( { path = /var/opt/axigen/domains/localdomain/storage id = 0 maxDirs = 16 maxFiles = 16 maxFileSize = 28672 /* accountStorages = ( { path = /var/opt/axigen/domains/localdomain/accounts id = 0 maxMboxes = 16384 } ) */ } 431 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. http://www.0.L.AXIGEN User Manual Example of a Possible Domain Configuration Below you can find a possible display of the domain.cfg file: domain { name = localdomain aliases = () assignedIP = 0.

axigen. Default value is: /etc/opt/axigen/axigen. http://www. --configfile command to specify the path where the server configuration file resides.pid. --pidfile command to specify the full path to pid file.R. meaning the core is not saved by default. Command Line Parameters for AXIGEN The following command line parameters are available in the current version of AXIGEN. Display version Use the -v. Process ID Use the -P. a file with a status report for the message. You can view the status report for the files currently in the AXIGEN queue using the mqview tool: /var/opt/axigen/queue/0F/S12BE Solution 1: cd /var/opt/axigen/queue/0F /opt/axigen/bin/mqview @ S12BE Solution 2: /opt/axigen/bin/mqview /var/opt/axigen/queue 0F12BE Each of these commands displays an output similar to the one below: johnd /var/opt/axigen/queue/00 # mqview @ S5F4E Mail Queue view of file : .L./00/S5F4E ID : 005F4E State : RECEIVED Flags : 00 Last Data Version : 00 Number of RCPTs : 1 Next Send Schedule : As Soon As Possible Retry Count : 0 Reverse Path : root@localdomain Authenticated Path : root@localdomain RCPT information for: johnd@localdomain State : RECEIVED Data Version : 00 Filter Info : Destination mbox: INBOX Failure Info : Local Delivery : 432 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.com .. No default value is set. besides the message itself. These parameters are common to all platforms.cfg Using mqview tool to view status for messages in the queue The AXIGEN queue contains for each message stored in the queue. --version command to print the version currently installed and exit. The default value is /var/opt/axigen/run/axigen. Path to configuration file Use the -C. Crash control Use the --drop-core command to specify the full path (maximum length is 256 characters) to an existing directory where to drop the core (section in memory containing relevant information about resident processes). Useful in case of errors causing the program to exit.AXIGEN User Manual 11. Run in foreground Use the --foreground command to run the program in foreground.

In this case the authentication commands can be: USER john1@secondary. Example 2: One of the secondary domains is 'secondary.com'.com . the POP3 client may use the following commands: USER USER USER APOP APOP APOP john john@primary. user 'john1' has the mail address 'john1@secondary.com'. Example 1: The primary domain is 'primary.com <john@primary.com'.AXIGEN User Manual POP3 Authentication The next examples illustrate the usage of POP3 authentication system.com md5digest For secondary domains and their aliases.com'. the POP3 clients must use the entire mail address.com> john md5digest <john> md5digest john@primary. In order to authenticate itself.com md5digest 433 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S. user 'john' has the mail address 'john@primary.R.axigen.L. http://www.com APOP john1@secondary.

IMAP4 QUOTA extension Implementation Recommendations RFC 2359 .IMAP4 Multi-Accessed Mailbox Practice RFC 2683 . POP3 and ACAP SMTP specifications RFC 2821 .axigen.IMAP4 Implementation Recommendations RFC 2087 .Post Office Protocol (version 3) RFC 2449 .Using TLS with IMAP.HTTP State Management Mechanism RFC 2396 .Format of ARPA Internet text messages RFC 974 .1 RFC 2965 .Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) .POP3 AUTHentication command POP3 and IMAP Specifications RFC 2195 .SMTP Service Extensions for Transmission of Large and Binary MIME Messages RFC 2920 .SMTP Service Extension for Delivery Status Notifications RFC 3501 .IMAP4 Namespace RFC 2180 .IMAP4 UIDPLUS extension RFC 2088 . Implementation and Specification 434 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.Mail routing and the domain system RFC 1891 .L.IMAP4 non-synchronizing literals RFC 2177 .Internet message access protocol (version 4rev1) SMTP service extensions RFC 2821 .MULTIAPPEND Extension RFC 3348 .Domain names.Hypertext Transfer Protocol -.SMTP Service Extension for 8bit-MIME transport RFC 1870 .HTTP/1.SMTP Service Extensions RFC 2554 .POP3 Extension Mechanism RFC 1734 .AXIGEN User Manual 12.SMTP Service Extension for Command Pipelining RFC 1652 .Simple Mail Transfer Protocol RFC 821 . RFCs Currently Implemented by AXIGEN POP3 RFC 1939 .Domain names.The Internet Message Action Protocol (IMAP4) Child Mailbox Extension HTTP specifications: RFC 2616 .SMTP Service Extension for Authentication RFC 1830 .Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax DNS specifications RFC 1034 .com . http://www.IMAP/POP AUTHorize Extension for Simple Challenge/Response RFC 2595 .SMTP Service Extension for Message Size Declaration IMAP specifications RFC 3501 .IMAP4 IDLE command RFC 3502 . Concepts and Facilities RFC 1035 .VERSION 4rev1 RFC 2342 .NTERNET MESSAGE ACCESS PROTOCOL .R.Simple Mail Transfer Protocol RFC 1869 .Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (obsolete) RFC 822 .

Sieve Email Filtering -.Sieve: A Mail Filtering Language (Extensions defined in the base RFC: fileinto. reject.Sieve Extension: Copying without Side Effects RFC 3431 .Internet message format RFC 2045 . http://www.Sieve Extension: Relational Tests.MIME Part Two: Media Types RFC 2047 .MIME Part Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text 435 Copyright © 2007 GECAD Technologies S.numeric-comparator RFC 3598 .Subaddress Extension Generic RFCs RFC 2822 .L.AXIGEN User Manual Sieve extensions implemented in AXIGEN RFC 3028 . Comparator extension: i.com .axigen. envelope) RFC 3894 .R.MIME Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies RFC 2046 .